




%. 






H ^ ' 






V 


. 


A* 




* 



^ "%. ■'. 




/ % ** 

..^"V 




Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2011 with funding from 
The Library of Congress 



http://www.archive.org/details/gradedphysicalexOOcolb 






/ 



GRADED 



PHYSICAL EXERCISES 



By 



BERTHA LOUISE COLBURN 



69 f 



\"s 







NEW YORK 

Edgar S. Werner Publishing & Supply Co. 

(Incorporated) 

Copyright, 1900, 1901, by Edgar S. Werner Publishing & Supply Co, flue.) 
All rights reserved. 



THE LIBRARY OF 

GCMGitESS, 
Two Copies Received 

JAN. 23 1902 

Copyright entry 



H 



CUA§S Cv XXc. No. 

/ L I 1 ^ 
COPY B. 






CONTENTS 



PAGE 

INTRODUCTION . . . . . 13 

NOTE TO TEACHERS 24 

OUTLINE OF EXERCISES : . 26 

DESCRIPTION OF EXERCISES- 

Grade I. First Year in School . 32 

"'.... 60 

' " 86 

" 104 

" ; 120 

" 136 

" 154 

" 172 



" II. 


Second " 


" III. 


Third " 


" IV. 


Fourth " 


" V. 


Fifth " 


<« VI. 


Sixth " 


" VII. 


Seventh " 


" VIII. 


Eighth " 



MARCHING AND TACTICS: 

Note to Teachers 191, 203 

Grade I ; 193 

" II 199 

" III 204 

" IV 211 

" V 217 

" VI 224 

" VII .230 

" VIII 235 



iv CONTENTS 

GAMES : 

Grade I. 

PAGE 

Birds 242 

Jack Frost 242 

Crossing the Brook 243 

Alice Says "Do This" 243 

Bound We Go . . .- 243 

Ten Little Children 243 

Jig a Jig, Jig 245 

Marigolds 245 

Grade II. 

Little Plants 245 

We're All Nodding 246 

Wash the Lady's Clothes t 246 

IgtyHigty 247 

Day and Night 247 

Castle Gates 247 

A Coach and Pair 248 

Grade III. 

Wolf 249 

A Busy Day 249 

The Helpers 250 

Merry Elves 251 

Swapping Tag 252 

Prancing Ponies 252 



CONTENTS v 

Grade IV. page 

I've a Stitch in my Side 252 

The Builder 253 

Deer Race 253 

Back Hand Bean Bag 254 

Cat and Mice 254 

Blind Child 254 

Grade V. 

Castle 254 

Sousa's Band 255 

Hat Tag 255 

Frogs in Pond 255 

Right and Left 256 

Advance and Retreat 256 

Grade YI. 

Ball Puss 257 

Indian Prisoner . . . 257 

The Trades 258 

Strong Side 258 

Hop Tag 258 

Grade YII. 

Paper Tag 258 

Strong Pull 259 

"Weaving ■. , 259 

Big Wall Ball 259 

Snatch Bean Bag 260 

Grade YIII. 

Left Hand Ball 260 

Carry 'Kerchief 261 

Bird Tag 261 

Governor's Reception 261 

Racket Ball 261 



vi CONTENTS 

MINUTE PLAYS: 

Grade I. „.„„ 

PAGE 

The Eabbit 263 

Raining 264 

The Orioles 264 

Jack in the Box 265 

The Mice . 265 

Snowing 266 

Two Little Sparrows 266 

Chestnntting 268 

See-Saw 268 

Potatoes 269 

The Apple Tree 269 

Rover and the Sheep 272 

Grade II. 

The Squirrel 272 

The Hawk 273 

The Boat-Ride 274 

The Brook 275 

The Snail 277 

Jack in the Pulpit 278 

Kitty White and Kitty Gray . . " 279 

The Cake 281 

The Desert 283 

The Camel 283 

The Pumpkin 284 

Making Maple Sugar 287 






CONTENTS vii 

ACTION POEMS: page 

Note to Teachers 291 

Grade III. 

Three Ways, Mary Mapes Dodge 292 

A Great Surprise, A. R. B 293 

Bud Babies, Bertha Louise Colburn 293 

The "Weather- Yane, Mary Mapes Dodge .... 294 

Frogs, Bertha Louise Colburn . . . - 294 

The Squirrel's Arithmetic, Annie Douglas Bell. 295 

The Fourth of July, Bertha Louise Colburn . . 296 

Ten Little Tin Soldiers, Lilla Thomas Elder . . 297 

The Mosquitoes, Bertha Louise Colburn .... 298 
Grade IV. 

Hiawatha's Hunting, Henry Wadsworth Long- 
fellow . . 301 

The Gladness of Nature, William Cullen Bryant. 303 

The Owl, Alfred Tennyson 305 

The Leaflets, Kate L. Brown 306 

Ariel's Songs, William Shakespeare ........ 307 

The Coming Storm, Lilliput Levee 308 

Best, E. R. Thomas 311 

Gathering Lilies, Bertha Louise Colburn .... 313 
Grade Y. 

Swinging on a Birch-Tree, Lucy Larcom .... 315 

Winter, William Shakespeare 317 

Sheridan's Hide, ThomasBuchanan Read .... 318 

Meg Merrilies, John Keats . 321 

The Eagle, Alfred Tennyson 322 

Puritan Patience 323 

The Romance of the Swan's Nest, Elisabeth 

Barrett Browning 324 

In the Wood, Adelaide A. Procter 326 



viii CONTENTS 

Grade VI. pAGE 

Jack in the Pulpit, Lucy Larcom 328 

The Kitten and the Falling Leaves, William 

Wordsworth . . 330 

The Treasure Diggers, Gottfried August Burger. 331 

Found, Johann von Goethe 332 

The Song of the Sower, William Cullen Bryant. 333 

The Eising in 1776, T. B. Read 336 

Now and Then 340 

Vision of Belshazzar, Lord Byron 343 

Grade VII. 

The Finding of the Lyre, James Russell Lowell. 345 
The Belfry of Bruges, Henry Wadsworth Long- 
fellow 347 

A Grey port Legend, Bret Harte 349 

Charge of the Light Brigade, Alfred Tennyson. 351 

The Chase, Sir Walter Scott 353 

The Prosperous Voyage, Johann von Goethe . . 355 

The Hurricane, William Cullen Bryant .... 356 

Grade VIII. 

Summer Storm, James Russell Lowell 358 

Riding Down, Nora Perry 362 

The Orchestra, M. A. de Wolfe Howe 364 

The Combat, Sir Walter Scott 366 

A Musical Instrument, Elizabeth Barrett Brown- 
ing 368 

The Evening Wind, William Cullen Bryant . . 370 
The Launch of the Ship, Henry Wadsworth 

Longfellow 372 



ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIGURE PAGE 

1. Arms stretching sidewise 42 

2. Arms floating upward 42 

3. Poising on backward foot . 42 

4. Poising on forward foot ....*. 42 

5. Respiratory, downward, pushing in front 43 

6. Neck bending forward 43 

7. Arm floating front 43 

8. Trunk bending forward 43 

9. Trunk bending sideward 66 

10. Arms stretching upward 6Q 

11. Rising on toes QQ 

12. Reaching upward and bending downward 66 

13. Respiratory, downward, pushing at sides 67 

14. Floating upward at sides 67 

15. Trunk twisting 67 

16. Poising forward with heel raising . 67 

17. Arms stretching sidewise, palms up 88 

18. Neck twisting to half side 88 

19. Neck twisting to half side and bending 88 

20. Floating at sides above shoulder level 88 

21. Rocking from side to side 89 

22. Arm swinging 89 

23. Pushing downward in front 89 

24. Pushing down with clasped hands 89 

25. Trunk twisting with bending to side 104 

26. Reaching downward at side 104 

27. Pushing down at back with clasped hands 104 

28. Reaching downward at side arm over head .... 104 

29. Pushing downward at back 105 

30. Trunk twisting with bending backward 105 

31. Reaching both hands to floor 105 

ix 



x ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIGURE PAGE 

32. Rising on toes of one foot \ . . 105 

33. Arm floating and stretching 126 

34. Trunk bending backward at half side ........ 126 

35. Floating inward at shoulder level ...126 

36. Floating outward at shoulder level 126 

37. Keck bending forward w r ith twisting 127 

38. Trunk twisting with bending backward at half side . 127 

39. Respiratory, .arms stretching upward 127 

40. Leg circling front 127 

41. Leg circling back 146 

42. Reaching to floor at half side 146 

43. Floating in low outward curves 146 

44. Clasping hands behind head 146 

45. Stepping and knee bending 147 

46. Trunk bending forward, hands clasped behind head . 147 

47. Trunk bending backward, hands clasped behind head 147 

48. Trunk bending to side, hands clasped behind head . 147 

49. Arm circling 165 

50. Floating above shoulder level with opposite move- 

ments . . 165 

51. Reaching, twisting, bending - 165 

52. Floating to waist-line 165 

53. Arms stretching and pushing upward ........ 166 

54. Knee bending and leg stretching 1 66 

55. Floating upward at half front 166 

56. Reaching upward, outward at side 166 

57. Reaching upward and backward 204 

58. Reaching upward and forward 204 

59. Floating up to head 204 

60 Feet close 204 

61. Feet open 205 

62. Supplication 205 

63. Salutation . . . 205 

64. Defiance 205 

65. Dejection 212 

m. Touchstep 212 

67. Back touchstep 212 

68. Cross- touchstep 212 



AUTHOR'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

THE arranger of these exercises extends thanks to the 
children who so kindly posed for the illustrations, 
and to the publishers who allowed the use of selections. 

She acknowledges her indebtedness for suggestions and in- 
spiration received from the Ling, German, and Delsarte sys- 
tems, and especially from Dr. C. "W. Emerson, President of 
Emerson College, Boston, who first led her to see the psycho- 
logical basis of physical exercise. B. L. C. 



INTRODUCTION. 

THE demand for some kind of physical training to be 
given without apparatus in ordinary schoolrooms, 
and chosen with special reference to the needs of 
school children, has brought forth graded exercises from 
several systems. The aim of most of them is psycho- physi- 
cal development, but in the desire to give mental as well as 
physical training, the fact that physical culture in the school- 
room ought to be a relaxation for the strained mind of the 
child has been overlooked. The following exercises have 
been arranged with special reference to the mental as well as 
the physical needs of school children. Six years' use in pub- 
lic schools and private academies has demonstrated their 
value. They have also been used with benefit by older per- 
sons whose physical training has been neglected ; and all who 
desire systematic daily exercise at home find in them some 
complete set of exercises adapted to their needs. 

They are arranged in eight groups, one for each year in 
graded schools ; each group consists of ten lessons, one for 
every four weeks. Additional lessons in moving exercises, 
including plain and fancy marching and jumping, have like- 
wise been arranged ; also new games for recess and school- 
room ; minute plays for small children ; and action poems 
which assist in training the muscles to move in obedience to 
thought. 

Each lesson contains exercises for all parts of the body, 
but, as it is only from frequent repetition of a movement that 

13 



14 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

benefit can be derived, only one or two new exercises are 
given in each lesson, and these are a natural outgrowth from 
the preceding ones. Each exercise has a demonstrable value, 
and every movement is chosen with distinct reference to fu- 
ture use. The exercises of each grade include the essential 
movements of the preceding grades. This evolution of each 
exercise may be illustrated by the position exercise. In the 
first grade position exercise, the arms are raised at the sides 
to the shoulder level and reach outward ; in the second grade 
the movement is continued upward, and the reaching is 
straight above the head ; in the third grade tli3 two move- 
ments are combined, and the reaching is continued downward 
in front till the arms form the angle of thirty degrees with 
the body ; in the fourth grade, instead of stopping at this 
point, the arms are stretched backward till at the same angle 
behind the body ; in the fifth grade they are turned and 
raised to shoulder level, where they reach outward with 
palms upward; in the sixth grade, without stopping at the 
shoulder level, they are carried upward and the fingers inter- 
locked behind the head; in the seventh grade they are 
raised above the head, turned so that the palms are upward, 
and then stretched upward ; in the eighth grade the hands 
are unclasped and stretched outward, downward, and back- 
ward, till at the angle of thirty degrees. Thus the eighth 
year exercise contains all the movements of the preceding 
grades. 

In the training of the child he is not to be regarded as a 
little man, but as an epitome of the race. His mental at- 
tributes are, life expressed in consciousness, affection, will, 
and intellect; and as these attributes have developed in the 
order of their evolution through the dim ages of the child- 
hood of the race, so they develop in the child. There is first 



INTROD UCTION 1 5 

life, shown in activity ; then the instincts or emotions are 
developed ; then the power of choice, of decision ; and finally 
the reasoning powers. The history of the arts shows the 
same order of evolution. The first period was that of life, 
the whole; the next step was attraction, the striving after 
effect through the parts of the whole; then the will exer- 
cised the power of selection, and showed the use of the parts 
to the whole, and, finally, the intellect perceived the relation 
of the parts to one another, and the suggestive period was 
reached. 

Physical culture must be based on these natural laws of 
evolution. Hence the exercises of each lesson are divided 
into four parts, which express the four attributes of the mind, 
and correspond to the four periods of development in art. 
The first part, which corresponds to the colossal period in art, 
is exercise of the whole body ; it includes position and poising. 
The second part, which corresponds to the effective period, 
is exercise of the parts ; it includes movements for the feet 
and legs, hands and arms, trunk and neck. The third part, 
which corresponds to the realistic or useful period, is exercise 
of the parts with special reference to their effect on the 
whole; it includes reaching, respiratory, and arm swinging 
movements. The fourth part, which corresponds to the 
suggestive period, is the exercise of the parts with reference 
to their effect on one another; it includes floating move- 
ments. 

This arrangement follows also the well-known law that all 
exercise must proceed from gentle to strong, and from strong 
back to less vigorous movement. 

The purpose of these exercises is to give as perfect de- 
velopment of the child physically and mentally as the con- 
ditions of school-life admit. 



16 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

To attain perfect bodily development, the child must have 
proper food and clothing, sufficient sleep, and plenty of fresh 
air and exercise. Over the first three the school has no di- 
rect control ; but, if the parent is careful that his child has 
sufficient sleep and suitable food and clothing, he has a right 
to demand that the State shall, for the five or six hours a day 
it has the child under its control, exercise a like regard for 
his physical well-being. The State realizes this, and strenuous 
efforts are being made to furnish new school buildings with 
the most approved appliances of modern sanitation — careful 
ventilation , sufficient light from well-placed windows, well- 
regulated heating apparatus, and carefully adjusted desks and 
chairs. But there are still many old school buildings in use, 
and in many of our large cities insufficient building funds 
often necessitate the use of rented stores or halls, the sanitary 
arrangements of which are far from perfect. 

For a long time, too, our school curriculum has been 
gradually enlarged, until the mental attainments of our 
grammar school graduates would be a surprise to our grand- 
parents. These attainments, however, are often dearly 
bought. The daily cramming and the grind of examinations, 
all undergone in prolonged and cramped positions in un- 
sanitary surroundings, have produced the inevitable result; 
delicate children have broken down, and many of the nervous 
diseases to which the present generation is susceptible have 
been developed. 

Even perfect sanitary conditions have proved insufficient 
to counteract this physical degeneracy of the children, and 
parents are beginning to realize the pernicious effects of de- 
veloping the brain at the expense of the body. ISTow they 
demand the introduction into the public schools of such phys- 






INTRODUCTION. 17 

ical training as shall make their children strong enough to 
cope with their increasing requirements. 

But what shall be the nature of this physical training? 
Play in the open air is undoubtedly excellent exercise, but it 
fails to give uniform and harmonious development of the 
body, because not bringing all of the muscles into use. Nor 
does it correct postural defects : the round-shouldered boy 
does not become straight by playing. Games and sports will 
maintain health and strength after growth and development 
are complete, but school children need something besides 
their usual plays. Even were games systematized, most 
schools lack adequate play-grounds, and on account of the 
crowded curriculum, frequent intermissions are impossible. 
A few new school buildings are furnished with gymnasia, but, 
until more time shall be allotted to physical exercise, the 
gymnasium will not prove the expected panacea. The child 
derives more oenefit from a short period devoted to well- 
arranged physical- exercises twice a day in the classroom than 
from a longer period twice a week in the gymnasium. No 
one can take enough exercise in one day to suffice for two ; 
the body balances its accounts each day. It is as natural for 
the child to move as to breathe. The nerve-force which is 
constantly being stored up in the motor centers must be dis- 
charged in muscular activity. Small children must be given 
frequent opportunities to expend their accumulated energy, 
and older children will do much better mental work if allowed 
periods of relaxation. 

On account of limited time, then, the physical exercise 
must be taken in the classroom, and, as the movements are 
to be few, they must be carefully chosen. The age of the 
child and his different periods of growth must be considered. 
For instance, if the child of six years has undeveloped finger 



18 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

muscles, exercise will aid their growth and enable him to 
hold a pencil firmly. 

The growing child must not be given exercises of strength 
for the purpose of developing muscle; indeed, such exercise 
would soon exhaust the muscle, which would recruit itself 
from the reserve matter in the tissue, and thus retard the 
growth of the child. He needs rather some lighter exercise 
which will promote growth and general development. His 
exercise must be largely corrective. His bones are soft and 
yielding, and ill-fitting desks and chairs give rise to spinal 
deformities, as well as to round shoulders and muscular 
feebleness. The games ordinarily played fail to correct these 
faulty attitudes, and he must have special exercises. Correct 
sitting attitude must be taught that the muscles of the back 
may be trained to hold the body comfortably erect. Coach- 
men sit with perfect ease for hours. School children lean 
forward with bent back and drooping shoulders, or slide 
down into the seat in cramped and unhealthful positions. 
Sedentary occupation retards respiratory movements, and 
produces an abdominal breathing which fails to send the air 
into the upper segments of the lungs — a grave fault, when we 
remember that it is in the apices that the dread disease, tuber- 
culosis, always takes its start. The muscles of respiration are 
thus weakened, and the chest becomes narrow and depressed. 

Bad air makes bad blood, and lack of exercise and of 
deep breathing weakens the circulation, till the children are 
affected with headaches, restlessness and nervous irritability. 

They need good respiratory exercises ; they must have such 
exercises as shall improve the circulation of the blood ; that 
shall promote functional activity — movements that are ar- 
ranged particularly with reference to their effect upon the 
internal organs. 



INTRODUCTION. 19 

With these facts in mind, the following exercises have been 
worked out. 

Careful attention is first given to position exercises, that 
faulty attitudes may be corrected, and that all the internal 
organs may be lifted high in the body, since they invite 
disease when they become lowered through continued ill-po- 
sition. Then the muscles that surround the organs are exer- 
cised, for this makes the organs themselves stronger. Deep, 
full breathing will also exercise these organs, and respiratory 
movements should be given e^ery day. Running is a great 
developer of lung-power, and should be practised whenever 
possible in the classroom — it usually is in the lower grades. 
~No exercises are given which weaken the internal organs by 
calling on them to supply more blood for vigorous motion 
than they can furnish; it is intended that the demand and 
supply shall be equalized. 

Care is also taken that one set of muscles does not antago- 
nize another; there must be harmony of movement, or energy 
will be lost, and our aim is to conserve energy. When the 
muscles work together in harmony, the result is grace and 
beauty of movement. For many years the idea has been 
prevalent that awkward and jerky movements, if not abso- 
lutely necessary for the development of physical strength, 
were at least helpful ; but at last we are beginning to under- 
stand that they are not at all necessary. Strength and grace 
go hand in hand. There are many gymnasts who excel in 
heavy work, who are also the most graceful of fencers and 
dancers. Therefore, let us look with suspicion on one who 
would give our children stiff, awkward movements, We de- 
sire their healthful development, but we will not risk in- 
creasing their awkwardness by giving stiff movements, when 
graceful ones would do quite as well, 



20 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

We have thus far been considering the physical develop- 
ment of the child ; but mental culture is the great object of 
school-life. This mental development is assisted by every- 
thing that helps in making a healthy body, and by exercises 
that remove the waste elements and furnish good blood. The 
brain of the child grows rapidly until the seventh year, so he 
must have frequent periods of relaxation, lest its growth be 
crippled. All through' childhood the brain-centers are in an 
undeveloped condition, and are incapable of prolonged effort. 
The fatigue products which accumulate in the blood must be 
carried away by some exercise that shall quicken the circula- 
tion. Good blood must be furnished to nourish the brain, to 
build up its tissues, and keep it in such a sensitive state that 
it will register impressions. 

The Greeks realized the necessity of physical health for 
clear thinking, and the first two years of the child's school- 
life were spent almost wholly in developing the body, and 
great prominence was given to physical exercise through all 
the period of his education. The dependence of the brain 
on the body was pointed out by Montaigne over four hun- 
dred years ago, and Locke, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, 
and other great educators, have insisted on the necessity of 
physical exercise for mental development. 

To-day physical training is compulsory in the government 
schools of Sweden, Germany, France, Switzerland, Belgium, 
and our neighboring republic of Mexico. In Germany two, 
and in some schools three, hours a week are devoted to phys- 
ical training. The United States is slowly awakening, and 
now the interdependence of mind and body is a subject which 
is receiving much attention. 

That the mind has great influence on the body is well 
known. Physicians tell curious stories of perfectly healthy 



INTRODUCTION. 21 

patients who believe they are affected with certain maladies 
and show all the symptoms thereof. They tell us of men 
who are able, by will power, to simulate death, till not the 
slightest evidence of life remains. But we are most interested 
when they tell us the effect of the emotions on the body. 
Fear, anger, shame and sorrow, they have found, will weaken 
one, while the benign emotions actually make one stronger. 
This, then, is the great argument for employing play as a 
means of physical exercise for children. While the child is 
"having fun," as he calls it, in playing, his emotion of 
pleasure is increasing functional activity and promoting metab- 
olism. For this reason our physical exercises for the first 
two years of school-life, while leading directly on to the more 
difficult ones of the next years, are made to seem like play, 
by being connected with stories which the movements illus- 
trate. Minute plays, for the purpose of exercising the fin- 
gers, arms and trunks of the small children, have also been 
worked out, while more active games for the use of pupils of 
all ages have been arranged with reference to their gymnastic 
value. 

As we have learned the power of the mind over the body, 
so also the influence of the body on the mind has been made 
known to us by careful experiments. It has been demon- 
strated that mental power has been developed in idiots and 
feeble-minded children through physical training. Criminals, 
whose mental attainments were of a low order, have, through 
gymnastic work, made rapid mental as well as physical 
improvement. Slight changes in the blood circulating through 
the brain affect the working of the mind, and we all know 
that when physically fatigued we can not perform severe 
mental labor. Every voluntary muscular movement is accom- 
panied by brain and nerve activity, and the repetition of 



22 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

these movements means the development of these brain and 
nerve-centers. The more complex the movement the larger 
the number of brain-centers affected, and the greater the 
development. If the brain is not used it becomes atrophied, 
as has been shown by the atrophied areas in the brains of per- 
sons who have long been deprived of the use of arm or leg. 

All the important brain-centers are in proximity} and the 
use of one, bringing a full supply of blood to that part, must 
influence the neighboring centers. So it is probably true, for 
instance, that arm movements are developing that brain area 
which is the seat of language. 

Voluntary movements require a certain stimulus from the 
will, but, if every muscular movement required a strong 
stimulus, the mind would become exhausted. School children 
need such exercises as shall be a relaxation to the wearied 
brain, and if they were continually performing new move- 
ments there would be no relief for the strained will ; but the 
exercise is soon learned, and the movement is assisted by the 
reflexes and becomes nearly automatic. If the will did not 
work at all, the movements would be listless and the circula- 
tion of the blood so slow that the toxins would not be elim- 
inated, and weariness instead of vigor would follow. 

The mind, then, must be engaged, but not strained, during 
physical exercise, and the movements ought to be of such a 
nature that the emotions of pleasure are called up. When 
children are exercising in a class each child is training sight, 
hearing, and that wonderful sixth sense, the* muscular sense, 
as well as motor response. This coordinating of sense and 
motor systems is an important work. The child is taught to 
act at once on the command to perform a movement, 
whether the command is given orally or is a movement to be 
imitated. This power to execute decisions is one which has 



INTRODUCTION. 23 

long been left uncultivated, and executive tendency needs 
to be developed. 

Tactics train the inhibitory powers and are excellent for 
discipline ; but exercises performed to such commands are too 
much of a strain on the mind already wearied by close ap- 
plication to studies. Hence these commands are used only in 
the marching lessons, where the pleasure experienced in active 
movement more than counterbalances the attention strain 
during the few minutes of command work. 

The exercises should be given to musical accompaniment 
whenever possible. Class movements executed in rhythm 
develop precision, and tend to give each child rhythmic and 
graceful motions, and cultivate in him a sense of proportion 
and a love of unity. Music appeals to the feelings, and 
greatly assists in this development of unity. Our aim is unity 
of mind and body. Physical health is necessary, but, at the 
same time, we wish to develop the mind and spirit. There- 
fore we give our children no exercise that may tend to make 
them nervous and ill-poised. A jerky movement is a sign of 
weakness. The spiritual accompaniment of awkwardness of 
movement is too often selfishness and austerity. We give, 
instead, exercises in poising that require the greatest calmness 
and steadiness of person, and other precise, steady move- 
ments, accompanied by soothing music; for we wish to 
develop self-command and the gentle qualities of the mind. 

The time allotted to physical culture in our schools is short, 
but if through each month and year we follow the same 
high purpose and train the body to express the highest attri- 
butes of the soul, we shall not look in vain for results in the 
psycho-physical development of our pupils. 



A 



NOTE TO TEACHERS. 

N" outline of the exercises for all the grades is fol- 
lowed by a description of each year's work. Each 
grade series contains ten lessons, and each lesson is 
to be used for one month and then dropped. 

For convenience in teaching, there is placed at the begin- 
ning of each lesson an outline of all the exercises in it. The 
new exercises are indicated by heavy special type heads, and a 
full description of them follows the outline. As it is intended 
that the exercises be performed under leadership rather than 
in obedience to formal commands, the outline consists of 
explanatory terms. 

When a new exercise is to be taught, the teacher first per- 
forms it alone ; then the children rise and try, while watching 
her, to imitate her movements ; she uses her left arm and leg, 
while they use their right. In the primary grades, the 
teacher puts a picture illustrating the story on the black- 
board, and tells the story before giving the new exercise. 

Each lesson should be committed to memory by the teacher ; 
as the exercises are always in the same order, this is not a dif- 
ficult 'task, and she is left free to make individual corrections 
or suggestions without interrupting the work of the whole 
class. One exercise period each day may be devoted to the 
explanation or perfection of new exercises, but the whole 
series must be given in exact order, without interruption, at 
least once during the day. In the primary grades five min- 
utes of every hour should be given to physical exercise of 

24 



NOTE TO TEACHERS. 25 

some kind. The pupils are not expected to remember the 
order of the exercises. 

The teacher must not suppose that when an exercise can be 
performed correctly it has ceased to be of any value to the 
children ; let her remember that only from the regular repe- 
tition of well-known movements will come those results in 
development and correction which these exercises are intended 
to produce. 

The exercises should be given to musical accompaniment 
whenever possible. When music cannot be obtained, the 
teacher may count aloud, giving for command a word indi- 
cating the movement; this takes the place of the first count 
in the measure, and sometimes of the third count. 

The change from right foot to left may be given in four 
counts at the command, Glide left ! Transfer the weight 
without a jerk ; do not settle down on one foot with the 
hip thrown out. In some of the poising and leg movements 
it is better to transfer the weight and extend the leg in one 
measure, at the call , Change ! 

The ventilation of the room during the exercises should 
receive careful attention. The windows should be opened at 
the beginning of the lesson, and in mild weather they may 
remain open throughout the whole of it. In cold weather let 
the children march until the air in the room is changed, then 
take the stationary exercises. 



OUTLINE OF EXERCISES. 

GRADE I — First Year in School. 

Position Exercise — Arms stretching sidewise. 
Poising — From forward to backward foot. 

From side to side. 

With feet together. 
Leg — Feet crossing. 

Leg stretching forward, sideward, backward. 
Arm and Hand — -Pendulum swing. 

Stretching sidewise. 

Hand clapping. 

Finger bending under thumb. 

Finger bending independently. 
Trunk — Bending forward ; backward ; sideward. 
Neck — Bending forward ; backward ; sideward. 
Reaching — Picking up fruit. 

Wood chopping. 

Reaching upward. 

Mowing. 
Respiratory — With hands on hips. • 

Pushing downward in front. 

Pulling. 
Arm Swinging — Sidewise up and down. 

Sidewise. 
Floating — Both arms above shoulder level. 

Up and down in front. 



OUTLIAE OF EXERCISES. 27 

GRADE II. 

Position Exercise — Arms stretching upward. 
Poising — Rising on toes and holding position. 

Forward with heel raising. 

Rocking from side to side. 
Leg — Paw i n g . 

Stepping forward ; to side ; backward. 
Arm and Hand — Swinging across chest. 

Stretching sidewise with palm up. 

Ladder climbing. 

Hand rubbing. 

Finger bending. 

Finger bending backward. 
Trunk — Twisting. 

Neck — Bending backward and forward, twisting to sides and 
bending forward. 

Twisting to half side and bending. 
Reaching — Upward and bending downward. 

Rowing. 

Snowballing. 

Shoveling. 
Respiratory — Pushing downward at sides. 

Pulling from above. 
Arm Swinging — Up and down. 
Floating — At sides. 

Upward in front, downward at sides; upward at sides, 
downward in front. 

At sides and above shoulder level. 

GRADE III. 

Position Exercise — Pushing downward in front. 
Poising — Rising on toes, rocking, lowering heel. 



28 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Leg swinging forward and back. 
Leg — Stretching front, half side, side, back. 

Stretching and touching toe. 

Stretching and circling. 
Arm and Hand — Pushing downward and upward with 

clasped hands. 
Trunk — Twisting with bending to side. 
Neck — Head circling. 
Reaching — Downward at side. 

Downward at side with arm over head. 
Respiratory — Arms stretching upward and pushing down- 
ward. 
Arm Swinging — Outward circling. 
Floating — Front and above shoulder level. 

From front to sides at shoulder level. 

GRADE IT. 

Position Exercise — Pushing downward at back. 

Poising — Rising on toes of one foot, rocking forward and 
back without lowering heels. 

Leg — Heel and toe raising. 

Heel and toe raising with stepping. 

Arm and Hand — Arm twisting with alternate fist closing 
and opening. 
Arm twisting at shoulder level with alternate fist closing 
and opening. 

Trunk— Twisting with bending backward. 

Keck — Twisting with bending backward at half side. 

Reaching — Both hands to floor without bending knees. 

Respiratory — Arms stretching upward and pushing down- 
ward at sides. 

Arm Swinging — Inward circling. 



OUTLINE OF EXERCISES. 29 

Floating — Upward and downward in front; above shoulder 
level at sides ; at shoulder level from front to sides. 

GRADE Y. 

Position Exercise — Arms stretching at sides, palms up. 
Poising — Rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

Leg circling. 
Leg- — Foot turning to side. 
Arm and Hand — Arm floating and stretching; fist closing 

and arm twisting. 
Trunk— Bending backward at half side. 

Twisting with bending backward at half side. 
Neck — Bending forward with twisting. 
Reaching — Both hands to floor at half side. 
Respiratory — Arms stretching upward in front, downward 

at sides. 
Arm Swinging — Raising with swinging up and down. 
Floating — At shoulder level with one arm. 

Low outward curves with both arms. 

GRADE VI. 

Position Exercise — Arms stretching, clasping hands behind 

head. 
Poising — Leg swinging in circle and poising forward and 

back. 
Leg swinging forward with heel raising backward with 

sinking. 
Leg — Stepping and knee bending. 
Arm and Hand — Arm floating and stretching, with alternate 

fist closing and opening. 
Trunk — Bending forward, backward and to sides with hands 

clasped behind head. 
Neck — Bending backward with twisting. 



30 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Reaching — At sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 
Respiratory — Arm circling. 
Arm Swinging — Raising with swinging in circles. 
Floating — Above shoulder level. 

Above shoulder level with opposite movements. 

Upward in front to waist-line; turning downward. 

GRADE VII. 

Position Exercise — Arms stretching and pushing upward. 

Poising — Swinging free leg in circle, poising and rising on 
strong foot. 
Swinging free leg forward and back with heel of strong 
foot raised. 

Leg — Knee bending and leg circling or stretching. 

Arm and Hand — Pushing forward with clasped hands and 
arms stretching to sides. 

Chest — Expanding and contracting. 

Trunk — Bending and circling. 

Neck— Bending forward, twisting to one side, bending back- 
ward. 

Reaching — Upward, outward at side. 

Respiratory — Arms stretching forward, outward and down- 
ward. 

Arm Swinging — Twirling hands outward and inward. 

Floating — Upward at half front; turning and floating down- 
ward at sides. At sides, touching n ngers on shoulders. 

GRADE VIII. 
Position Exercise — Arms stretching and pushing downward 

at back. 
Poising — Swinging free leg in a circle, poising, rising and 

holding on strong foot. 



OUTLINE OF EXERCISES. 31 

Swinging free leg in a circle with rising on toes and 

lowering heels. 
Swinging free leg in a circle while standing on toes. 

Leg — Foot circling. 

Arm and Hand — Pushing forward with clasped hands ; arm 
stretching ; fist closing and arm twisting. 

Chest — Lifting and sinking. 

Trunk — Bending and circling with hands clasped behind 
head. 

Neck — Bending forward; twisting to one side; bending back- 
ward ; twisting. 

Reaching — Upward backward. 
Upward forward. 

Respiratory — Arms stretching upward front, hands clasping 
behind head, arms stretching downward at sides. 

Arm Swinging— Twirling outward and inward and carrying 
upward and downward. 

Floating — At sides, touching fingers to shoulders with oppo- 
site movements. 
Up to head at half side. 



GRADE I. 

FIRST YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 

See Note to Teachers, page 24. 
LESSON I. 

1. Sitting Drill; resting, erect, and working positions. 

2. Feet Drill; crossing. 

3. Rising Drill; preparing and rising. 

4. Spacing; arm 's distance. 

5. Position Exercise; arms stretching sidewise. 

6. Breathing; with hands on hips. 

7. Arm Swinging; sidewise up and doion. 

8. Floating Exercise; ooth arms above shotdder level. 

1. Sitting Drill. 

Resting Position: Sit with body far back on seat, the back 
resting against chair, chest raised, head erect, and hands 
lying in lap. Do not slide down into seat and rest on tip of 
spine. 

Erect Position: Bring upper part of chest forward to erect 
position, letting only lower part of body rest against chair 
back. Be sure that chest is high, but not unnaturally so. 

Working Position: Incline body from perpendicular for- 
ward to angle of forty-five degrees. Bend at hips. Do not 
allow shoulders to droop, but preserve the free action of 
chest. 

32 



GRADE I. 33 

When these positions and their names are fully understood 
by the children, let them sway forward and backward from 
one position to another, to the commands, Forward ! Posi- 
tion ! Backward ! Position ! If given to music, the move- 
ments would be, forward in four counts, and backward in 
four counts, in rather fast time. 

This drill is to establish the habit of correct sitting, whether 
at work or at rest ; to strengthen muscles of back ; and to 
prevent spinal deformities, and those weaknesses which result 
from the crowding of the internal organs by faulty posture. 

LESSON-TALK. 

"While resting, the child will often cross his feet, or turn 
them to one side; in the erect position, he will place them 
flat on the floor, and, while working, they may assume 
any position. If his seat is too high for him, he will probably 
slide down on it in an injurious position when told to place 
his feet flat on the floor. Hence the position of the feet 
should not be mentioned during the sitting drill. When one 
realizes how much of the child's school-life is spent in the 
sitting posture, the importance of the correct position can not 
be overestimated. Health demands it, and correct growth 
depends on it. The muscles of the back can be trained to 
hold the body erect for hours without fatigue. 

The reflex influence of posture on the mind is also to be 
noted. Make the boy who sits in an indolent, slouchy atti- 
tude, assume the erect position, and he will become more 
alert and attentive. 

2. Feet Drill; Crossing. 

Sit in erect position, with feet flat on floor, heels on a line, 
and toes pointing outward. Lift right foot from floor noise- 
lessly, cross it over left and bring back to position, four times. 
Cross left foot over right in same way ; alternate four times. 
Commands given with or without counts are: Right foot! 2. 



34 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Position ! 4. Over ! 2. Position ! 4, etc. Same for left foot. 
Then alternate, Right foot ! 2. Position ! 4. Left foot ! 2. 
Position ! 4, etc. 

This exercise is to teach the children to lift feet from floor 
without sh uming when changing their. position. 

LESSON-TALK. 

If seats are high for children, during this drill they must 
sit far enough forward in them for feet to lie flat on floor. 
Be sure that the erect position is maintained. Tell the chil- 
dren to cross their feet as softly as the little kitten gets up, 
and goes and curls down beside the other little kitten. 

3. Rising Drill. 

Prepare to rise by sitting in erect position on side of seat 
near aisle, placing right foot a little way out in aisle. Let 
hands rest easily in lap. Lift body slowly and steadily to 
upright position on right foot, and bring left up to right. 
Let arms drop easily to sides. Do not allow the child to as- 
sist himself by placing his hands on the desk. Sit, by 
placing left foot a little way under desk, transferring weight 
of body to it, and bending knee till body touches seat. Re- 
peat the sitting and rising several times. 

Commands : Prepare to rise ! Rise ! Prepare to sit ! Sit ! 
A chord may be given on piano for each movement. 

This exercise teaches children to rise, gracefully with the 
expenditure of the least possible effort, and is a valuable les- 
son in self-control. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Illustrate to the children how the attempt to rise from a 
lounging attitude shows effort; while, if preparation for 
rising is made, no effort is visible, and the body is at once in 
the correct standing attitude. Lifting body by pushing with 



GRADE I. 85 

hands on desk is a common fault which must be corrected. 
After first few trials the foot must be placed in the aisle 
without looking down or moving upper part of body. In 
returning to sitting position, the child does not usually bend 
knee enough, consequently he drops into the seat with an 
ungraceful thud. Make him bend knee until body touches 
chair. Let one row rise and sit while the others remain 
seated and watch to see who rises with least apparent effort. 

4. Spacing; Arm's Distance. 

"While children are exercising, distance between them must 
be length of extended arms. The number of steps to be 
taken forward will depend on size of schoolroom, and 
number of children. If arms interfere in sideward move- 
ments, let every other row move a half step forward. If 
aisle is wide, another step to side will be needed after rising 
to bring child into center of aisle. If outside aisles are nar- 
row, children in them must face inward during most of the 
exercises. 

Command : Space ! A chord may be given on piano. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Let children raise arms in front to shoulder level, that they 
may see just what the distance between them should be. 
After the distance is understood, each child will take his 
place immediately on command. 

5. Position Exercise; Arms Stretching Sidewise. 

Stand with weight on balls of feet, heels nearly touching, 
toes pointing outward describing an angle of sixty degrees, 
and hips drawn slightly backward. Raise arras at sides to 
shoulder level, and reach directly outward with finger-tips, at 
the same time pushing head well up and back. Float arms 
down to sides again. (See Fig. 1.) 



36 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Commands: Arms! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. 

This arm movement erects spine, lifts and broadens chest, 
and thus assists in obtaining correct standing position. All 
the organs of the body are thns lifted into correct position, 
and the vital organs being in their proper altitude, can more 
readily defy disease. The attitude expresses confidence, self- 
command, and integrity ; qualities which can not be cultiva- 
ted at too early an age. 

LESSON-TALK. 

"Weight of body must be on balls of feet. Explain to chil- 
dren which part of foot is called ball, and show them the dif- 
ference in attitude when standing with weight on balls, and 
when standing on heels. It is a common -fault, even with 
small children, to settle back on the heels, and protrude the 
abdomen. Show them how to draw back the hips and lift 
the chest. 

The common fault of round shoulders is best corrected by 
other methods than by calling direct attention to them. If 
you tell the child to put the shoulders back, and he does not 
erect the upper spine, you get another deformed attitude. 
Say nothing about the shoulders, but tell him to push upward 
with the crown of the head without protruding his chin, and 
make himself as tall as possible. After he has taken the arm 
exercise, his shoulders are in the correct position. Do not 
allow him to stiffen the arms at the sides; they should hang- 
naturally. 

Unless the teacher fully realizes the importance of main- 
ing the correct standing position, she will never arouse enthu- 
siasm on the subject among her pupils. Her own correct atti- 
tude must be a constant reminder to the children, and, even 
then, verbal reminders may often be necessary to enforce her 
example. Sometimes a look will be sufficient to bring the 
child, who is crouching in his seat, up to the erect position. 
Explain to your pupils the mental states which the bodily at- 
titudes express. Tell how manliness and courage are ex- 
pressed by the erect head and chest, while meanness, cow- 



GRADE I. 37 

ardice, laziness and fear are expressed by the relaxed or bent 
position. 

6. Breathing; with Hands on Hips. 

Standing on both feet in correct position, place hands on 
hips, with thumbs pointing forward, fingers together and 
pointing straight downward at sides. Inhale slowly and 
deeply through nostrils, and exhale slowly through mouth, as 
if blowing something. Repeat four times in succession. 

Commands: Inhale! 2-3-4:. Exhale! 2-3-4. Or slowly 
raise one hand during inspiration, and lower during expira- 
tion. "With music, inhale during four counts and exhale dur- 
ing four counts. 

This forced breathing calls into play many more muscles 
than are used in ordinary quiet breathing. Expiration usually 
requires no muscular effort, but in this forced respiratory 
action a number of muscles, mainly abdominal, are called into 
play. It is during expiration that the apices of the lungs, 
which are the parts first to become affected in tuberculosis, 
are filled with air ; hence the necessity for frequent breath- 
ing-exercises. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Explain to children the meaning of the words "exhale'' 
and " inhale." They will breathe audibly at first, and they 
may be allowed to do so until you are sure that they are 
breathing correctly. Do not let them lift the shoulders un- 
naturally. While inhaling, tell them to make themselves as 
large as possible around the waist. While exhaling, tell 
them to imagine they are blowing a feather in the air ; or, at 
the first lesson, they may be allowed to blow bits of paper. 

7. Arm Swinging; Sidewise Up and Down. 

Standing firmly on both feet, lift forearms in front till 
they are horizontal at waist-line ; turn hands sidewise, with 



38 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

palms toward body, and shake them rapidly up and down 
with forearms, as if shaking drops of water from fingers. 
Keep head and chest perfectly still, and continue swinging 
arms for a minute. 

Command, without music : Arms — Swing! or indicate the 
movement by some of the words of the story given below. 

This vigorous exercise makes the muscles of the wrists 
flexible, and gives grace to the movements of the hands; it 
quickens the circulation of the blood, and, by keeping the 
chest firm, cultivates repose of manner. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Hold arms with hands perfectly lifeless; swing them up 
and down slowly at first until the children understand that it 
is a movement of the forearms; then swing more rapidly. 
Be careful that the movement of the arms does not cause a 
movement of head or chest. 

Sto? 1 !/: Tell a story about the children in the country who 
played in the brook, and then shook the water from their 
fingers ; or about the children who went to the seashore, or to 
a boat-ride in the park, Yary the story once in a while.' 

8. Floating Exercise ; Both Arms Above Shoulder 

Level. 

Stand with weight on both feet. Raise both arms at sides 
until they are above head. The forearms lead the move- 
ment, and hands float passively after them. Bring arms, 
without stopping the movement, down to shoulder level, and 
raise and lower them several times; then carry them, with 
same floating movement, down to position at sides. (Fig. 2 
shows hands relaxed at beginning of upward movement.) 

If piano is used, play a slow waltz, and float arms in time. 
If there is no music, do not count, but let the children imi- 
tate your movements. 



GRADE I. 39 

The object of the floating exercise is to transmute the 
physical force gained in the more vigorous exercises, into 
mental power. Force is never lost ; it only changes its form. 
So here we take such motions as shall change the physical 
force gained in the preceding exercises into harmony of mus- 
cular movement. Rhythm underlies all our motions, even 
our thoughts, and the power of rhythmic movement in edu- 
cating heart and will is incalculable. Thus the practise of 
rhythmic exercises will develop the proper relationship be- 
tween the parts of the body, make friction and loss of energy 
unknown, and give grace and beauty to every movement of 
the individual. 

LESSON-TALK. 

In raising arms above bead, bend them slightly at elbow, 
for all floating movements are in curves. Do not pause be- 
tween movements. Stand lightly on balls of feet. The 
teacher should practise this floating exercise at home before 
the mirror, some time before giving it to the children, in order 
to obtain perfect smoothness of action. 

Story: Tell about the children in the country, who, after 
playing in the brook, sat down on the bank, and watched a 
big yellow butterfly floating about from flower to flower. He 
raised and lowered his wings just as softly as the children do 
their arms. At another time, let them think of the butterfly 
as black, orange or white in color. 

LESSON II. 

Prepare to Stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; from forward to backward foot. 

3- Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Picking up Fruit; knee bending and arm stretching. 

5. Respiratory; pushing downward in front. 



40 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

6. Arm Swinging; sidewise uj) and down. 

7. Floating ; both arms above shoulder level. 

2. Poising; from Forward to Backward Foot. 

Standing in correct position, put right foot forward four 
inches, and change weight slowly from backward to forward 
foot; change again to backward foot; continue swaying slowly 
backward and forward four times. Put left foot forward 
and repeat. Do not bend body, but keep it perpendicular to 
floor, and do not hurry the movement. (Figs. 3 and 4 show 
backward and forward positions. ) 

Use no quick commands. The direction may be indicated 
by a movement of the hand, or by the words of the story. 
Let the children imitate the teacher in first lessons. The time 
would be four counts for placing of feet, four counts for for- 
ward movement and four counts for backward movement. 

This exercise cultivates the habit of correct standing, with 
its health-directing influence. Equilibrium is maintained by 
obeying the law of gravitation ; the muscular sense is devel- 
oped, the nerve-centers are strengthened, and a certain dig- 
nity is given to the bearing. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be sure that the children have the correct standing posi- 
tion before they begin the exercise. 

Story: Tell of the little boy called Ned, who went to live 
on his grandfather's farm. In the fall there were very high 
winds. He noticed that the oak trees were strong; their 
trunks did not bend when the wind blew; only the leaves and 
small branches moved. So he decided to be a strong oak. 
He put one foot forward, and would not allow his body to 
bend when the wind blew him forward. Only his hair was 
blown like the leaves ; his body was stiff like the oak-trunk. 



GRADE I. 41 

He carried his weight again to the backward foot, and let 
another gust of wind blow him forward. 

3. Leg ; Stretching Forward, Sideward, Backward. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers to- 
gether and pointing downward at sides. Stand on left foot 
and extend right foot directly in front of its normal position, 
touching toe to floor, as far away as possible without moving 
trunk. Bring foot back to position ; reach it out directly to 
right side as far as possible, touching floor with inner edge of 
toe, and bring it back to position. Then reach directly be- 
hind in same way. Repeat exercise with left foot. The 
movement is a slow stretching of leg and foot. 

Time: After the story has been told, and the exercise ex- 
plained, it may be given to music or counting. Right foot — 
Front! 2. Position! 4. Side! 2. Position! 4. Back! 2. 
Position ! 4. 

After the movements are learned they may be given in 
half the time, repeating four times with each leg. 

This exercise uses the muscles of the thigh and leg, and 
gives relief to the brain, by drawing the blood downward. It 
also helps in obtaining an erect carriage. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow the child to bend trunk forward when he 
touches his foot to floor. Place hands firmly on hips, keep 
trunk squarely to front, and let movement be from hip. 
Lift foot entirely from floor. 

Story: One day some little boys came to play with ISTed. 
While showing him what hard things they could do, they all 
stood in a row and tried to see who, while standing erect, 
could reach farthest on the ground with his toe. 



42 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

4. Picking Up Fruit; Knee Bending and Arm Stretching. 

Stand on left foot, and put right foot forward a short step. 
Transfer weight to it and stoop, bending at knee and hip.. 
Reach arms down as if picking up fruit from ground ; then 
raise trunk slightly and swing arms to one side, as if throw- 
ing fruit into a basket. 

Time: Advance foot and transfer weight in two counts ; 
stoop in two counts ; gather fruit during eight counts ; come 
to erect position in two counts ; put left foot forward, and 
transfer weight in two counts, etc. 

This exercise uses many sets of muscles, particularly those 
of thigh and back, and through the adjustment required to 
maintain equilibrium, results in a better posture. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not let pupils stoop into the half-sitting posture. 

Story: Ned often went out to the apple orchard to help 
his uncle gather the fruit; red apples or white ones. He 
picked up those which had fallen on the ground and put them 
into a basket. Sometimes he picked up other kinds of fruit. 

5. Respiratory; Pushing Downward in Front. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Inhale while raising arms in 
front of body to shoulder level. Exhale while pushing down 
with forearms until they reach sides again. Keep head erect 
and breathe through the nostrils. (See Fig. 5.) 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Push! 2-3-4. ■ Repeat three times. 

The addition of the arm movements to the breathing-exer- 
cise accelerates the flow of blood to the lungs, and hastens 
its purification there. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The child must keep mouth closed and breathe through 
nostrils ; if he does not keep head erect, tell him to push up 




Fig. 1 



Fig. 2 





Fig. 3 



Fig. 4 





Fig. 5 



Fig. 6 





Fig. 7 



Fig. 8 



GRADE I. 43 

with head while he pushes down with arms. If he bends 
elbows tell him to make his arms longer. 

Story: In the autumn the leaves fall from the trees, and 
the wind blows them into great heaps beside the fences. Ned 
always liked to fill great baskets with them. When a basket 
seemed full he set it on the stone wall and pushed the leaves 
down to make room for more. In the winter, after the first 
small snow-storm, he filled a basket with the light snow, 
pressing it down, until he had enough to make a snow- man. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; from forward to backward foot. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Hand Clapping; right hand above left. 

5. Neck; bending forward and backward. 

6. Gathering Leaves ; knee bending and arm stretching \ 

7. Respiratory; pushing downward in front. 

8. Arm Swinging; sidewise ujp and down. 

9. Floating; both arms above shoulder level. 

4. Hand Clapping; Right Hand Above Left. 

Stand erect. Raise forearms in front of body, holding 
right hand above left. Clap vigorously eight times ; return 
arms to position at sides. 

Time: Count, and, if necessary, have children count, that 
they may clap in unison. To music, give four counts, while 
bringing hands up to position ; then clap eight times during 
next two measures, and return arms to side in four counts. 

This exercise uses the muscles of the arms and the shoulders 
and quickens the circulation of the blood. It also gives 
children emotions of pleasure, which temporarily makes the 
respiration deeper and the muscles stronger. 



44 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK, 

Story: In November Ned heard his grandfather and his 
uncle talking a great deal about the elections. One evening 
they took him to town to see a torchlight parade, which he 
thought very wonderful. Next day they gave him some 
firecrackers and torpedoes, which went snap! snap! snap! 

Or: The days grew so short in November that when 
grandpa was away he sometimes did not get home until it 
was quite dark. Ned would watch at the window until the 
lamps were lighted. Soon heat! beat! beat! came the ring 
of Dobbin's feet on the frozen ground, and Ned ran to the 
door to welcome grandpa. 

5. Neck; Bending Forward and Backward. 

Bend neck slowly forward and downward till chin touches 
chest. (See Fig. 6.) Lift head up into position, not by 
lifting chin, but by pushing upward and backward with crown 
of head. Bend neck slowly backward until face is parallel 
with ceiling. Lift it up until it is in position, with chin 
drawn in toward neck, although not touching it. Repeat 
three times. 

Time: May be given with music or counting. Forward ! 2. 
Position! 4. Backward! 2. Position! 4. Pepeat, 

This exercise, besides strengthening the muscles of the neck, 
quickens the flow of blood to and from the brain, and is ex- 
cellent for cultivating the correct carriage of the head. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned played so hard during the day that he slept 
soundly at night, although he never liked to have bedtime 
come. One night he was told that he might sit up as late as 
he wished, but it was not long before his head began to nod. 
When it dropped forward, he raised it, and opened his eyes 
wide ; then it dropped backward and then forward again, 
until finally he was fast asleep in his chair. 



GRADE I. 45 

Or: Ned noticed with wonder the hen bending her neck 
forward to sip water and then tipping it backward to swallow 
it. Afterward, he observed that all birds drank in the same 
queer way. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising \ from side to side. 

3. Leg; stretching forward ', sideward, backward. 

4. Hand Clapping ; right hand above left. 

5. Finger Bending; under thumb. 

6. Neck; bending sideward. 

7. Gathering Evergreen ; knee bending and arm stretching. 

8. Respiratory ; pushing downward in front. 

9. Arm Swinging; from side to side. 

10. Floating; both arms above shoulder level. 

2. Poising; from Side to Side. 

Put right foot six inches to the right, and on the same line 
with the left ; transfer weight slowly to it ; transfer weight 
again to the left; continue swaying thus from one foot to the 
other, four times. Keep body erect ; transfer weight with a 
steady, gliding movement. 

Time: Eight! 2-3-4. Left! 2-3-4. Right! 2-3-4, etc. 
It is better, as in all the exercises, for the teacher to lead the 
movements or to indicate the direction by a movement of the 
hand, rather than to count. 

This poising movement, like the former one, assists in ob- 
taining a general control of the body through the nerves. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Make the poising a slow, steady movement performed 
without bending trunk in any direction. 



46 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Story: On stormy days Ned stood at the window and 
watched the garden gate blown to and fro by the wind. Then 
lie swayed from side to side, playing that he was a gate. 



5. Finger Bending; Under Thumb. 

Lift right forearm until it is horizontal at waist-line. Bend 
first finger and put thumb over its nail; then suddenly 
straighten finger. Bend each of the other fingers in the 
same way. Let right arm return to position, raise left arm 
and bend the fingers ; repeat with both hands. 

Count one for each finger, and repeat the exercise for each 
hand twice. 

These movements are beneficial in assisting to gain control 
of the finger-muscles, which are undeveloped in small children. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not try the exercise with both hands at first. After 
several weeks, try bending the first finger four times, then 
bending the second finger four times, and so on. 

Story: Ned's grandfather told him a story about the cheer- 
ful boy who made the best of everything, and said : "I don't 
care a snap whether it rains or snows, or whether the sun 
shines, or the wind blows. ' ' 



6. Neck; Bending Sideward. 

Bend neck over to right side, as if trying to lay the ear 
on the shoulder ; lift head up into position ; bend to left, 
and return to position. Repeat three times. 

Time: Right! 2. Up! 4. Left! 2. Up! 4. 

These bending movements exercise the side muscles of the 
neck and accelerate the circulation of the blood through them. 



GRADE I. 47 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be careful to bend directly at the side, not a little forward ; 
do not lift shoulder up to meet head. 

Story: Grandma told Ned that she thought the little red 
hen had a nest under the shed. So he ran to look for it. He 
stooped and bent his neck to one side and then the other, try- 
ing to look under the building. He saw the hen and nodded 
his head to grandma, but just then the little hen ran out and 
flew up on the fence, and from there to the shed, where he 
had to bend his neck backward to look up at her. 

Yary the story, by letting some child choose the color of 
the little hen. Or tell about the kitten that ran under the 
shed, and then up a tree, or under the fence into a neighbor's 
yard. 

9. Arm Swinging; from Side to Side. 

Stand firmly on balls of both feet; lift forearms in front 
until they are horizontal at waist- line. Turn forearms until 
hands hang passively sidewise, with palms toward body ; shake 
them rapidly from side to side. Swing arms sidewise thus 
for a minute, keeping head and chest perfectly still. 

Commands : Arms ! Swing ! 

This exercise quickens the circulation of the blood through 
the whole body, cultivates the habit of keeping chest firm 
during vigorous motions with the extremities, and gives repose 
and dignity of manner. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be careful not to move head or chest while swinging arms ; 
if at first the pupil has difficulty in keeping them still, tell 
him to imagine that his head is held in a photographer's vise. 

Story : The weather grew colder at the farm until, when 
Ned played or worked out-of-doors, his hands soon became so 
stiff and numb that he had to swing them from side to side 
before he could again use them easily. 



48 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON V. 

1 . Position Exercise ; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; from side to side. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Hand Clapping; left hand above right. 

5. Finger Bending; under thumb. 

6. Arm; pendulum swing. 

7. Neck ; lending sideward. 

8. Respiratory; pushing downward in front. • 

9. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 
10. Floating; front. 

4. Hand Clapping; Left Hand above Right. 

The same as in Lesson III. except that, after clapping with 
right hand above left, the exercise is repeated with left hand 
above right hand. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story : Grandma showed Ned some queer little black sticks 
that belonged to his uncle. She told ISTed that they were 
called u bones" or " clappers, " and that his uncle would 
teach him how to clap with them in the evening. They went, 
clap! clap! clap! clap! 

6. Arm; Pendulum Swing. 

Stand with weight on right foot, swing right arm backward 
and forward from the shoulder, without moving trunk. 
Transfer weight to left foot, with gliding movement ; swing 
left arm. Then stand with weight on both feet; swing both 
arms. In the forward swinging, the arm can be raised 
higher than in the backward. 

Time: One count for forward and one for backward swing. 

This exercise strengthens the shoulder muscles, and, by its 
rhythmic action, has a quieting effect on the nerves and brain. 



GRADE I. 49 

LESSON- TALK. 

Stand in an alert attitude and keep chest firm while swing- 
ing arms. 

Story: Grandfather had a tall clock standing in the cor- 
ner, and its pendulum swung slowly from side to side, never 
stopping, never hurrying. Ned liked to imagine he was a 
clock, and to swing his arms like the pendulum, or play that 
there were two pendulums ticking together. 

Or: He used to watch the long branches of the willow- 
tree swinging softly in every gentle breeze. 

io. Floating; Front. 

Stand on right foot; float right arm up front till it is higher 
than the head, but not vertical; then, without stopping the 
movement, float it down again. The forearm leads ; wrist 
and hand are passive in both upward and downward move- 
ments. Transfer weight to left foot, and float left arm. 
(Fig. 1 shows position of arm and hand at end of upward 
movement.) 

Time: Float to very slow waltz music; as, upward in two 
slow measures, and downward in two ; but do not count. 

The effect produced by this exercise is the same as that de- 
scribed in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: The big oak-tree kept its green leaves long after 
the other trees had put on gay cloaks; finally, the leaves 
turned crimson and then brown, and some of them floated 
slowly down to the ground. Ned liked to watch them — they 
floated so lightly. Even when winter came there were still a 
few leaves left to float downward at intervals. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising ; from side to side. 



50 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Hand Clapping; alternating right and left. 

5. Finger Bending; under thumb. 

6. Arm ; pendulum swing. 

7- Trunk ; lending forward and backward. 

8. Neck; bending sideward. 

9. Wood Chopping ; hand, arm and trunk, movements. 

10. Respiratory ; pushing dowuoard in front. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating ; front. 

4. Hand Clapping; Alternating Right and Left. 

The same as in Lesson Y. , and in addition, after clapping 
with the right hand above four times, and then with left 
hand above four times, alternate with first one hand and then 
the other hand. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Story: ISTed thought it very queer that butter could be 
made from cream. After grandpa had churned it, grandma 
took it out of the churn, and worked it with her hands, slap, 
slap, and pat, pat, until there was no more buttermilk left in 
it, and it was ready to put away into the jar. 

7. Trunk ; Bending Forward and Backward. 

Stand with weight on both feet; place hands on hips with 
thumbs pointing forward and fingers downward at sides. 
Bend upper part of chest toward front, letting head droop 
forward at same time. Do not bend at hips. . Lift to posi- 
tion, and repeat exercise three times. (See Fig. 8.) 

Raise arms front to shoulder level, bending fingers as if 
grasping something. Bend backward with a movement that 
begins with head and then includes upper part of back ; lift 
trunk to erect position. Repeat three times. 



GRADE I. 51 

Time: Four counts for preparation, placing hands on 
hips ; two counts for bending downward ; two counts for 
returning to position ; two counts for extending arms in 
front and bending backward ; two counts for returning to 
position ; four counts for dropping arms gently down to sides. 

The muscles of back, chest and abdomen are vigorously 
exercised, but the principal effect is on the internal organs, 
especially the stomach, which becomes stronger from the 
alternate pressure and relaxation of the muscles surround- 
ing it. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be careful to make plain to the children that the point at 
which the break comes is just at the end of the breast-bone ; 
show them that one can not bend upper part of trunk over 
far. 

Story: Ned often climbed upon the fence and leaned over 
to watch the cattle in the barn -yard. Only the upper part 
of his chest and his head were above the fence. Some times 
he grasped the fence with extended arms, and bent his body 
backward, and then straightened it, doing this several times. 

o. Wood-Chopping. 

Stand with weight on balls of feet, heels on a line, a foot 
apart. Extend arms as if grasping an axe, right hand above 
left. Swing them up over right shoulder, and then forward 
and downward, bending body from hips to angle of about 
forty-five degrees. Repeat three times. Change, and sw T ing 
over left shoulder. 

Time: Two counts for swinging arms over shoulder, and 
two for swinging downward. 

The muscles of trunk and thigh are called into vigorous 
action, greatly accelerating circulation and invigorating the 
vital organs. 



52 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Let the children swing their arms with as much force as 
they can. 

Story: Ned learned that people in the country did not 
burn coal, but used wood instead. He went into the woods 
one day with his grandfather, and watched him chopping 
down small trees for firewood. The next day his grand- 
father gave him a hatchet and let him chop some wood him- 
self. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; with feet together. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Hand Clapping ; alternating right and left. 

5. Finger Bending; under thumb. 

6. Arm ; pendulum swing and clock icinding. 

7. Trunk; bending forward and backward. 

8. Neck ; bending sideward. 

9. Wood- Chopping; hand, arm and trunk movements. 

10. Respiratory; pushing downward in front. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating ; both arms front. 

2. Poising; with Feet Together. 

Stand on both feet with heels on the same line and 
nearly to aching. Poise backward by transferring weight 
with a steady movement backward on heels ; poise forward 
by carrying weight as far forward on toes as possible without 
swaying body from the perpendicular. Do not allow body 
to bend. Transfer weight slowly from right foot to left 
without bending body to side. 

Time: Backward ! two counts. Forward ! two counts. 



GRADE I. 53 

Repeat three times. Right ! two counts. Left ! two counts. 
Repeat three times. 

The effect of this exercise is the same as that described in 
Lesson II. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Poising backward is given before poising forward because 
easier for the child. Later either may come first. 

Story: Country life made JSTed grow so healthy and 
strong that, in the winter, he was delighted to rind that the 
winds could not blow him very much, when he stood with 
heels near together. ' ' I shall soon be like the oak-tree, ' ' 
thought he. 

6. Arm; Clock Winding. 

After swinging like a pendulum, raise right arm and give 
a circular movement to hand, as if winding a clock ; repeat 
with left. Count one for each turn of the key. 

This is a wrist exercise, and its practise with left hand is 
especially necessary. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story : In the evening, Ned liked to watch the great clock 
and play pendulum. By and by his grandfather would take 
down the big, queer-looking key, with the long handle that 
turned like a crank, and reach up and wind the clock ; but 
Ned did not enjoy that so much, because it meant that his 
bedtime had come. 

12. Floating; Arms Front. 

The same as Lesson V. , repeated with both arms. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; with feet together. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 



54 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

4. Finger Bending ; under thumb. 

5. Arm ; stretching sideward. 

6. Trunk; bending sideward. 

7. Neck; bending sideward. 

8 Respiratory; with pulling. 
9. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 
10. Floating; both arms front. 

5. Arm; Stretching Sidewise. 

The same movement as in position exercise, but reaching 
outward at shoulder level, during four counts, before lower- 
ing to position. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: One day, when Ned was out at play, he saw a 
big bird fly over his head. It was so large that it made him 
feel afraid ; and he ran into the house to tell his grandmother. 
He stretched his arms out to show her how far it stretched 
its wings. 

Or: Ned's uncle made a big kite for him by putting 
paper over a light wooden frame, shaped like a cross. It was 
as tall as Ned, and as wide as his arms could reach. 

6. Trunk; Bending Sideward. 

After bending forward and backward with hands on hips, 
bend directly to right side. (See Fig. 9.) 

Or: Place right hand on hip ; left hand on right side and 
bend trunk directly over to the right, letting head droop to 
right shoulder. Raise trunk to erect position and bend over 
to the left in the same manner. 

Time: Four counts for placing hands and bending to 
right; four counts for lifting trunk to erect position; four 
counts for placing hands and bending to left ; four counts for 
coming to position. Repeat whole exercise three times. 



GRADE I. 55 

The muscles of the sides are the ones most strongly used, 
but the effect on the vital organs is the same as that de- 
scribed in Lesson YI. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: "When the children from the neighboring farms 
came to play with Ned, one of the games they liked best 
was, "I've a stitch in my side; couldn't run if I tried." 
When he was alone Ned often played it by himself. (See 
Games.) 

8. Respiratory; with Pulling. 

Stand firmly on both feet; inhale while extending both 
arms at shoulder level, and closing fingers as if grasping a 
rope. Hold the breath, while pulling downward and back- 
ward without bending the elbows. Exhale. Repeat exer- 
cise. Keep head erect and breathe through nostrils. 

Time: Two counts for raising arms, and two counts for 
pulling downward. 

As the apices of the lungs are not wholly filled during in- 
spiration, when expiration is delayed the upper segments 
more completely fill with air, which rushes upward in its 
struggle to escape. The arm movements hasten the flow of 
blood to the lungs and accelerate the chemical change which 
takes place there. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned often wished the clothes-line was stronger, 
that he might swing from it. One day his grandfather tied a 
strong rope between two low posts. It was not high enough, 
nor stretched tightly enough, for him to swing from it, but 
he enjoyed pulling it downward with both hands. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; with feet together. 



56 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Arm ; stretching sidewise. 

5 Finger Bending ; independently. 

6. Trunk; bending sideward. 

7. Neck; bending sideward. 

8. Reaching ; upward. 

9. Respiratory; with pulling . 

10. Arm Swinging ; sidewise. 

11. Floating; both arms front. 

5. Finger Bending; Independently. 

Lift right forearm until it is horizontal at waist-line. Bend 
and straighten thumb rapidly, eight times in succession, keep- 
ing fingers straight. Bend and straighten first finger, then 
the others, bending only one finger at a time. Then bend 
and straighten all the fingers together. Repeat exercise with 
fingers of left hand. 

Time: Bend and straighten on one count ; count rapidly. 

This exercise is beneficial in assisting the child to °;am con- 
trol over the undeveloped muscles that move the fingers. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: One rainy day, when Ned could not play out-of- 
doors, his grandfather taught him a little finger game : 
Tom Thumb says, "I'll dance." 
First man says, "That's what I'll do." 
Tall man says, "That suits me, too." 
Ring man says, "I'll try." 
Little man says, "So will I." 
All the men say, "We'll dance." 

8. Reaching Upward. 

Stand firmly on both feet ; turn arms until palms are for- 
ward, and raise them at sides with a stretching movement. 



GRADE I. 57 

until they are vertical from shoulder. Reach upward as far 
as possible with finger-tips. Turn palms outward, and bring 
arms down to sides with the same stretching movement. Re- 
peat. 

Time: Four counts for carrying arms upward, four for 
reaching, and four for bringing them down to sides. 

The muscles of the upper extremities, the trunk and the 
legs are stretched in this exercise ; .therefore, the circulation 
of the blood is equalized throughout the whole body. All 
the organs are lifted to their proper altitude, and the exer- 
cise produces an uplifted feeling, which is both physical and 
mental. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned was very anxious to grow tall. He watched the 
plants and the trees growing in the spring, shooting up inch 
after inch ; so he tried to stretch himself up as tall as possible. 
One day the old country doctor told him that he could really 
make himself grow taller by reaching up with his arms, so he 
used often to practise it. When he walked in the woods he 
was continually trying to reach up to the branches of the 
trees. 

LESSON X. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching sidewise. 

2. Poising; with feet together. 

3. Arm ; stretching sidewise. 

4. Finger Bending; independently. 

5. Trunk', bending sideward. 

6. Neck ; bending to front, sides, back. 

7. Reaching; upward. 

8. Mowing ; arm and trunk movements. 

9. Respiratory; with pulling. 

10. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

11. Floating; both arms front. 



58 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

6. Neck; Bending to Front, Sides, Back. 

Bend neck front, then straighten, stretching it and lift- 
ing head as high as possible. Bend to right and left succes- 
sively ; bend backward ; straighten; bend lifelessly forward, 
and bring up to position again. 

Time: Four counts for bending forward; four for 
straightening ; two for bending to right ; two for left. Re- 
peat sideward movements three times ; count, four for bend- 
ing backward ; four for straightening, and four for bending 
forward. 

This exercise strengthens muscles of neck and accelerates 
circulation of blood through them. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned's grandmother planted morning-glory seeds 
in the spring, and the vines grew very fast. Finally the 
blossoms appeared and Ned watched them waving in the 
breeze. He imagined that each bud awoke and stretched up 
its head early in the morning ; then it played with the breeze, 
waving gently to and fro, until finally it looked up in sur- 
prise at the lateness of the hour, to find the sun shining 
overhead. Soon it drooped its head and withered away. 

8. Mowing; Arm and Trunk Movements. 

Put right foot forward as in a short step, and transfer 
weight to it. Raise arms in front to waist-line ; extend them 
to right side, as if holding a scythe, and swing them around 
strongly to the left, bending trunk forward and twisting it to 
the side with the movement of the arms. Bring arms 
around to the right and swing again three times. 

Time: Four counts for advancing on right foot and rais- 
ing arms ; three counts for the swing to the left, and one for 



GRADE I. 59 

the return to the right. Do not count aloud ; let the chil- 
dren do it by imitation. 

The muscles of arms and trunk are strongly exercised, the 
circulation accelerated, the vital organs invigorated, and a 
general feeling of exhilaration results. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be sure that the pupils understand what a scythe is. Have 
one drawn on the blackboard, and have, also, a picture of a 
man swinging one. 

Story: In early summer, when the grass had grown tall, 
Ned's grandfather began to mow it. The large fields he cut 
with a mowing-machine, but the small ones he cut with a 
queer, crooked-handled instrument that he called a scythe. 



GRADE II. 



SECOND YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DESCRIPTIONS. 
See Note to Teachers, page 24:. For Rising Drill, seepage 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; with feet together, rising on toes. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Arm ; stretching sidewise. 

5. Hand ; finger bending. 

6. Trunk; pending forward, backward, sidevjard. 
1 . Neck ; bending forward, sideward, backward. 

8. Reaching; upward and bending downward. 

9. Respiratory ; pushing downward at sides. 

10. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

11. Floating; above shoulder level; front. 

i. Position Exercise. 

Stand with heels nearly touching, toes pointing outward, 
forming an angle of sixty degrees, weight of body on balls of 
feet. Raise both arms at sides till they are at shoulder level. 
Without stopping the movement, turn arms till palms are 
front, and continue reaching upward until they are straight 
above head. Reach upward with finger-tips as far as possi- 

60 



GRADE II. 61 

ble, keeping head erect. Let arms float outward and down 
to position. (See Figs. 1 and 10.) 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. 

The arm stretching assists in obtaining correct standing 
position by erecting the spine and raising and broadening the 
chest. It corrects the common fault of round shoulders more 
easily and effectually than could be done by conscious effort. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Make pupils realize that they must stand with weight on 
balls of feet, not on heels ; hips must be drawn slightly back- 
ward. Illustrate the correct position by constant example 
and frequent reminders. (See Lesson-Talk, page 36.) 

2. Poising; Rising on Toes. 

Stand in correct position with weight on both feet. Poise 
backward and forward by transferring weight backward to 
heels, then forward to toes without bending body from the 
perpendicular. Repeat three times. Rise on toes ; lower 
heels gently to floor. Repeat three times. (See Fig. 11.) 

Time: Backward! 2. Forward! 4. Rise! 2. Down! 4. 

This exercise promotes health by cultivating the habit of 
correct standing. It develops the muscular sense, strengthens 
the nerve-centers, facilitates acquirement of bodily control, 
and cultivates the mental qualities of self-command and confi- 
dence. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not let the children bend the body while poising. The 
body is kept perpendicular by a complex movement of many 
muscles noticeably those of ankle and hip. 

Story: Tell about the little city child who went to live 
with bis grandfather on a farm, and had now been there more 
than a year. He had grown so strong that when he imagined 
he was an oak-tree and planted himself firmly on both feet, 



62 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

the high winds were able to sway him but little. Yet he 
wanted to grow tall faster. He looked at the straight young 
pine- trees and saw that sometimes they grew a foot in a sin- 
gle season. So he stood straight and practised rising on his 
toes, hoping to grow in that way. He often measured him- 
self with the hollyhocks in grandma's garden, or wished he 
grew like the sunflowers. 

3. Leg; Stretching Forward, Sideward, Backward. 

Place 'hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers 
together and pointing downward at sides. Stand on left foot; 
extend right foot directly in front of its normal position, 
touching toe to floor as far away as possible without moving 
trunk. Bring foot back to position ; reach it out directly to 
right side as far as possible, touching floor with inner edge of 
toe ; bring it back to position. Reach directly behind in the 
same way. The movement is a stretching of leg and foot. 
Repeat three times. 

Time: Right foot front ! Position ! Side ! Position ! 
Back ! Position ! 

This exercise uses the muscles of thigh and leg and gives 
relief to the brain by drawing the blood downward. It also 
helps in obtaining an erect carriage. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not bend trunk forward as foot touches floor. Keep 
it squarely to the front and let the movement be from the 
hip. Lift foot entirely from floor. 

Story: When grandpa bought ISTed some new shoes, he 
taught him this little play : 

Just see my new shoe ; see what it can do. 
It runs far away, but only in play, 
For it always comes home again. 
It runs to the side, with galloping stride ; 
It runs to the rear, as if in great fear ; 
But it always comes home again. 






GRADE II. 63 

4. Arm; Stretching Sidewise. 

Standing on both feet, raise arms at sides to shoulder level ; 
reach directly outward with finger-tips ; float arms down to 
side. (See Fig. 1.) 

Time: Up ! 2-3-4. Beach! 2 3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Ke- 
peat. 

This exercise strengthens the muscles of the arms and ex- 
pands the chest. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow the head to bend forward during the reach- 
ing. 

Story: 

I make believe I'm a pine-tree tall; 
Or I'm a grapevine trained to the wall, 
A telegraph-pole with long wires strung, 
A hat- tree where my wraps are hung. 
But my arms are tired. I'd rather be 
The lit.le boy you usually see. 

5. Hand; Finger Bending. 

Lift right forearm till it is horizontal at waist-line. Bend 
and straighten thumb rapidly, eight times in succession, 
keeping fingers straight. Bend and straighten first finger, 
then the others, bending only one finger at a time. Bend 
and straighten all the fingers together. Repeat exercise with 
fingers of left hand. 

Time: Bend and straighten on one count, and count 
rapidly. 

This exercise is beneficial in assisting the child to gain con- 
trol of the undeveloped muscles that move the fingers. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: 

The fingers had a party and every finger danced. 

Tom Thumb began the frolic, and bowed and hopped and pranced. 



64 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

The First Man quickly followed, and danced as well as he ; 
The Tall Man bowed quite nicely, and hopped in highest glee ; 
The Weak Man found it difficult and hardly danced at all; 
The Small Man, too, grew weary, and nearly had a fall. 
But they danced one set together, and helped each other through, 
Then all bowed so politely, and bade a kind adieu. 

6. Trunk; Bending Forward, Backward, Sideward. 

Standing on botli feet, place hands on hips, with thumbs 
pointing forward and fingers downward at sides. Bend up- 
per part of chest toward front, letting head droop forward. 
Do not bend at hips (see Fig. 8). Lift body to position. 
Bend backward with a movement that begins with head, and 
then includes upper part of back; return to position. Bend 
directly to right side (see Fig. 9) ; to left side ; return to po- 
sition. 

Time: Hands on hips! 2-3-4. Forward! 2. Position ! 4. 
Backward! 2. Position! 4. Right side ! 2, etc. Repeat. 

The muscles of the back, chest and abdomen are strongly 
exercised ; the internal organs, especially the stomach, be- 
come stronger from the alternate pressure and relaxation of 
the muscles surrounding them. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not bend at hips; bend upper trunk so that the break 
comes in front at the point just at end of breast-bone ; bend 
directly at side, letting head droop on shoulder ; lift trunk to 
position before raising head. 

Story: Ned cut a slender branch from a sapling in the 
woods, sharpened the end, and stuck an apple on it. The 
weight of the apple made it bend far over in every direction. 

Or: One afternoon it began to snow ; but in the night the 
snow-storm changed to a rain-storm, and when E"ed looked 
out next morning he saw a wonderful sight. Every tree and 
shrub was bending under its weight of snowy ice. The pointed 



GRADE II. 65 

fir-trees at the foot of the garden bowed their heads and bent 
their backs as if their burdens were too heavy for them. 

7. Neck; Bending Forward, Sideward, Backward. 

Bend neck backward ; straighten ; bend forward (see 
Fig. 6) ; straighten ; bend to right side ; straighten ; to left 
side; straighten. Repeat. 

Time : Two counts for bending ; two for straightening. 

This exercise strengthens the muscles of neck, accelerates 
circulation in blood-vessels of neck, thus relieving the brain, 
and cultivates an easy carriage of head. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story : Robin Redbreast wakened !Ned early on summer 
mornings with his chattering. After !N"ed had dressed he 
used to run out and call up into the apple-tree, "Good- 
morning, Robin!" Robin would bend his neck, and look 
down at him, or tip his head on one side, and peer sharply 
at him out of his bright eyes. By and by, if Ned watched, 
he would see him fly down to the little brook to take a drink 
of water, bending his neck down to sip and tipping his head 
back to swallow. 

8. Reaching Upward and Bending Downward. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Turn arms till palms are for- 
ward, and raise at sides with stretching movement, until 
palms meet above head. Bend trunk forward as far as pos- 
sible, bending from hips. Drop arms easily to sides, and 
raise trunk to position. Repeat three times. (See Fig. 12.) 

Time: Arms up! 2. Bend forward ! 4. Position! 2. 

In this exercise all the organs are lifted to their proper, 
health-inviting altitude; the muscles of arms, trunk and legs 
are stretched, thus equalizing the circulation of the blood 
throughout the whole body. 



66 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stretch as strongly as possible, while carrying the arms 
upward. Bead forward at hips, keeping arms extended and 
palms together. 

Story : There was a large pond about a mile away, and 
after supper Ned often drove over with his uncle to take a 
swimming-lesson. He longed to be able to dive as well as 
his uncle did, so he tried hard to do exactly what he told him 
to do. 

9. Respiratory; Pushing Downward at Sides. 

Stand with weight on both feet. Inhale while stretching 
arms upward at sides to shoulder level, palms downward ; ex- 
hale, while pushing down with forearms until arms are in 
position. (Fig. 13 shows beginning of downward move- 
ment.) 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

The object of these respiratory exercises is to establish the 
habit of full, deep breathing, and to fill with air the upper 
segments of the lungs, which are the parts first affected in 
pulmonary consumption. The movement of the arms accel- 
erates the flow of blood to the lungs and hastens its purifica- 
tion there. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story : Ned went to school when the fall term began, and 
he told his grandmother in the evening what he had learned 
during the day. One night he said he had a new conundrum 
for her : " What is everybody in the world doing at the same 
time?" The answer was, " Breathing." Then he told what 
he had been learning about the lungs and the wonderful way 
in which they were filled with air ; how fresh air was neces- 
sary to make good blood, and one couldn't be strong without 
good blood. He showed her an exercise in breathing which 
he had been taking in school. He said it reminded him of 
the way he pushed his arms when he was trying to tread water 
in the pond. 





Fig. 9 



Fig. 10 





Fig. 1 1 



Fig. 12 




Fig. 13 



Fig. 14 





Fig. 15 



Fig. 16 



GRADE II 67 

io. Arm Swinging; Sidewise. 

Standing firmly on both feet, lift forearms in front till they 
are horizontal at waist-line; turn hands sidewise, with palms 
toward body ; shake them rapidly sidewise for a minute, keep- 
ing head and chest perfectly still. 

Time : Do not count. Arms ! and Swing ! may be given 
as signals for raising arms and swinging. 

This exercise quickens circulation of blood over the whole 
body, cultivates the habit of keeping chest firm during vigor- 
ous motion with the extremities, and gives repose and dignity 
of manner. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: ISTed had three old ducks and six young ones, of 
which he took good care. He thought they did more queer 
things than chickens ever did. How queer ly they sometimes 
flapped their wings to and fro sidewise. 

II. Floating ; Above Shoulder Level. 

Raise both arms at sides until they are above head, letting 
forearms lead the movement, hands floating passively after 
(see Fig. 2). Without stopping, bring arms down to shoulder 
level ; raise and lower them a half-dozen times ; carry them 
with same floating movement down to position. Stand- 
ing on right foot, float right arm up front until it is higher 
than head, but not vertical (see Fig. 7); then float down 
again. Repeat. Transfer weight with a steady movement 
to left foot and float left arm. Transfer weight to both feet, 
and float both arms. 

Time: Float to slow waltz music, upward in two measures, 
and downward in two, without counting aloud. 

The purpose of these floating movements is to transmute 
the physical force gained in the preceding exercises into 
psychic power. The circulation, which has been much accel- 



68 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

erated during the vigorous movements, now becomes normal, 
and the pupil concludes the exercise with a feeling of refresh- 
ment and reserve power. The esthetic benefit is shown in 
added grace and beauty of movement. 

LESSON- TALK. 

If the teacher is not familiar with floating movements, she 
must practise them at home before the mirror until she is 
sure that her forearm leads, and that the movements are in 
curves and continuous. Stand lightly on balls of feet. When 
standing on one foot, do not throw hip outward. 

Story: Ned could run quite fast, but he often wished that 
he were a bird, so that he might move faster; he sometimes 
ran waving his arms up and down as if they were wings, but 
that did not help him much. It seemed so easy for birds to 
fly ; all they had to do was to float their wings up and down 
and they sailed smoothly along. The butterflies, too, and 
the bees, even the thistle-down and the milkweed-down, 
floated softly through the air on fairy wings. It was hard 
that the little boy must stay on the ground. 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; with feet together, rising on toes. 

3. Leg; stretching forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Arm ; stretching sidewise. 

5. Hand ; finger lending. 

6. Trunk; bending fo?'ward, backward, sideward. 

J. Neck ; bending backward and forward, twisting to 

sides, and bending forward. 

8. Reaching ; upward and bending downward. 

0. Rowing; arm and trunk movement. 

10. Respiratory ; pushing down at sides. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating; above shoulder level; front. 






GRADE II. 69 

7. Neck; Bending Backward and Forward. 

Bend neck directly backward till face is parallel to the 
ceiling ; lift head to position ; bend forward until chin touches 
chest (see Fig. 6) ; lift to position ; twist to right until face 
is directly over right shoulder ; to front; to left; to front; 
bend downward until chin touches chest; lift to position. 

Time: Four counts for each movement. 

This exercise is to develop the muscles of neck, and accel- 
erate the passage of blood through them to the brain. It 
cultivates correct poise of head. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned loved the big sunflowers in grandma's gar- 
den. He used to play with them, and imagine they were 
people, because they did such queer things. Early in the 
morning he would run out and stand looking up into their 
big faces and say, " Good-morning!" for these queer flowers 
used to droop their heads and sleep at night. Then, when 
the sun arose, they would twist their necks around to the east 
and look at it. All day they turned their faces as it moved 
and gazed at it until it set in the west at night ; then they 
drooped their heads and went to sleep again. 

9. Rowing. 

Put right foot twelve inches in front of its normal position 
and transfer weight to it. Bend trunk forward from hips, and 
reach both arms forward as if grasping oars; bending 
trunk backward from the perpendicular, pull backward with 
arms until hands reach the sides at waist-line, and at the 
same time transfer weight to backward foot. JReach arms 
forward, again transferring weight forward, and pull back- 
ward as before. Repeat twice. Then advance on left foot 
while reaching forward, and repeat movements four times. 
Keep chest erect. 



70 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Time: Forward! 2. Pull! 4. Repeat. Forward left! 2, 
etc. 

This exercise brings into play all the principal muscles of 
trunk and arms, broadens back and chest, accelerates res- 
piration and circulation, and improves the general health and 
bearing of pupil. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Chest and head must be kept erect and back not allowed to 
bend during any part of the exercise. 

Story: When Ned went over to the pond with his uncle, 
they often took a boat-ride as well as a swim. Ned learned 
to row, and although it was hard work at first, he enjoyed 
doing it. 

' LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise : arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; with feet together, rising on toes and holding 
position. 

3. Leg; pawing. 

4. Arm ; stretching sidewise. 

5. Hand ; finger bending. 

6. Trunk; bending forward, backward, sideward. 

7. Neck; bending backward and forward, twisting to 
sides and bending forward. 

8. Peaching ; upward and bending downward. 

9. Rowing; arm and trunk movement. 

10. Respiratory; pushing downward at sides. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating; at sides. 

2. Poising: Rising on Toes and Holding. 

The same as in Lesson I., with the addition of holding the 
position four counts after rising on toes. 



GRADE II. 71 

3. Leg; Pawing. 

Stand erect with weight on left foot. Extend right leg 
directly in front as far as possible and touch toes to floor; 
draw leg backward and upward, with pawing movement. 
Do not allow body, above hips, to move. Stand on right 
foot and repeat exercise with left. 

Time: Extend leg during one count; paw during one 
count. Repeat three times. 

This exercise for the leg muscles calls the blood away from 
the brain, teaches the child to keep the chest firm while 
using the extremities, and becomes a lesson in self-control. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow the pupil to bend the chest forward while 
advancing the foot. Illustrate the movement carefully. 

Story: Ned's grandfather had several horses and one of 
them could trot very fast. He was a beautiful animal, black 
in color, with slender legs, which would paw the ground im- 
patiently when he was harnessed and waiting to carry 
grandpa to town. 

12. Floating; at Sides. 

Stand lightly poised on ball of right foot. Float right arm 
up directly at side until it is half way between shoulder level 
and head. The forearm leads the movement; wrist and 
hand are passive. Without stopping, float arm downward, 
forearm leading, until it reaches position. Repeat. Trans- 
fer weight of body to left foot with a steady, gliding move- 
ment and float left arm in same manner. Stand on both feet 
and float both arms. (Fig. 14 shows end of upward move- 
ment.) 

Time: Carry arm upward to two measures of slow waltz 
music, and downward to two measures without counting 
aloud. 



72 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

The purpose of this exercise is described in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: The leaves on the big elm-tree in front of the house 
turned yellow in the autumn, and floated gently down to the 
ground. They fell with a light, yet steady movement, as if 
drawn downward against their will. Ned watched them half- 
pityingly. "They cannot play with the breezes any more," 
he said, "but they float down as softly as angels fly — they 
must be leaf -angels, now." 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising ; with feet together, rising on toes and holding 
position. 

3. Leg; pawing. 

4. Arm; swinging across chest, 

5. Hand; rubbing. 

6. Trunk; twisting. 

7. Neck ; bending backward and forward, twisting to sides, 
and bending forward. 

8. Peaching; upward and bending downward. 

9. Respiratory; pushing downward at sides. 

10. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

11. Floating; at sides. 

4. Arm; Swinging Across Chest. 

Standing on right foot, swing right arm upward diagonally 
across chest four times ; transfer weight quickly to left foot, 
and swing left arm in same manner. Keep chest firm and 
head erect. 

Time: Swing upward during one count and down during 
one count four times. 

This exercise is for the arm and shoulder muscles. It 



GRADE II. 73 



stimulates circulation of blood, and develops the power of 
self-command in obtaining control of the chest. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: When December came, it grew very cold at the 
farm, and after Ned had played out-of-doors a little while, 
he was glad to warm himself by swinging his arms across his 
chest. 

5. Hand; Rubbing. 

Rub palms of hands together vigorously ; rub back of left 
hand with palm of right ; the back of right with palm of left ; 
then both palms together again. 

Time: Rub palms during four counts, back of left four ; 
back of right four, and palms four. 

This exercise gives relief to the finger muscles cramped 
with holding books and pencils. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: After swinging his arms, Ned would take off his 
mittens and rub his hands together to warm his fingers. 

6. Trunk; Twisting. 

Stand with weight on both feet. Place hands on hips 
with thumbs pointing forward and fingers together and point- 
ing straight downward at sides. Without moving feet, twist 
trunk around to right until left elbow points directly front; 
turn body front, and twist to left in same manner. Repeat. 
(See Fig. 15.) 

Time: Four counts for placing hands on hips, two counts 
for twisting to right, two counts for turning front, two counts 
for twisting to left, etc. , with four counts for lowering arms 
to position. 

The muscles of the abdomen and the lower part of the back 
are the ones most strongly exercised ; the chest is expanded 



74 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

through the separation of the lower ribs ; and the internal or- 
gans, especially the stomach, strengthened. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: On top of grandfather's barn was a great gold 
weather-vane, which turned around when the wind blew. 
One day Ned's uncle whittled a small one out of wood ?,nd 
put it on the shed ; it was a little sailor boy with paddles in 
his hands, and the wind blew it around merrily. 

Or: It was a great treat to Ned to be allowed to go to 
the city with grandpa. There were such wonderful things 
to be seen in the store windows. In a hair-dresser's shop 
Ned saw the figure of a woman, which turned around to 
show its beautiful golden hair so naturally that Ned could 
almost believe it was alive. 

LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; with feet together, rising on toes and holding 
position. 

3. Leg; stepping forward. 

4. Arm; swinging across chest. 

5. Hand; rubbing. 

6. Trunk ; twisting. 

1. Neck ; bending backward and forward, twisting to sides 
and bending forward. 

8. Reaching; upward and bending doionward. 

9. Snowballing; stooping, making balls, and throwing. 

10. Respiratory; pushing downward at sides. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating; tipward in front, downward at sides; upward 

at sides, downward in front. 

3. Leg; Stepping Forward. 
Stand on left foot. Put right foot forward as in a short 
step, bending knee slightly and touching too to floor ; lower 



GRADE II. 75 

lieel and transfer weight from left foot to ball of right foot 
with a steady movement, holding chest erect. Bring left 
foot up to right foot. Step forward on left foot in same 
manner. 

Time: Advance foot and transfer weight in one count ; 
bring the other foot alongside in one count. 

This exercise teaches the maintenance of a strong, free car- 
riage in walking and an easy grace of movement. Nervous 
force is economized, and the foundation laid for the ability to 
walk long distances without fatigue. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Story: Ned watched his grandfather's big horse cross a lit- 
tle bridge in the meadow for the first time. He put one foot 
down very carefully, as if to see if the bridge was strong 
enough to hold him ; then he put the others down just as care- 
fully. 

Or: He saw the dog trying in the same way to find out if 
the ice was strong enough to bear him. 

9. Snowballing. 

Put right foot forward as in a short step ; transfer weight 
to it, and, bending slightly at knee, reach over to floor and 
gather up snow in hands. Lift body to an erect position ; 
form the snow into a ball and throw with right hand. Step 
forward on left foot and repeat, throwing with left hand. 

Time: Put foot forward and transfer weight in one count, 
stoop in one count, gather snow in two counts, rise and make 
ball in three counts, and throw in one count. 

This exercise calls into play many muscles, especially those 
of the legs and arms ; it quickens the circulation and develops 
self-control in maintaining equilibrium. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned was so delighted to see the first snowstorm 



76 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

that he could hardly wait for the ground to become white be- 
fore he went out snowballing. He was soon able to make 
nice round balls. 

12. Floating; Upward and Downward.. 

Stand lightly on both feet and float both arms, wrists and 
hands passive, upward in front, until nearly vertical ; without 
stopping, turn palms outward and float down to sides ; float 
them upward at sides, and down in front. 

Time: Float to slow waltz music, upward in two measures 
and downward in two, without counting aloud. 

The effect of this exercise is the same as that described in 
Lesson I. 

IESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned never wearied of standing by the window and 
watching the snow come down, the big flakes floated down so 
softly. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising ; forward with heel raising. 

3. Leg; stepping forward. 

4. Arm ; swinging across chest. 

5. Hand ; rubbing. 

6. Trunk; twisting. 

7. Neck ; bending backward a?id forioard, twisting to sides 
and bending forward. 

8. Reaching ; upward and bending downward. 

9. Snowballing ; stooping, making balls and throwing. 
io. Respiratory; pulling from above. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating; upward in front, downward at sides; upward 
at sides, downward in front. 



GRADE II. 77 

2. Poising; Forward with Heel Raising. 

Put right foot forward as in a short step. Rise on toes, 
at same time transferring weight to forward foot (see Fig. 16) ; 
lower heels, transferring weight backward to left foot. 
Repeat three times; put left foot forward and repeat 
three times. Do not allow body to bend backward or for- 
ward. (See Fig. 3 for weight on backward foot.) 

Time: Put foot forward and rise on two counts ; lower 
heels on two counts. 

The effect of this exercise is same as that described in Les- 
son II. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Story: Sometimes Ned would sit in front of the great fire- 
place and rock in his little chair, while his grandmother told 
him stories. Frequently he rocked in his grandfather's big 
chair. 

io. Respiratory; Pulling from Above. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Turn palms to front, and raise 
arms at sides till above head ; bring hands together and close 
fingers as if grasping a rope, and pull straight downward in 
front. Inhale while raising arms ; hold breath while pulling; 
exhale ; repeat. 

Time: Four counts each for inhaling, holding, and ex- 
haling. 

The object of this exercise is explained in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: If Ned reached church early Sunday morning, the 
man who rang the big bell would sometimes let him take 
hold of the rope and help pull. How he stretched his arms 
and how hard he pulled. Sometimes he would be lifted 
quite off his feet. 



78 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VII. 

1 . Position Exercise ; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising ; forward with heel raising. 

3. Leg ; stepping to side. 

4. Arm; stretching sidewise with palm up. 

5. Hand; finger lending. 

6. Trunk ; twisting. 

7. Neck ; tending backward and forward, twisting to sides 
and bending forward. 

8. Reaching ; upward and bending downward. 

9. Snow-Shoveling; trunk bending, arm stretching, twist- 
ing. 

10. Respiratory ; pulling from above. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating; upward in front, downward at sides' upward 
at sides, downward in front. 

3. Leg; Stepping to Side. 

Stand firmly on left foot and, -without moving head or 
chest, touch toes of right foot to iioor about ten inches to 
right side. Transfer weight to ball of right foot at the same 
time lowering heel with a steady movement. Bring left foot 
up to right, and repeat. Repeat to left side. 

Time: One count for putting foot out to side and trans- 
ferring weight, and one count for bringing other foot along- 
side. 

The effect of this exercise is the same as that described in 
Lesson V. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Story: One day Ned's grandfather took him to town to 
see the soldiers drill. He came home greatly excited over 



GRADE II. 79 

the marching, especially the side-step, which he practiced 

diligently. 

4. Arm; Stretching Sidewise with Palm Up. 

Stand on both feet. Turn palms outward and raise arms 
at sides to shoulder level ; reach out with finger-tips, palms 
turned upward; turn palms downward and carry arms 
strongly and steadily down to position. Repeat. (See 
Fig. 17.) 

Time: Four counts for raising arms ; four counts for 
reaching outward ; four counts for lowering. 

Besides stretching muscles of arms and fingers, this exercise 
raises and broadens the chest ; lifts the internal organs to a 
higher altitude, thus improving health and carriage; and has 
a reflex influence on the mind, producing feelings of confi- 
dence and power. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: There were telegraph-poles in front of grandpa's 
house. They were tall and straight. Every time there was 
a snow-storm Ned imagined they were giants loaded with 
snow. 

5. Hand; Finger Bending. 

Raise right hand. Bend thumb; stretch first finger; bend 
second finger ; straighten third finger ; and bend little finger, 
holding each finger in position. Straighten and bend all 
fingers once. Repeat with left hand. 

Time: Practise while repeating the rhyme. When it 
can be done easily, it may be given to music, bending thumb 
on first count, second finger on second count, little finger on 
third count, and all on fourth count. 

This exercise is to strengthen finger-muscles, which are 
undeveloped in small children. 



80 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: One of Ned's little playmates knew another finger 
game, which was harder than grandpa's. 

Tom Thumb makes a bow ; 
Johnny Head stretches now ; 
Harry Long bows very low ; 
Mary Ring tries to be tall ; 
Little Bessy courtesies so ; 
Then a bow is made by all. 

- 
o. Snow-Shoveling. 

Advance right foot as in a short step ; grasp imaginary 
shovel; bend trunk forward and fill shovel with snow; 
straighten trunk ; toss snow to one side ; repeat. Repeat 
twice to left. 

Time: Advance right foot and bend forward in two 
counts; toss to side in two counts; bend in two counts; toss 
in two counts, etc. 

This exercise uses the principal muscles of arms, legs, and 
trunk, stimulates circulation, and gives vigor to internal or- 
gans. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned had a small snow-shovel, and he thought it 
great fun to help his uncle shovel paths after the big snow- 
storms. Sometimes he dug little caves in the big drifts. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; forward with heel raising. 

3. Leg; stepping to side. 

4. Arm; stretching sideioise with palm tip. 

5. Hand ; finger tending. 

6. Trunk ; twisting. 



GRADE II. 81 

7. Neck ; twisting to half side and bending. 

8. Reaching; upward and bending downward. 

9. Shoveling; trunk bending r , arm stretching, twisting. 

10. Respiratory ; pulling from above. 

11. Arm Swinging; sidewise. 

12. Floating; at sides and above shoulder level. 

7. Neck; Twisting to Half Side and Bending. 

Twist neck around half way to right shoulder (see Fig. 18), 
and bend downward until chin touches chest (see Fig. 19). 
Lift head. Turn half way to left and bend in same manner. 
Repeat. 

Time: Right! 2. Bend! 4. Straighten! 2. Left! 4. 

The effect of this exercise is the same as described in 
Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned's grandfather sometimes let him go to town 
with him on Saturdays. How he enjoyed the trip ! He 
twisted his neck continually from one side to the other to see 
the people he knew, and bowed politely when they greeted 
him. 

12. Floating; at Sides and Above Shoulder Level. 

Stand lightly on balls of feet. Float both arms with fore- 
arms leading up at sides until backs of hands meet above 
head (see Fig 20). "Without stopping movement, float down 
again to'shoulder level. Float over head and down to shoul- 
der level four times, then continue movement down to posi- 
tion. 

Time: Float slowly to slow waltz music. Up over head in 
two measures, down to shoulder level in one measure, etc. 

The effect of this exercise is same as that described in 
Lesson I, 



83 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: Ned thought April the queerest month in the year ; 
the weather changed so suddenly. The sun would be shining 
brightly, then before you could notice, the rain would come 
pattering down. It was great fun to watch the clouds ; but 
whether they were big white ones floating slowly or great 
black ones hurrying swiftly, they all sailed softly and easily 
along. 

LESSON IX. 

1 . Position Exercise ; arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; rocking from side to side. 

3. Leg; stepping backward. 
1. Arm; stretching sidewise with palm %ip. 

5. Hand ; finger bending. 

6. Trunk; twisting. 

7. ISTeck ; twisting to half side and bending. 

8. Reaching; upward and bending downward. 

9. Shoveling; trunk bending, arm stretching, twisting. 
10. Respiratory; pulling from above. 
iiv Arm Swinging; up and down. 
12. Floating ; at sides and above shoulder level. 

2. Poising; Rocking from Side to Side. 

Put right foot directly out to side. Rise on toes of left 
foot, and transfer weight slowly to toes of right foot ; with- 
out lowering heel, transfer weight to toes of left foot. Rock 
thus slowly from one foot to the other four times. Keep 
body erect. (Fig 21 shows weight on one foot.) 

Time: Two counts for putting foot to side and rising on 
toes, two counts for transferring weight, etc. 

This poising exercise works more strongly muscles of calf 
and ankles than preceding exercises. Equilibrium is main- 



GRADE II 83 

tained with greater difficulty ; hence, a finer coordination of 
muscular movement is required. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: ISTed's uncle found a big plank and made a see- 
saw, on which he and his little friends had great fun. 

Or: When tired of playing, he often went to the hammock 
on the back porch. He liked to swing slowly back and forth, 
watching the bees on the honeysuckle vine. 

3. Leg; Stepping Backward. 

Stand erect on left foot. Extend right foot directly back- 
ward and touch toe to floor; slowly transfer weight to right 
foot, lowering heel gently to floor, and at same time raising 
heel of left foot ; place left foot beside right foot. Repeat 
the step with left foot ; then again with each. Step forward 
to place. The erect position must be maintained. 

Time: One count for extending leg and transferring weight, 
and one count for replacing other foot. 

This exercise uses leg muscles, develops flexibility of feet, 
tranquilizes nervous system, and lays foundation of a light, 
buoyant step in walking. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Stretch leg backward, but do not allow body to lose erect 
position. Stepping backward produces a rhythmic motion 
which is greatly to be desired in walking. 

Story: As soon as it was warm enough in the spring ISTed 
took off his shoes and stockings and went barefoot. The 
dusty road felt very soft to his feet. He liked to walk back- 
ward ; it gave him such a soothing sensation ; then he would 
walk forward, trying to step in the same footprints. 

11. Arm Swinging; Up and Down. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise arms in front until fore- 
arms are horizontal at waist-line, elbows near sides of body, 



84 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

hands hanging passive (see Fig. 22). Swing forearms up 
and down with great energy for a minute or two, keeping 
head and chest perfectly still. 

Time: Raise arms at signal, Arms! and shake them up 
and down on Swing ! Do not count. 

This exercise quickens circulation of blood in whole body, 
cultivates the habit of keeping chest firm during vigorous 
motion of extremities, and gives repose and dignity of 
manner. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Head and chest must not be allowed to move during swing- 
ing of arms. If pupils do not get movement of forearms 
at first, let them swing them slowly. 

Story: Monday was washing-day at the farm, and before 
Ned went to school he helped his grandma hang out the 
handkerchiefs and towels. She shook them to get out the 
wrinkles, before she put them on the line, and he handed 
her the clothes pins. 

LESSON X. 

1. Position Exercise : arms stretching upward. 

2. Poising; rocking from side to side. 

3. Leg ; stepping backward. 

4. Arm ; ladder climbing. 

5. Hand ; finger bending backward. 

6. Trunk; twisting. 

7. Neck ; twisting to half side and bending. 

8. Peaching; upward and bending downward. 

9. Rowing; arm and trunk movement. 

10. Respiratory; pulling from above. 

1 1 . Arm Swinging ; up and down. 

12. Floating; at sides and above shoulder level. 



GRADE II. 85 

4. Arm; Ladder-climbing. 

Extend right arm in front of waist-line with palm down- 
ward ; close fingers as if grasping round of ladder. Extend 
left arm a little higher as if grasping another round. Reach 
a higher round with right hand, and a still higher one with 
left hand. Reach two more rounds, then repeat from be- 
ginning. 

Time: One count for extending, one count for grasping 
second round, etc. ; two counts for lowering arms to position. 

This exercise uses most strongly muscles of hands, arms, 
and shoulders ; it also calls into play muscles of trunk, ele- 
vating ribs and improving posture. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Story: When the cherries were ripe grandpa put a ladder 
up into the tall tree, and ISTed, putting a little pail on his arm, 
climbed it. Soon he had a nice pailful of cherries for 
grandma. 

5. Hand; Finger Bending Backward. 

Rub hands together as if washing them, bending fingers 
backward as much as possible. 

Time: Rub during eight counts. 

The fingers which were bent in the preceding exercise are 
straightened in this. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be sure to rub all parts of hands, rubbing vigorously, and 
straightening fingers. 

Story: When dinner-time came, grandma would call : 
"Ned! Ned! come, and wash your hands." He didn't 
like to leave his play ; but he was hungry, so he ran quickly. 
He took the white soap and rubbed his hands until they were 
perfectly clean. 



GRADE III. 

THIRD YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DIKECTIONS. 
See Note to Teachers, page 24. For Rising Drill, seepage 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward in front. 

2. Poising ; forward and hack, and rising on toes; rocking 

from side to side. 

3. Foot and Leg; stepping forward, sideward, backward. 

4. Arm and Ha.nd;pushing downward with clasped hands. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending to side. 

6. Neck; twisting to half side, and bending. 

7. Peaching ; upward and bending downward. 

8. Respirator j ; pulling from above. 

9. Arm Swinging; up and down. 

10. Floating ; at sides and above shoulder level. 

1. Position Exercise; Pushing Downward in Front. 

Paise both arms at sides, palms down, until they reach 
shoulder level; without stopping, turn palms forward, and 
continue stretching upward until arms are above head, palms 
front. With same stretching movement carry them slightly 
outward and downward in front till they are straight down at 

86 



GRADE III. 87 

an angle of thirty degrees with body (see Figs. 1, 10, 23). 
Push down with palms, at same time pushing upward and 
backward with crown of head to straighten upper part of 
spine. Drop arms easily to sides. 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Push! 2-3-4. Posi- 
tion! 2-3-4. 

Correct position is most important in physical training, and 
stretching movements form the most satisfactory method of 
obtaining it with children. In reaching upward the chest 
is lifted and broadened, and in pushing downward the upper 
spine is straightened. The vital organs are lifted to their 
proper altitude, where they can best defy disease, and the 
whole attitude expresses self-command and courage. 

LESSON-TALK. 

If the teacher is enthusiastic over correct position, the 
children will soon be. Be sure that they are standing with 
weight on balls of feet before they begin stretching. Show 
them how pushing upward with crown of head straightens 
the neck. Do not let them tip the head and trunk backward. 
Talk to them about the mental states which different atti- 
tudes express. (See Lesson-Talk, page 36.) 

2. Poising; Forward and Back and Rising on Toes; 
Rocking from Side to Side. 

Stand on both feet. Poise forward on toes as far as possi- 
ble without lifting heels, keeping body perpendicular with 
floor ; poise slowly backward on heels, still keeping perpen- 
dicular ; return weight to balls of feet. Rise slowly on toes 
(see Fig. 11) ; lower heels gently to floor. Put right foot 
eight inches to side. Rise on toes of left foot and transfer 
weight slowly to right foot ; without lowering heel, transfer 
weight again to toes of left foot. Rock thus slowly from 
one foot to the other four times (see Fig. 21). 






88 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Time: Forward! Backward! Position! Rise! Down! 
Right foot ! Rise ! Right ! Left ! Two counts for each 
movement. 

This exercise cultivates habit of standing in healthful and 
graceful attitude in obedience to laws of gravitation ; it de- 
velops muscular sense, strengthens nerve-centers, and gives 
dignity of manner. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The children, having taken Position Exercise, are standing 
correctly. Insist on correctness. If pupils have never 
taken the poising exercises of preceding grades, let them 
begin by carrying weight backward from balls of feet to 
heels, without bending body backward ; carry weight slowly 
forward on toes without bending body. When movement is 
understood begin with forward poising. Do not lose perpen- 
dicular in rocking from side to side. Hold idea of steadi- 
ness in mind ; think of the regularity with, which the pendu- 
lum swings from side to side. 

3. Foot and Leg; Stepping Forward, Sideward, 
Backward. 

Stand on left foot. Put right foot forward as if for a 
short step, bending knee slightly and touching toe to floor ; 
lower heel and transfer weight from left foot to ball of right 
foot with a gliding movement. Bring left foot up to right 
foot. Step forward on left foot in same manner. Touch toe 
of right foot to floor about ten inches to side ; transfer weight 
to ball of right foot, at the same time lowering heel with a 
steady movement. Bring left foot up to right foot. Step 
to left side in same manner. Extend right leg directly back- 
ward and touch toe to floor ; slowly transfer weight to this 
foot, lowering heel gently to floor and at same time raising 




Fig. 17 



Fig. 18 





Fig. 19 



Fig. 20 



,--— " 





Fig. 21 



Fig. 22 





Fig. 23 



Fig, 24 



GRADE III. 89 

heel of left foot ; bring left foot back to right foot. Step 
backward with left foot in same manner. 

Time: One count for stepping forward, one count for 
bringing up other foot. As, Right foot ! 2. Left foot ! 4. 

This exercise helps to form habit of maintaining an erect, 
easy carriage in walking. The backward movement develops 
flexibility of feet, and seems to have a particularly tranquil- 
izing effect on the nervous system. 

# 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand erect on left foot at beginning of exercise, and do not 
allow head or chest to bend during movement of other leg. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Down with Clasped 
Hands. 

Clasp hands with fingers interlocked in front of chest ; 
turn them so that palms are downward and push down as 
hard as possible. Unclasp, bring up to chest and repeat 
(see Fig. 24). 

Time: Hands! 2. Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. 

This exercise strengthens muscles of arms, straightening 
fingers, bent during school tasks. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Stand erect; when pushing downward with hands push 
upward with head, and lift chest. 

5. Trunk; Twisting, with Bending to Side. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers to- 
gether and pointing straight downward at sides. Without 
moving feet twist trunk around to right until shoulders are 
at right angles to their normal position ; bend trunk over in 
direction in which right shoulder points, which is backward 
from the normal position, letting head droop to right shoul- 



<J0 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

der. (See Fig. 25.) Lift trunk to erect position, and rotate 
front. Repeat to left, bending to left side. Repeat whole 
exercise. 

Time: Place hands on hips at command, Trunk! 2. 
Twist! 4. Bend! 2. Up! 4. Front! 2. Left! etc. 

The muscles of abdomen and lower part of back are 
strongly exercised ; the ribs are separated in bending to side, 
thus making the exercise valuable for chest-expansion. The 
internal organs are strengthened and digestion and assimila- 
tion improved. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Keep feet firmly on floor. The twisting must be a steady 
movement, and the bending exactly to sides. Think of lay 
figures in store windows which turn around so steadily with- 
out a suspicion of a jerk. 

6. Neck; Twisting to Half Side, with Bending. 

Twist neck half way to right shoulder, and bend it down- 
ward until chin touches chest ; lift head again. Turn to left 
and bend in same manner. Repeat. (See Figs. 18 and 19.) 

Time: STeck! 2. Bend! 4. Up! 2. Left! 4. Bend! 2. 
Up ! 4, etc. 

This exercise strengthens neck muscles, and thus makes 
easier correct carriage of head ; it relieves the brain by accel- 
erating circulation through neck. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Let the children imagine they are bowing cordially to 
friends on either side of them, not nodding the head with a 
jerk, but bowing politely with a steady, even movement of 
the neck. 



GRADE III. 91 

7. Reaching; Upward and Bending Downward. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise arms at sides, turning 
them so that palms are up, and stretch upward until palms 
meet above head. Bend trunk forward and downward as 
far as possible, bending from hips (see Fig. 12). Drop arms 
easily to sides and raise trunk to position. Repeat three 
times. 

Time: Up! 2. Bend! 4. Position! 2. 

All organs of body are lifted to proper altitude ; muscles 
of arms, trunk and legs are strengthened, and circulation is 
equalized over whole body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stretch arms upward as strongly as possible, and while 
bending forward at hips keep them extended and touching 
sides of head. Doubtless the movement will remind the 
children of diving, and it will be helpful if they try to imagine 
the light, buoyant feeling they experience in sea-bathing. 

8. Respiratory; Pulling from Above. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Turn arms so that palms are 
outward and raise at sides until above head ; close fingers as 
if grasping a rope, with one hand above the other, and pull 
downward in front. Inhale while raising arms; hold breath 
while pulling ; exhale ; repeat. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

This exercise is effective in establishing the habit of deep, 
healthful breathing. The apices of the lungs, the parts first 
affected in pulmonary consumption, are not wholly filled dur- 
ing inspiration ; but if expiration is delayed the air rushes 
upward into them. Stretching upward expands chest, and 
quickens flow of blood to lungs. 



92 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Let the children imagine they are ringing a great bell, and 
they will reach far upward and pull down steadily and 
strongly. 

9. Arm Swinging; Up and Down. 

Stand with weight on both feet. Raise arms in front until 
forearms are horizontal at waist-line, with elbows near body, 
hands hanging passive (see Fig. 22). Swing forearms rapidly 
up and down with great energy without moving head or 
chest. 

Time: Raise arms at command, Arms horizontal! At 
Swing! shake forearms rapidly for a minute or two, then 
drop easily to position. 

The purpose of this exercise is to cultivate the habit of 
keeping chest firm during vigorous motion of extremities. 
The great strength of the body lies in the trunk, and it 
should suggest this power during all movements of other 
parts of body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Tell the child to imagine that his head and trunk are as in- 
capable of motion as a wooden doll ; his forearms are moved 
rapidly up and down, as if grasped and shaken by another 
child ; his hands hang lifeless. 

10. Floating; at Sides and Above Shoulder Level. 

Stand lightly on balls of feet. Float both arms with fore- 
arms leading up at sides until backs of hands meet above 
head (see Fig. 20). Without stopping, float downward again 
to shoulder level. Float over head and down to shoulder 
level four times, then continue down to position. 

Time: Both arms! Float upward without counting aloud, 
to six counts of slow waltz music ; down to shoulder level in 
three counts; up in three counts. 



GRADE III. 93 

In this exercise the circulation, greatly accelerated during 
the preceding vigorous exercises, becomes normal, and the 
physical force which has been gained is converted into har- 
mony of muscular movement. Proper relationship between 
different parts of body is established and grace and beauty 
of movement result. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The teacher must practise the floating movements before a 
mirror until she is certain that she performs them in continu- 
ous curving lines, with forearms leading and hands passive. 
Stand in a buoyant attitude. Tell the children to float their 
arms as lightly "as a feather is wafted downward from an 
eagle in his flight. ' ' 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward in front. 

2. Poising; forward and hack and rising on toes, rocking 

from side to side. 

3. Leg; stretching front, half side, side, hack. 

4: Arm and Hand ; pushing downward with clasped hands. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with hending to side. 

6. Neck ; twisting to half side and hending. 

7. Peaching; upward and hending downward. 

8. Respiratory; pulling from ahove. 

9. Arm Swinging; up and down. 

10. Floating; front and ahove shoulder level. 

3. Leg; Stretching Front, Half Side, Side, Back. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers to- 
gether and pointing downward at sides. Stand on left foot 
and extend right foot straight forward, touching toe to floor 
as far away as possible without moving trunk ; return to po- 
sition, Extend it in the direction half way between front 



94 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

and side and touch toe to floor; return to position. Extend 
directly to side in same manner ; to point half way between 
side and back ; directly backward. Stand on right leg and 
extend left leg. Repeat whole. 

Time: Two counts for extending leg and two counts for 
returning to position. Right leg! 2-3-4. Half side! 2-3-4. 
Side! 2-3-4. Halfback! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. 

This exercise uses muscles of thigh and leg, and gives re- 
lief to brain by drawing blood downward. As upper part of 
body must be held immovable during exercise, it assists in 
making an erect carriage habitual. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Pupil must not be allowed to bend trunk forward when he 
touches foot to floor. Place hands firmly on hips, and keep 
trunk motionless. Lift foot wholly from floor. 

io. Floating; Front and Above Shoulder Level. 

Stand on right foot. Float right arm upward in front 
until nearly vertical (see Fig. 7), then down to shoulder 
level ; up and down to shoulder level four times, then con- 
tinue to position. Transfer weight easily to left foot and 
float left arm. Stand on both feet and float both arms. 

For time, effect of exercise, and Lesson-Talk, see Lesson I. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing doivnward front. 

2. Poising ; forward and hack, and rising on toes, rocking 

from side to side. 

3. Leg; stretching front, half side, side, hack. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward with clasped hands. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with oending to side. 

6. Neck ; head circling. 



GRADE III. 95 

7. Reaching; downward at side. 

8. Respiratory ; pulling from above. 

9. Arm Swinging; up and down. 

10. Floating ; front and above shoulder level. 

6. Neck; Head Circling. 

Bend neck forward until chin touches chest; carry it 
around with rolling movement until side of head rests on 
right shoulder ; continue movement to back, left, and front 
without stopping until circle is complete. Repeat from left 
to right. 

Time: Neck! 2-3-4. Right! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Left! 
2-3-4. Front! 2-3-4. Left! 2-3-4, etc. 

This exercise is especially beneficial in regulating circula- 
tion through neck. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not twist shoulders. Muscles of the neck should be 
relaxed, not kept stiff. If the children find it difficult at 
first, tell them to drop head forward and roll it around life- 
lessly, like head of a rag doll which has lost the stiffening 
from its neck. 

7. Reaching; Downward at Side. 

Stand on left foot. Extend right foot directly to side as 
far as possible. Reach with lingers of right hand straight 
down at side as far as possible, allowing the body to bend 
while so doing ; come up into position (see Fig. 26). Stand 
on right foot and repeat exercise to left. 

Time: Right foot ! 2. Reach ! 4. Position and glide 
right! 2. Left foot! 4, etc. 

Muscles of sides are strongly exercised, and chest is ex- 
panded through separation of ribs on convex side during 



96 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

downward reach ; arms and legs are also exercised, and cir- 
culation is accelerated over whole body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Reach down directly at side without twisting shoulders or 
bending knees. Head may be allowed to droop on shoulder 
and should not be lifted to position until after chest is lifted. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downv)ard front. 

2. Poising ; forward and hack, and rising on toes, rocking 

from side to side. 

3. Leg; stretching front, half side, side, back. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward with clasped hands. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with bending to side. 

6. Keck; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; up and down. 

10. Floating ; front and above shoulder level. 

8. Respiratory; Arms Stretching Upward and Push- 
ing Downward. 

Stand on both feet. Inhale while raising both arms in 
front until vertical, letting forearms lead strongly, hands re- 
laxed. Hold breath while pushing downward front with 
forearms, until they reach position at sides. Exhale and re- 
peat. (See Fig. 5.) 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

Effect of exercise is described in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Keep mouth closed and breathe inaudibly through nostrils. 
Stand erect, keeping head and chest high, while pushing 






GRADE III. 97 

downward. Imagine pushing down against some buoyant, 
resisting body, like a huge rubber bag nearly filled with air. 

LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward front. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking, towering heel. 

3. Leg; stretching front, half side, side, "back. 

4. Arm and Hand; pushing downward front and back 

with clasped hands. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with bending to side. 

6. Neck ; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side. 

■ 8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 
downward. 
9. Arm Swinging ; up and down. 
10. Floating ; front and above shoulder level. 

2. Poising; Rising on Toes, Rocking, Lowering Heel. 

Standing on left foot, put right foot forward as in a short 
step. Rise on toes of left foot, rock steadily forward, trans- 
ferring weight to toes of right foot ; lower right heel ; rise 
again on toes ; rock backward to left foot and lower left heel. 
Repeat three times. 

Time: Right foot ! 2. Rise ! 4. Forward ! 2. Down t 4. 
Rise! 2. Backward! 4. Down! 2. Rise! 4, etc. 

The purpose of this exercise is explained in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand with weight on ball of foot, raise heel slowly, and 
rock forward steadily, lowering right heel without allowing 
weight to settle back on it. Keep body erect,, and let 
movement be slow and rhythmic. Let the children imagine 
they are in little boats crossing the swell from a big steamer. 
They ride up over a wave and down into a hollow ; then 
over another and down again. 



98 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Downward Front and 
Back with Clasped Hands. 

Clasp hands with fingers interlocked in front of chest ; turn 
them so palms are downward and push down as hard as pos- 
sible. (See Fig. 24.) Clasp hands behind back, and push 
down in the same way. (See Fig. 27.) Repeat. 

Time: Hands! 2. Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. Back! 2. 
Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. 

This exercise strengthens muscles of arms, straightening 
fingers bent during performance of school tasks. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Do not allow head and chest to bend forward while push- 
ing down ; lift chest and hold head erect. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward front. 

2. Poising ; rising on toes, rocking, lowering heel. 

3. Leg; stretching front, half side, side, hack. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward front and hack 

with clasped hands. 

5. Trunk; twisting with hending to side. 

6. Neck; head circling. 

7. Reaching; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; up and down. 

10. Floating; from front to sides at shoulder level. 

7. Reaching; Downward at Side, Arm Over Head. 

Stand with weight on left foot. Extend right foot to 
right side as far as possible. Bring left arm up in a graceful 
curve over head and reach straight down at side with right 









GRADE III. 99 

arm, allowing body to bend (see Fig. 28). Come up into 
position, floating left arm down to side. Stand on right 
foot and repeat exercise to left. 

Time: Right foot and left arm ! 2. Reach ! 4. Posi- 
tion ! 2. Glide right, 4, etc. 

For purpose of exercise and Lesson-Talk see Lesson III. 

io. Floating; from Front to Sides, at Shoulder Level. 

Stand lightly on balls of both feet. Float both arms up- 
ward toward each other in front, meeting at shoulder level, 
then float out to sides ; together with palms meeting ; out 
and together four times ; down to position. Forearms must 
lead and movements be continuous. 

Time: Floating ! To slow waltz music upward in one 
measure, outward in one ! together in one, etc. 

For effect of exercise and Lesson-Talk see Lesson I. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward front. 

2. Poising ; rising on toes, rocking, lowering heel. 

3. Leg; stretching and touching toe. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward and upward with 

clasped hands. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with oending to side. 

6. Neck ; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; up and down. 

10. Floating ; from front to sides at shoulder level. 



100 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3. Leg; Stretching and Touching Toe. 

Place hands on hips. Stand on left foot and extend right 
foot straight forward, touching toe to floor as far away as 
possible without moving trunk. Still stretching leg, cany 
it around to right until half way between front and side and 
touch toe to floor; carry it directly to right side and touch 
toe ; back to point half way between back and side, directly 
backward. Stand on right foot and extend left. Repeat 
whole. 

Time: Front ! Half side ! Side ! Half back ! Back ! 
Position ! One count for each movement. 

For effect and Lesson-Talk see Lesson II. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Downward and Upward 
with Clasped Hands. 

Clasp hands with fingers interlocked in front of chest ; turn 
so palms are downward and push down as hard as possible. 
Clasp hands behind back and push down in same way. Clasp 
hands above head and push directly upward. 

Time: Hands! 2. Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. Back! 2. 
Turn ! 4. Push ! 2-3-4. Up ! 2. Turn ! 4. Push ! 2-3-4. 
Position ! 2-3-4. See Lesson Y. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward front. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking, lowering heel. 

3. Leg; stretching and touching toe. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward and upward with 

clasped hands. 

5. Trunk; twisting with lending to side. 

6. Neck ; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 



GRADE III. 101 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 
Arm Swinging; outward circling. 
10. Floating; from front to sides at shoulder level. 

g. Arm Swinging; Outward Circling. 

Stand firmly on balls of feet. Raise arms in front until 
forearms are horizontal at waist-line with elbows near body 
and hands hanging passive (see Fig. 22). Swing forearms 
around in a circle with vigorous outward movement for a 
minute or two, then drop easily to position. 

For time and purpose of exercise, see Lesson I. 

io. Floating; at Shoulder Level from Front to Sides. 

Proceed as in Lesson YI. After floating out to sides and 
together four times, turn arms and float out and together with 
backs of hands meeting four times ; then down from front to 
position at sides. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward in front. 

2. Poising ; leg swinging forward and back. 

3. Leg ; stretching and touching toe. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward and upward with 

clasped hands. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with bending to side. 

6. Neck; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 

10. Floating ; from front to sides at shoulder level. 



102 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

2. Poising; Leg Swinging Forward and Back. 

Standing on left foot, swing right leg lightly forward and 
back from the hip four times ; transfer weight to right foot 
and swing left leg. 

Time: Forward ! Backward ! Forward ! Backward ! 
Giving one count for each movement. 

The effect of the exercise is described in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The leg must not be allowed to swing body. Thinking of 
a pendulum will be helpful in this exercise also. Imagine 
the body to be an old-fashioned tall clock, and the leg the 
pendulum, swinging steadily. The pendulum cannot swing 
the clock. 



LESSON X. 






1. Position Exercise; pushing downward front. 

2. Poising ; leg swinging forward and hack. 

3. Leg; stretching and circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward and upward with 

clasped hands. 

5. Trunk; twisting with hending to side. 

6. Neck ; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

3. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 
9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 
10. Floating ; from front to sides at shoulder level. 

3. Leg; Stretching and Circling. 

Place hands on hips. Stand on left foot and extend right 
foot straight forward, pointing toe toward floor without 
touching it ; carry the fully -extended leg around to side and 



GRADE lit 103 

to back in a large half circle. Repeat three times. Stand on 
right foot and circle left. 

Time: Front! 2. Side! 4. Back! 2. Position! 4. 

This exercise strengthens muscles of thigh and hip which 
should do most of work in walking ; it gives free action at 
hip-joint, which is necessary in order to acquire a buoyant, 
graceful manner of walking. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Insist on a motionless trunk and a stretching equal at every 
point in the circle. 



GRADE IV, 

FOURTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DIRECTIONS. 

See Note to Teachers, page 24. For Rising Drill, see page 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward at hack. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking forward and hack 

without lowering heels. 

3. Leg; stretching and circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing downward and upward with 

clasped hands. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with hending to side. 

6. Neck ; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging ; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward at sides and front; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

i. Position Exercise; Pushing Downward at Back. 

Raise both arms at sides, palms down, until they reach 
shoulder level ; then, without stopping, turn palms forward, 

104 





Fig. 25 



Fig. 26 





Fig. 27 



Fig. 28 





Fig. 29 



Fig. 30 





Fig. 31 



Fig. 32 



GRADE IV. 105 

and continue reaching upward till arms are straight above 
head, palms front. With same stretching movement carry 
them downward and slightly outward in front; then back- 
ward till they are behind body and forming an angle of thirty 
degrees with it. Push downward with palms; drop arms 
easily to sides. (See Figs. 1, 10, 23, 29.) 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Push! 
2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4, 

In reaching upward all organs of the body are lifted to 
their proper altitude, where they can best resist disease ; in 
pushing downward upper spine is straightened ; in pushing 
backward chest is lifted and broadened. 

LESSON- TALK. 

This is a valuable exercise for correction of round shoulders, 
and might profitably be given several times during the day. 
All weight must be on balls of feet before stretching begins. 
Tell children to imagine they are large, dignified men, and 
then give the movements strongly and steadily. (See Lesson- 
Talk, page 36.) 

2. Poising; Rising on Toes, Rocking Forward and 
Back without Lowering Heels. 

Standing on left foot, put right foot forward, as in a short 
step. Pise on toes of left foot ; rock steadily forward to toes 
of right foot ; back to toes of left foot ; repeat three times 
without stopping ; lower heel and return right foot to posi- 
tion. Repeat with left foot forward. (See Fig. 16.) 

Time: Eight foot! 2. Rise! 4. Forward! 2. Back- 
ward ! 4. Forward ! etc. 

This exercise develops muscular sense ; aids in gaining con- 
trol of whole body by strengthening nerve-centers ; cultivates 
habit of correct standing, and gives repose of manner. 



106 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Rise slowly and rock forward without swaying or bending 
body to sides. Imagine rocking in an easy-chair with steady, 
rhythmical movement. 

3. Leg ; Stretching and Circling. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers to- 
gether and pointing straight downward at sides. Stand on 
left foot and extend right foot straight forward, pointing toe 
toward floor without touching it ; carry fully extended leg 
around to side and back in a large half-circle. Repeat three 
times. Stand on right foot, and circle left foot. 

Time : Right foot ! Side ! Back ! Position ! One count 
for each movement. 

This exercise strengthens muscles of thigh and hip which 
should do most of work in walking ; it also gives free action 
at hip-joint, which is necessary in order to acquire a graceful, 
buoyant manner of walking. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Keep trunk motionless. Point toe to floor and imagine 
there is a crayon fastened to it ; as leg is carried around, this 
crayon makes a half -circle on floor. Keep leg fully extended 
in order that the line drawn may not be angular. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Downward and Upward 
with Clasped Hands. 

Clasp hands with fingers interlocked in front of chest ; turn 
palms down, and push downward as hard as possible. Clasp 
hands behind back and push down in same way. (See Figs. 
24, 27.) Clasp hands above head and push directly upward. 
Repeat. 

Time: Hands! 2. Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. Back! 2. 



GRADE IV. 107 

Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. Up! 2. Turn! 4. Push! 2-3-4. 
Position! 2-3-4. 

This exercise strengthens muscles of arms, straightening 
fingers bent during performance of school tasks. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow head and chest to bend forward while push- 
ing ; lift chest high and hold head erect. 

5. Trunk; Twisting with Bending to Side. 

Place hands on hips. Without moving feet, twist trunk 
around to right until shoulders are at right angles to their 
normal position ; bend trunk over in direction in which right 
shoulder points, which is backward from normal position, 
letting head droop to right shoulder. Lift trunk to erect 
position and rotate front. Pepeat to left, bending to left 
side. (See Fig. 25.) Pepeat whole movement. 

Time : Place hands on hips at command, Trunk ! 2. 
Twist! 4. Bend! 2. Up! 4. Front! 2. Left! 4, etc. 

Muscles of abdomen and lower back are strongly exercised ; 
ribs are separated in bending to side, thus making the exer- 
cise valuable for chest-expansion. Internal organs are 
strengthened, and digestion and assimilation improved. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Let the twisting begin with the trunk and do not move the 
feet. The children may think of some great crane, swinging 
steadily around to one side, lowering, bringing up its burden, 
and swinging around again. 

6. Neck ; Head Circling. 

Bend neck forward until chin touches chest; carry it 
around with a rolling movement until side of head rests on 
right shoulder ; continue movement to back, left, and front 



108 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

without stopping until circle is completed. Repeat from left 
to right. 

Time: Neck! 2-3-4. Right! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. 
Left! 2-3-4. Front! 2-3-4. Left! 2-3-4, etc. 

This exercise is especially beneficial in regulating circula- 
tion of blood through neck. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not twist shoulders. Muscles of neck should be re- 
laxed. If the children find the exercise difficult, it may 
assist them to close eyes, drop head forward, and roll it 
around lifelessly. 

7. Reaching; Downward at Side,. Arm Over Head. 

Stand with weight on left foot. Extend right foot to 
right side as far as possible, touching inner edge of toe to 
floor. Bring left arm up in graceful curve over head, and 
reach straight down at side with right arm. Come up to po- 
sition, floating left arm down to side. Stand on right foot 
and repeat exercise to left. (See Fig. 28.) 

Time : Right foot and left arm ! 2. Reach ! 4. Posi- 
tion ! 2. Glide right! 4, etc. 

Muscles of sides are strongly exercised, and chest expanded 
through separation of ribs on 'convex side during downward 
reach ; arms and legs are also exercised, and circulation accel- 
erated over whole body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Reach down directly at side without twisting shoulders or 
bending knees. Head may be allowed to droop on shoulders 
and should not be lifted to position until after chest is 
lifted. 



GRADE IV. 109 

8. Respiratory ; Arms Stretching Upward and Push- 
ing Downward. 

Stand on both feet. Inhale while raising both arms in 
front until vertical, letting forearms lead strongly, hands 
relaxed. Hold breath while pushing downward front with 
forearms until they reach position at sides. Exhale and 
repeat. (See Fig. 5.) 

Time: Both feet! 2-3-4. Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. 
Exhale! 2-3-4. 

Holding breath causes air in lungs to fill upper segments 
where germs of disease first develop ; arm movement expands 
chest, and hastens flow of blood to lungs ; while the whole 
exercise is useful in establishing habit of deep, regular 
breathing. 

LESSON- TALK.. 

Stand erect, keeping head and chest high while pushing 
downward. Breathe inaudibly through the nostrils, with 
mouth closed. 

o. Arm Swinging; Outward Circling. 

Stand firmly on balls of feet. Raise arms in front until 
forearms are horizontal at waist-line with elbows near body 
and hands hanging passive. (See Fig. 22.) Swing forearms 
around in a circle with a vigorous outward movement for a 
minute or two, then drop easily to position. 

Time : Bring arms up at command. Arms horizontal ! 
At, Swing! shake forearms rapidly for a minute or two, 
then drop easily to position. 

This exercise, while strengthening arms and giving flexi- 
bility to wrists, is especially beneficial in increasing power of 
holding chest firm during vigorous motion of the extremities. 



110 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Tell children to imagine that head and trunk are as incapa- 
ble of motion as is a wooden post. Hands hang lifeless, while 
forearms move rapidly up and down. 

io. Floating; Upward and Downward at Sides and 
Front; Together and Out at Shoulder Level. 

Stand lightly on balls of feet. Float both arms with fore- 
arm leading, up at sides until backs of hands meet above head 
(see Fig. 20) ; without stopping float down again. Repeat. 
Float up front until nearly vertical (see Fig. 7) ; down. Re- 
peat. Float upward toward each other meeting at shoulder 
level, then out to sides ; together with palms meeting ; out 
and together four times ; turn arms and float out and together 
with backs of hands meeting four times ; then down from 
front to position at sides. 

Time : Both arms ! Float upward to six counts of slow 
waltz music ; downward to six counts ; up to shoulder level to 
three counts, out to sides to three counts, etc. 

Purpose of movements is to convert energy, which has 
been gained during preceding vigorous exercises, into harmony 
of muscular movement. Proper relationship is established 
between different muscular groups, thereby preventing loss of 
energy, and changing awkwardness of movement into grace. 

LESSON-TALK. 

There must be no pause between different movements, and 
they must be made in curving lines. Forearm always leads ; 
wrist and hand are passive. A mirror will enable teacher to 
see if she is performing exercise correctly. Stand in a light, 
buoyant attitude, without any stiffness of neck, that head may 
respond slightly to movements ; think of autumn leaves float- 
ing lightly down to ground, or of snowflakes softly sinking 
to earth o 



GRADE IV. Ill 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward at hack. 

2. Poising ; rising on toes, rocking forward and hack with- 

out lowering heels. 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm twisting with alternate fist clos- 

ing and opening. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with hending to side. 

6. Neck; head circling. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm, over head. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging ; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward at sides and front; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

3. Leg; Heel and Toe Raising. 

Place hands on hips. Put right foot forward six inches ; 
lift toe, keeping heel on floor ; lower toe and lift heel ; lower 
heel and lift toe. Perform each movement four times. Same 
with left foot. 

Time: Right foot! Heel! Toe! Heel! etc. One count 
for each movement. 

This exercise strengthens flexor muscles of knee and ankle 
and prepares for military facings taught in marching lessons. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow child to look at his feet after first trial. 
Stand erect and keep trunk motionless. 

4. Arm and Hand; Arm Twisting with Alternate 
Fist Closing and Opening. 

Hold arms straight down at sides ; close fists and twist arms 
outward until backs of hands are toward sides; reverse, 



112 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

twisting inward ; open fists and repeat. Repeat each move 
ment three times. 

Time: Out! 2. In! 4. Open and close fists quickly 
without stopping the twisting. 

Rotators of arm, which commonly receive less exercise 
than flexors, are strongly used in these movements. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Keep arms as near to sides as possible and twist slowly. 
Do not try to look at arms ; keep head erect and chest high. 
Close fist tightly, thumb outside ; open hand wide, stretching 
the fingers. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward at back. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking forward and backtoith- 

out lowering heels. 

3. Foot and Leg; heel and toe raising. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm twisting, with alternate fist clos- 

ing and opening. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with bending to side. 

6. Neck; twisting with bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 

10. Floating ; upward and downward at sides and front ; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

6. Neck; Twisting with Bending Backward at Half 

Side. 

Rotate head around to right until chin is over, not on, 
shoulder; bend neck obliquely backward, midway between 
spine and right shoulder ; lift head to position over right 









GRADE IV. 113 

shoulder and rotate front. Rotate to left and bend obliquely- 
backward. 

Time: Right! 2. Back! 4. Up! 2. Front! i. 

Lack of exercise causes muscles of neck to become weak 
and flaccid ; exercise strengthens them and develops a good 
poise of head, while acceleration of circulation relieves brain. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not twist shoulders while turning head, nor open 
mouth while bending backward. Steadiness and precision of 
movement are necessary in order to obtain good results. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward at back. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking forward and back with- 

'out lowering heels. 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm twisting with alternate fist closing 

and opening. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with bending backward. 

6. ISTeck; twisting with bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 

10. Floating ; upward and downward at sides and front; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

5. Trunk; Twisting with Bending Backward. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers 
together and pointing straight downward at sides. Without 
moving feet, twist trunk around to right until shoulders are 
at right angles with their normal position ; bend trunk di- 



114 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

rectly backward, in direction which was left in normal po- 
sition. Head begins backward movement. Lift trunk to 
erect position, raising head last, and rotate front. Repeat to 
left. (See Fig. 30.) Repeat whole movement. 

Time: Place hands on hips at command, Trunk ! 2. 
Twist! 4. Bend! 2. Up! 4. Front! 2. Left! etc. 

This exercise gives strong work to muscles of abdomen and 
lower back ; expands chest, and has a direct effect on in- 
ternal organs, improving digestion and assimilation, 

LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward at hack. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking forward and hack with- 

out lowering heels. 

3. Leg ; heel and toe raising. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm twisting with alternate fist closing 

and opening. 

5. Trunk ; twisting ivith bending backward. 

6. Neck ; twisting toith bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward at sides and front; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

8. Respiratory; Arms Stretching Upward and Push- 
ing Downward at Sides. 

Stand on both feet. Inhale while raising both arms up- 
ward at sides until vertical, letting forearms lead strongly, 
hands relaxed. Hold breath while pushing downward at 
sides with forearms until they reach position. Exhale and 
repeat. 



GRADE IV. 115 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

Purpose of this exercise is explained in Lesson I. Down- 
ward movement of arms at sides allows greater chest-expansion 
than did front movement. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand with head erect and breathe inaudibly through nos- 
trils. Try to experience a buoyant feeling — as if pushing 
down against something that sends body upward — or floating 
in air. 

LESSON VI. 

1 . Position Exercise ; pushing downviard at hack. 

2. Poising; rising on toes, rocking forward and hack with- 
out lowering heels. 

3. Leg ; heel and toe raising. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm twisting at shoulder level with al- 
ternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with h ending hackward. 

6. Keck; twisting with hending hackward at half side. 

7. Peaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 
downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward at sides and front; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

4. Arm and Hand; Arm Twisting at Shoulder Level 
with Alternate Fist Closing and Opening. 

Paise arms at sides to shoulder level, close fists and twist 
arms as in Lesson II. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward at hack. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot. 



116 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3- Leg; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm twisting at shoulder level, with 
alternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk; twisting with bending backward. 

6. Neck; twisting with bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 
downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward at sides and front; 
together and out at shoulder level. 

2. Poising; Rising on Toes of One Foot. 

Stand on left foot. Put right foot forward six inches in 
direction to which it points ; transfer weight to it ; rise on 
toes, letting toes of backward foot rest lightly on floor ; hold 
four counts; sink down to position ; rise again ; hold; down. 
Repeat on left foot. (See Fig. 16.) 

Time: Right foot ! 2. Forward ! 4. Rise ! 2. Hold ! 
4.1-2. Down! 4. 

Purpose of this exercise is explained in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

If a child look's intently at door-post and imagines that his 
body is as straight and unbending as that is, he will be less 
likely to lose his balance and sway to side. 

3. Leg; Heel and Toe Raising with Stepping. 

Lift heel and toe as in Lesson II. Step forward on right 
foot ; extend left leg and raise heel and toe ; step forward 
left. Repeat stepping backward. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward at back. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot. 



GRADE IV. 117 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm twisting at shoulder level ', with 
alternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk ; twisting vjith bending backward. 

6. Neck; twisting with bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching ; downward at side, arm over head. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 
downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging ; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward in front; above 
shoulder level at sides ; at shoulder level from front to 



10. Floating; Upward and Downward in Front; above 
Shoulder Level at Sides; at Shoulder Level from 
Front to Sides. 

Stand lightly on balls of feet. Float both arms up in front 
with forearms leading, hands passive ; float down ; up ; down ; 
up, floating hands toward each other until they touch above 
head ; turn palms outward and float arms down to shoulder 
level at sides ; up, backs of hands meeting above head ; turn 
backs of hands out and float down to shoulder level ; up, 
palms meeting ; down in front to shoulder level ; turn palms 
out and float out to sides ; together ; down to position. 

Time: Both arms! Float to slow waltz music without 
counting aloud ; allow six counts for movement from position 
to above head, and three from head to shoulder level, or from 
front to sides. 

For purpose of exercise and Lesson- Talk see Lesson I. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Position Exercise; pushing downward at back. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot. 



118 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm twisting at shoulder level, with 
alternate fist closivg and opening. 

5. Trunk; twisting with bending backward. 

6. Neck ; twisting with bending backward at half side. 

7- Reaching; both hands to fioor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 
downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging ; outward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward in front; above 
shoulder level at sides; at shoulder level from front to 
sides. 

7. Reaching; Both Hands to Floor Without Bending 

Knees. 

Stand on both feet. Raise arms at sides, with stretching 
movement, gradually turning them until palms are front when 
arms are vertical; reach straight upward with finger-tips, 
then outward and downward, bending any part of the body 
except knees, until fingers touch floor (see Fig. 31). Lift 
trunk to position, letting arms relax and fall easily to sides, 
while neck relaxes and head is lifted last. 

Time: Arms! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4. 

Muscles of arms, back and legs are stretched in such a 
manner as to obtain continuity of line throughout person ; 
flexibility is cultivated, and circulation equalized through all 
parts of body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stretch arms strongly outward and upward, then reach out- 
ward as well as downward until fingers touch floor. Practise 
will bring flexibility. (See Fig. 42.) Imagine that the body 
is a weeping- willow tree with long branches which sway in 
the wind and touch the ground. 



GRADE IV 119 

LESSON X. 

1. Position Exercise ; pushing downward at hack. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot. 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

L Arm and Hand; arm twisting at shoulder level, with 
alternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk ; twisting with bending backward. 

6. Neck ; twisting with bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 
downward at sides. 

9 Arm Swinging; inward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward in front; above shoid- 
der level at sides; at shoulder level from front to sides. 

g. Arm Swinging; Inward Circling. 

Stand and raise arms as in Lesson I. Swing forearms in 
a circle with an inward instead of outward movement. 



GRADE V. 
FIFTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DIKECTIONS. 
See Note to Teachers, page 24. For Rising Drill, seepage 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 

ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with lending backward. 

6. Neck; twisting, with oending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; inward circling. 

10. Floating; upward and downward in front; above 
shoulder level at sides; at shoulder level from front 
to sides. 

1. Position Exercise; Arms Stretching at Sides; 
Palms Up. 

Raise arms at sides, palms down, until they reach shoulder 
level ; without stopping, turn palms front and continue reach- 

120 



I GRADE V. 121 

ing upward till arms are straight above head, palms still front; 
i carry with same stretching movement downward and slightly 
outward in front, then backward to an angle of thirty de- 
grees; turn arms, raise to shoulder level, with palms up, and 
reach outward with finger-tips during four counts; turn 
palms down, and drop arms easily to side. (See Figs. 1, 10, 
23, 29, 17.) 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Up! 
2-3-4. Eeach! 2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4. 

This exercise erects the spine, broadens the chest, lifts all 
the internal organs to an altitude where they can properly 
perform their functions, and improves both health and car- 
riage. 

LESSON-TALK. 

If the children have had proper physical training during 
the preceding years of school-life, they will be able to stand 
in correct position, although they may still need frequent re- 
minders to make it habitual. If there are new pupils in 
school, explain to them how weight of body must fall over 
balls of feet, and how they can erect spine by pushing 
upward with crown of head. If they have drooping 
shoulders, this exercise will bring them into proper position. 
(See Lesson -Talk, page 36.) 

2. Poising; Rising on Toes of One Foot and Holding 

Position. 

Stand on left foot. Put right foot forward six inches in 
direction to which it points ; transfer weight to it ; rise on 
toes, lifting toes of backward foot entirely from floor ; hold 
. four counts; sink to position; rise again; hold; down. Re- 
peat on left foot. (See Fig. 32.) 

Time: Right foot! 2. Forward! 4. Rise! 2. Hold! 
4-1-2. Down! 4. 



123 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

This poising exercise establishes center of gravity over 
balls of feet, strengthens leg and ankle muscles, and gives 
flexibility to feet ; moreover, it is especially valuable for de- 
veloping control over nerve-force. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Fear of losing one's balance will give unsteadiness of move- 
ment ; replace fear with self-confidence, and it will be easy 
to move steadily. 

3. Foot and Leg; Heel and Toe Raising with Stepping. 

Place hands on hips. Put right foot forward six inches ; 
lift toe, keeping heel on floor ; lower toe and lift heel. Re- 
peat three times. Step forward on right foot ; extend left 
leg and raise heel and toe ; step forward on left. Repeat, 
stepping backward. 

Time: Right foot! Heel! Toe! etc. Step! Left 
foot ! Heel ! Toe ! etc. One count for each movement. 

This exercise strengthens flexor muscles of knee and ankle, 
and prepares for military facings given in marching lessons. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow the child to look at his feet. Stand ereckand 
keep trunk motionless. Transfer weight forward and back- 
ward with a gliding movement, keeping chest firm. 

4. Arm and Hand; Arm Floating and Stretching, Fist 

Closing and Arm Twisting. 

Float both arms strongly, with forearms leading, across 
chest, left arm above right (see Fig. 33). Carry them out 
to sides at shoulder level with strong stretching movement, 
forearms still leading. Close fists, with thumbs outside 
fingers, twist arms from shoulder joint as far as possible in 






GRADE V. 123 

one direction, then in opposite direction. Unclose fists and 
float arms across cliest again, repeating whole exercise three 
times. 

Time: Arms! 2. Out ! 4. Twist! 2. Back! 4. Float! 2. 
Out! 4, etc. 

This exercise is especially valuable for work it gives the 
little-used rotators ; for chest expansion resulting from lateral 
pull ; and for flattening shoulder-blades. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Swing arms slightly away from body before floating them 
across chest. Let movement be as much of a stretching as 
possible. Do not cross arms on chest; let left be above 
right. Keep head erect. 

5. Trunk; Twisting with Bending Backward. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs pointing forward, fingers to- 
gether and pointing straight downward at sides. Without 
moving feet, twist trunk around to right until shoulders are 
at right angles with their normal position ; bend trunk directly 
backward in direction which was left in normal position. 
Head begins backward movement. Lift trunk to erect posi- 
tion and rotate front. Repeat to left. (See Fig. 30.) 

Time: Place hands on hips at command: Trunk! 2. 
Twist! 4. Bend! 2. Up! 4. Front! 2. Left! 4. 

This exercise gives strong work to muscles of abdomen and 
lower back, expands chest, and has direct effect on internal 
organs, improving digestion and assimilation. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not move feet ; the twisting begins with the trunk. 
Exercise must not be performed in a jerky manner ; think of 
steady movement of great revolving doors, or a gate blown 
slowly to and fro by wind. 



124 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

6. Neck; Twisting, with Bending Backward at Half 

Side. 

Rotate head to right until chin is over, not on, shoulder; 
bend neck obliquely backward, midway between spine and 
right shoulder ; lift head to position over right shoulder and 
rotate front. Rotate to left and bend obliquely backward. 

Time: Right! 2. Back! 4. Up! 2. Front! 4. 

Lack of exercise causes muscles of neck to become weak 
and flaccid ; exercise strengthens them and develops good 
poise of head, while acceleration of circulation relieves brain. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not" twist shoulders while turning head nor open mouth 
while bending backward. Slowness and precision of move- 
ment are necessary in order to obtain good results. Explain 
to pupils how tight collars impede circulation, and prevent 
freedom of movement and consequent development of 
muscles. 

7. Reaching; Both Hands to Floor without Bending 

Knees. 

Stand on both feet. Raise arms at sides with stretching 
movement, gradually turning them until palms are front, 
when arms are vertical ; reach straight upward with finger- 
tips, then outward and downward, bending any part of 
body, except knees, until fingers touch floor. Lift trunk to 
position, letting arms relax and fall easily to sides, while neck 
relaxes and head is lifted last. 

Time: Arms! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Up! 2-3-4. 

Muscles of arms, back and legs are stretched in such man- 
ner as to obtain continuity of line throughout person; flexi- 
bility is cultivated, and circulation equalized through all parts 
of body. 






GRADE V. 125 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stretch arms strongly outward and upward ; then reach 
outward as well as downward until fingers touch floor ; do 
not expect fingers to reach floor by several inches if the exer- 
cise is new to the child. Practise will bring flexibility. 
Strain comes back of knees, not in muscles of back, and no 
injury can result. Imagine that whole body is made of 
india-rubber, and that it is easy to stretch until one reaches 
floor. (See Figs. 31 and 42.) 

8. Respiratory; Arm Stretching Upward and Pushing 
Downward at Sides. 

Stand on both feet. Inhale while raising both arms up- 
ward at sides until vertical, letting forearm lead strongly, 
hands relaxed. Hold breath while pushing downward at 
sides with forearms until they reach position. Exhale and 
repeat. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

This exercise establishes habit of deep, regular breathing, 
which is essential to health and happiness. Arm movement 
expands chest and hastens flow of blood to lungs; while hold- 
ing breath causes air to rush upward and fill apices of lungs, 
thus preventing development of disease germs there. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Teacher should advise children to wear loose clothing, that 
organs may have perfect freedom of action. Pupils must 
stand with head erect and breathe inaudibly through nostrils. 
Let them try to experience a buoyant feeling as if pushing 
down against something. 

9. Arm Swinging ; Inward Circling. 

Stand firmly on balls of feet. Raise forearms in front 
until horizontal at waist-line with elbows near body and hands 



126 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

hanging passive (see Fig. 22). Swing forearms around in a 
circle with vigorous inward movement for a minute or two, 
then drop to sides with swift, floating movement. 

Time: At command, Arms horizontal! raise arms; at 
Swing! shake forearms rapidly for a minute or two. then 
drop easily to position. The music should change to some- 
thing quick and running, like a galop, but the swinging is 
not done in time with the music. 

Whatever the movement of any part of body, chest should 
suggest greater power than is put forth by part used ; hence 
the chief value of this exercise lies in development of power 
of keeping chest firm. It also strengthens arms, gives flexi- 
bility to wrists, and relieves habitual tension of baud muscles. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Swing forearms as vigorously as possible, but do not move 
body in the least. Imagine that the body is a wooden statue 
of which the arms only can move. 

io. Floating ; Upward and Downward in Front ; above 
Shoulder Level at Sides ; at Shoulder Level from 
Front to Sides. 

Stand lightly on balls of feet. Float both arms up above 
head in front, forearms leading, hands passive; float down; 
up ; down ; up, floating hands toward each other until they 
touch above head ; turn palms outward and float arms down 
to shoulder level at sides ; up, backs of hands meeting above 
head; turn backs of hands out and float down to shoulder 
level ; up, palms meeting ; down in front to shoulder level ; 
turn palms out and float out to sides ; together ; down to 
position (see Figs. 2, 14, 20). 

Time : Both arms ! Float to slow waltz music without 
counting aloud ; allow six counts for movement from position 





Fig. 33 



Fig. 34 





Fig. 35 



Fig. 36 





Fig. 37 



6 >' 



Fig. 38 



J! 



Fig. 39 




Fig. 40 



GRADE V. 127 

to above head ; three counts from head to shoulder level, or 
from front to sides. 

During these movements the circulation, which has been 
greatly accelerated by preceding vigorous movements, returns 
to its normal rate ; harmony of muscular movement, which is 
necessary for highest mental development, is established, and 
reserve power is developed. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand in buoyant, expectant attitude, that head and chest 
may respond through reflex action to movements of arms. 
These may well be called " feather " movements on account 
of the light, easy manner in which they are made. They are 
performed in curving lines with no pause between movements. 
Forearms always lead, while wrists and hands are passive. 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching at sides; palms up. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

3. Leg; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 

ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck ; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging ; inward circling. 

10. Floating; at shoulder level with one arm. 

5. Trunk ; Bending Backward at Half Side. 

Place hand on hips, thumbs pointing forward and fingers 
together and pointing straight downward. Bend trunk back- 



128 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

ward in direction half way between spine and right shoulder, 
letting head droop in same direction. Bring trunk up into 
position, lifting head last. Same to left. Repeat whole ex- 
ercise. (See Fig. 34.) 

Time : ' Place hands on hips at command, Trunk ! 2. 
Half right! 4. Up! 2. Half left! 4. Up! 2. 

Stretching and relaxing of chest and abdominal muscles has 
direct effect on internal organs, improving digestion and 
assimilation. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Head may begin backward bend; but trunk is lifted to 
position before head is raised. 

io. Floating, at Shoulder Level with One Arm. 

Standing on right foot float right arm up across chest 
nearly to shoulder level with palm inward (see Fig. 35) ; 
float out to right side (see Fig. 36), and back to chest; turn 
palms front with thumb down and float to side and back to 
chest ; turn palm down and float to side, to chest, to side 
again and down to position. Standing on left foot float left 
arm in same manner. 

For time and Lesson-Talk see Lesson I. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

3. Leg ; heel and toe raising with stepping. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 

ing and arm tioisting. 

5. Trunk ; bending backivard at half side. 

6. Neck; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching ; both hands to floor without bending Tcnees. 



GRADE V. 129 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging ; inward circling. 

10. Floating; at shoulder level with one arm. 

6. Neck; Bending Forward, with Twisting. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest ; twist slowly to 
right till chin rests on right shoulder (see Fig. 37) ; turn to 
front ; twist to left ; front ; repeat ; bring head up to posi- 
tion, not by lifting chin, but by pushing upward and back- 
ward with crown of head. 

Time: Neck! 2. Twist! 4. Front! 2. Left! 4. 
Front! 2. 

This exercise is valuable for correcting faulty carriage of 
the head; and, like other neck exercises, relieves brain by 
accelerating circulation. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Be careful to keep chin close to chest while turning head 
front, as well as while twisting to side. Do not twist shoul- 
ders. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

3. Leg; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 

ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; vending backward at half side. 

6. Neck; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Peaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward and, pushing 

downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; inward circling. 

1.0. Floating ; at shoulder level with one arm. 



130 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3. Leg; Foot Turning to Side. 

Place hands on hips and stand on left foot. Put right 
foot forward six inches in direction in which it points ; keep- 
ing heel on floor, raise toes slightly and turn foot slowly 
around to right as far as possible, then to left. Repeat three 
times. Advance left foot and turn in same manner. 

Time: Right foot ! Turn ! Left ! Right ! etc. One count 
for each' movement. 

Anterior leg muscles are most strongly exercised in these 
movements. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not look at foot. Stand erect and keep trunk motion- 
less. Imagine that cords fastened, to foot draw it slowly 
from side to side. 

LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching at sicks, palms up. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

3. Leg ; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching- fist clos- 

ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward and pushing 

downward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; imoard circling. 

10. Floating; at shoulder level with one arm. 

5. Trunk; Twisting, with Bending Backward at Half 

Side. 

Place hands on hips, and without moving feet twist trunk 
around to right until shoulders are at right angles with their 



GRADE V. 131 

normal position. Bend trunk backward in direction half 
way between spine and right shoulder, letting head droop in 
same direction. Lift trunk and turn front. Twist to left 
and bend. Repeat whole exercise. (See Fig. 38.) 

Time: Trunk! 2. Twist! 4. Bend! 2. Up! 4. Front! 2. 
Left! 4, etc. 

Muscles of abdomen and lower back are strongly exercised, 
chest expanded, and internal organs directly affected so that 
digestion and assimilation are improved. 

LESSON- TALK. 

Do not move feet while twisting trunk. Let head begin 
backward bend, but do not lift it to position until after trunk 
is raised. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2. Poising; rising on toes of one foot and holding position. 

3. Leg; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching' fist clos- 

ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting , with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Peaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward in front, down- 

ward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; inward circling. 

10. Floating; at shoulder level with one arm. 

8. Respiratory; Arms Stretching Upward in Front, 
Downward at Sides. 

Stand on both feet. Bring hands together in front of 
body and raise arms, keeping forefingers side by side until 
directly above head (see Fig. 39) ; turn palms to sides and 



132 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

carry arms out and down at sides, pushing strongly with fore- 
arms. Inhale during upward movement ; hold breath during 
downward movement ; exhale ; repeat. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

For purpose of exercise and Lesson-Talk see Lesson I. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2 Poising ; leg circling. 

3. Leg ; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching • fist clos- 
ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck; bending fonvard, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor without bending knees. 

t 8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward in front, down- 
ward at sides. 
9. Arm Swinging; inward circling. 
10. Floating; at shoulder level with one arm. 

2. Poising; Leg Circling. 

Stand on left foot and swing right leg around left in a cir- 
cle. Begin by swinging front and across left (see Fig. 40), 
then around to right and back of left, keeping toe pointed to 
floor; swing to .front and repeat, ending movement with right 
leg behind and slightly touching left leg, toe raised from floor 
(see Fig. 41). Transfer weight to right foot and swing left leg 
in same manner. 

Time: Swing right ! 2-3-4. Again ! 2-3-4. Glide right ! 
2-3-4. Swing left! 2-3-4. 

Chief value of this exercise lies in gain in power of con- 
trolling nerve-force. 



GRADE V. 133 

LESSON-TALK. 

Knee of free leg must bend while it is being swung around 
strong one ; imagine that a crayon is fastened to toe and that 
it marks a circle on floor. Do not look at leg after first few 
trials. Stand erect and do not allow trunk to move while 
swinging leg. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2. Poising; leg deling. 

3. Leg; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 
ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting , with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck ; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms, stretching upward in front, down- 
ward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; inward circling. 

10. Floating ; at shoulder level with one a/rm. 

7. Reaching; Both Hands to Floor at Half Side. 

Reach straight upward as in Lesson I. Turn trunk to 
half right side and reach downward until fingers touch floor 
on each side of right foot. Lift trunk. Repeat to left. (See 
Fig. 4:2.) 

For time, effect, and Lesson-Talk see Lesson I. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 
•2. Poising; leg circling. 

3. Leg; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm floating and stretching , fist closing 
and arm twisting. 



134 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward in front, down- 
ward at sides. 

9 Arm Swinging; inward circling. 
10. Floating; low outward curves with both arms. 

io. Floating; Low Outward Curves with Both Arms. 

Stand with weight on both feet. Raise forearms, bring- 
ing hands toward each other till they touch at waist-line ; 
turn palms upward and carry them outward in curves and 
down to sides ; without- stopping movement raise forearms 
slightly so that palms are front ; hold an instant, then turn 
hands inward and carry down to position. (See Fig. 43.) 

For time, effect, and Lesson- Talk see Lesson I. 

LESSON X. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching at sides, palms up. 

2. Poising; leg circling. 

3. Leg; foot turning to side. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 
ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. ISTeck ; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching ; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward in front, down- 
ward at sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, with swingitig up and down. 
10. Floating; low outward curves with both arms. 



GRADE V. 135 

9. Arm Swinging; Raising with Swinging Up and 

Down. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise forearms in front until 
horizontal at waist-line, with elbows near body and hands 
hanging passive. Swing forearms vigorously up and down, 
thus shaking hands. Still continuing movement of fore- 
arms, lift upper arms till they are vertical. Drop to sides 
with swift floating movement. 

For time, effect, and Lesson-Talk see Lesson I. 

Be sure that forearms shake hands, not hands the fore- 
arms. Swing slowly at first until forearm movement is ac- 
quired. 



GRADE VI. 
SIXTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DIRECTIONS. 
See Note to Teachers, page 24. For Rising Drills see page 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to Stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching, clasping hands 
behind head. 

2. Poising ; forward and hack, and rising on toes; leg 
swinging in circle. 

3. Leg; stepping and Tcnee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm floating and stretching; fist clos- 
ing and arm twisting. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck ; bending forward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front, downward 
sides. 

9. Arm swinging; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; at shoulder level with single arm', low out- 
ward curves with both arms. 

I. Position Exercise; Arm Stretching; Clasping Hands 
Behind Head. 

Raise arms at sides, palms down till they reach shoulder 
level ; without stopping, turn palms front and continue 

136 



GRADE VI. 137 

reaching upward till arms are straight above head ; carry 
them, with same stretching movement, downward and slightly 
outward in front until down at an angle of thirty degrees with 
body ; continue pushing backward to an angle of thirty de- 
grees; turn arms, raise to shoulder level with palms up, then 
interlock fingers behind head (see Figs. 1, 10, 23, 29, 17, 
44) ; push head backward against palms during four counts ; 
unclasp hands and float to sides, palms down. 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Up! 
2-3-4. P.ush! 2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4. 

This exercise is especially beneficial for the correcting of 
drooping head and shoulders ; pushing against the clasped 
hands straightens the upper part of the spine and makes easy 
the correct carriage of the head ; the chest is lifted and broad- 
ened, and the internal organs brought up to their proper alti- 
tude. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand with weight on balls of feet before beginning exer- 
cise. When pushing back against clasped hands do not bend 
back nor allow elbows to swing forward. If pupils are al- 
lowed to rise and take this exercise several times during the 
day they will return to their studies with renewed zest. (See 
Lesson-Talk, page 36.) 

2. Poising; Forward and Back, and Rising on Toes; 
Leg Swinging in Circle. 

Stand on both feet. Poise forward on toes as far as pos- 
sible without lifting heels, keeping body perpendicular to 
floor ; slowly return to position ; poise backward on heels, still 
keeping the perpendicular ; return weight; to balls of feet. 
Rise slowly on toes; lower heels gently to floor; rise again; 
lower. Transfer weight to left foot; swing right leg around 
left in a circle, first swinging front and across left (see Fig. 



138 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

40), then around to right and back of left, keeping toe 
pointed to floor ; swing to front and repeat, ending move- 
ment with right leg behind and slightly touching left, toe 
raised from floor (see Fig. 41). Transfer weight to right 
foot and swing left in same manner. 

Time: Forward ! 2-3-4. Position ! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. 
Position! 2-3-4. Rise! 2-3-4. Down ! 2-3-4. Kise! 2-3-4. 
Down! 2-3-4. Left! 2-3-4. Swing right! 2-3-4. Right 
foot! 2-3-4. Swing left! 2-3-4. Repeat! 2-3-4. 

The special value of the poising exercise lies in the devel- 
opment of the power of controlling nerve-force. Other 
benefits are correct carriage, strength of leg muscles and 
flexibility of feet. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow body to bend while poising forward and back m y 
it is kept perpendicular by a complex movement of many 
muscles, noticeably those of ankle and hip. 

3. Leg Stepping and Knee Bending. 

Stand on left foot. Put right foot forward a short step, 
transfer weight of body to it ; bend at knee and hip, bringing 
right hand down to floor as if picking up something. Lift 
trunk to position, letting arm fall to side. Transfer weight 
back to left foot. Repeat on left foot (see Fig 45). Repeat 
whole movement. 

Time: Right foot! 2. Forward! 4. Down! 2-3-4. 
Rise! 2-3-4. Back! 2. Right! 4. 

This exercise uses muscles of back and hip and gives espe- 
cially strong work to those of thigh and calf. It teaches the 
children to stoop correctly, using knee and hip joints. 



GRADE VI. 139 

LESSON-TALK. 

Bend at knee first, then at hip, going down steadily. Do 
not allow the children to hold head stiffly back, looking at 
teacher; rather incline it slightly downward and gaze on 
floor. Rise slowly, bringing head to position last. 

4. Arm and Hand ; Arm Floating and Stretching ; Fist 

Closing and Arm Twisting. 

Float both arms strongly with forearms leading across 
chest ; left arm above right (see Fig. 33). Carry them out 
to sides at shoulder level with a strong stretching movement, 
forearms still leading. Close fists with thumbs outside fingers, 
tarn arms from shoulder joint as far as possible in one direc- 
tion, then in the opposite. Unclose fists and float arms across 
chest again, repeating whole exercise three times. 

Time: Arms! 2. Out! 4. Twist! 2. Back! 4. Float! 2. 
Out! 4, etc. 

The rotators of the arm, which usually receive less exercise 
than the flexors, are strongly used, while the chest is lifted 
and broadened. 

LESSON-T ALK. 

Keep head erect and stretch the arms as much as possible. 
Do not cross arms on chest ; let left arm be above right arm. 
Hold in mind some thought of breadth and power. 

5. Trunk ; Twisting, with Bending Backward at Half 

Side. 

Place hands on hips and without moving feet twist trunk 
around to right until shoulders are at right angles with their 
normal position. Bend trunk backward in direction half way 
between spine and right shoulder, letting head droop in same 
direction (see Fig. 38). Lift trunk and turn front. Twist 
*o left and bend. Repeat whole exercise. 



140 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Time: Trunk! 2. Twist! 4. Bend! 2. Up! 4. 
Front! 2. 

The muscles of abdomen and lower back are strongly exer- 
cised, the chest expanded, and the internal organs directly 
affected, so that digestion and assimilation are improved. 

LESSON -TALK. 

Do not move the feet while twisting trunk. Let the head 
begin the backward bend, but do not lift it to position until 
after the trunk is raised. 

6. Neck ; Bending Forward, with Twisting. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest ; twist slowly to 
right till chin rests on right shoulder (see Fig. 37) ; return to 
front ; twist to left ; front ; repeat ; bring head up to posi- 
tion, not by lifting chin, but by pushing upward and back- 
ward with crown of head. 

Time: Keck! 2. Twist! 4. Front! 2 Left! 4. Front! 2. 

This exercise is valuable for correcting a faulty carriage of 
the head and, like the other neck exercises, relieves the brain 
by accelerating the circulation. 

I ESSON-TALK. 

Be careful to keep the chin close to the chest while turning 
the head front as well as twisting to side. Do not twist 
shoulders. The exercise cannot be correctly performed if 
collars are tight or high ; they must be loosened or removed 
for the lesson, or permanently replaced by larger ones. 

7. Reaching; Both Hands to Floor at Half Side. 

Stand on both feet. Raise arms at sides with stretching 
movement, gradually turning them until palms are front when 
arms are vertical ; reach straight upward with finger-tips ; 



GRADE VI. 141 

turn trunk to half right side; reach outward and downward, 
bending any part of body except knees till fingers touch floor 
on each side of right foot (see Fig. 42). Lift trunk, letting 
arms relax and fall easily to sides, while neck relaxes and 
head is lifted last. Repeat to left. 

Time: Arms! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Up! 2-3-4. 

The muscles of arms, trunk and legs are strongly stretched, 
while the circulation is equalized throughout the body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Most people can with practice touch finger-tips to floor; 
some are able to lay the palms flat on the floor. Reach up- 
ward as far as possible and continue reaching while bending 
forward. The strain is felt back of the knees. 

8. Respiratory ; Arms Stretching Upward Front, 
Downward Sides. 

Stand on both feet. Bring hands together in front of body 
and raise arms, keeping forefingers side by side until directly 
above head (see Fig. 39); turn palms to sides and carry 
arms out and down at sides, pushing strongly with forearms 
(see Fig. 13). Inhale during upward movement; hold breath 
during downward movement; exhale; repeat. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Exhale! 2-3-4. 

Rapid, insufficient breathing is a sign of weakness. Strong 
animals breathe slowly. The elephant breathes only about 
ten times a minute, while the mouse draws ten times as many 
breaths in the same time. Slow, deep breathing must be a 
conscious exercise before it becomes an unconscious habit. 
Holding the breath causes . the air to fill the apices of the 
lungs, while the arm movements expand the chest and increase 
the flow of blood to the lungs. 



142 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES'. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand erect and well poised. Inhale inaudibly through 
nostrils; exhale slowly, keeping month closed. Clothing 
should be loose enough to allow full expansion of lower ribs. 

9. Arm Swinging; Raising, with Swinging Up and 

Down. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise forearms in front until 
horizontal at waist-line, with elbows near body and hands 
hanging passive (see Fig. 22). Swing forearms vigorously 
up and down, thus shaking hands. Still continuing move- 
ment of forearms lift upper arms till they are vertical. 
Drop to side with swift floating movement. 

Time : At command, Arms horizontal ! raise arms ; at 
Swing! shake forearms rapidly and carry upward. The 
music should change to something quick and running like a 
gallop, although the swinging is faster than the counts. 

This exercise develops the power of holding the chest firm 
during vigorous motion of the extremities, thus expressing 
strength of body and mind ; and it also gives flexibility to the 
wrists and relieves the strain of the finger muscles caused by 
school work. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Let eacn pupil imagine he has a giant's strength, so that it 
is easy for him to keep head and chest perfectly still while 
swinging arms. 

10. Floating, at Shoulder Level with Single Arm; Low 

Outward Curves with Both Arms. 

Standing on right foot float right arm up across chest, 
nearly to shoulder level, with palm inward ; float out to right 
side and back to chest (see Figs. 35, 36) ; turn palm front 
with thumb down and float to side, and back to chest ; turn 



GRADE VI. 143 

palm down and float to side, to chest, to side again and down 
to position. Standing on left foot float left arm in same 
manner. 

Stand on both feet. Raise forearms, bringing hands to- 
ward each other till they touch at waist-line ; turn palms up 
and carry arms outward in curves and down to sides ; without 
stopping the movement, raise forearms slightly, so that palms 
are front ; hold an instant, then turn hands inward and down 
to position. (See Fig. 43.) 

Time: Right arm ! float to slow waltz music without 
counting aloud. Left arm ! Both arms ! 

The force gained during the more vigorous exercises is in 
this gentler one converted into mental power. Perfect har- 
mony of muscular movement is obtained, thus saving nerve- 
force, which is often wasted in repressing action or in making 
useless movements. Pupils who have long practised the 
floating exercises can easily be distinguished from those who 
have not, by the ease and grace of their movements. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The forearm leads the upward movement, while the hand 
hangs passive ; in the downward movement the forearm is 
gradually pulled down and the hand follows it. The move- 
ment must be slow and easy. 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 

hind head. 

2. Poising ; forward and back, and rising on toes; lecj 

swinging in circle. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm floating and stretching, with al 

ternate fist closing and opening. 



144 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

5. Trunk ; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck; lending backward ', with twisting. 

7. Reaching; loth hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front, downward 

sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; at shoulder level with single arm; low out- 
ward curves tvith both arms. 

4. Arm and Hand; Arm Floating and Stretching, with 
Alternate Fist Closing and Opening. 

Close fists, with thumbs outside fingers, and float both arms 
strongly, with forearms leading, across chest. Open fist, 
turn palms front and carry arms out to sides with a strong 
stretching movement. Turn palms front, close fist and float 
back to chest. Repeat three times. 

Time: Arms! 2. Out! 4. Back! 2. Out! 4. 

This exercise uses both the flexors and rotators of the arm, 
and by its lateral pull expands the chest. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Lift head and chest high and execute the movements as 
strongly as possible. Hold in mind the thought of strength 
and precision. 

6. Neck Bending Backward, with Twisting. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest; lift head to 
position by pushing upward and backward with crown of 
head. Bend neck directly backward till face is parallel, to 
ceiling; without lifting head, twist to right; to center; to 
left; to center; lift to position. Repeat. 

Time: Keck! 2. Up ! 4. Back! 2; Right! 4. Center! 2. 
Left! 4. Center! 2, etc. 



GRADE VI. 145 



This exercise gives strong work to little-used muscles in the 
back of the neck, relieves the brain, and cultivates correct 
/carriage of the head. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not expect to twist the neck enough to carry the chin 
far to either side ; keep the face as nearly parallel to ceiling 
as possible. In raising head from backward position, be con- 
scious only of lifting the crown. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching, clasping hands he- 

hind head. 

2. Poising; leg swinging in circle and poising forward 

and hack. 

3. Leg ; stepping and Jcnee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching, with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk; twisting, with bending backward at half side. 

6. Neck ; bending backward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching ; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front, downward 



9. Arm Swinging ; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating ; at shoulder level with single arm ; low out- 
ward curves with both arms. 

2. Poising; Leg Swinging in Circle and Poising For- 
ward and Back. 

Proceed as in Lesson I. ; hold right leg behind without 
touching toe to floor, and poise forward and back on left in 
same manner as on both. Poise on right. 



146 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON IV. 

1 . Position Exercise ; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 

hind head. 

2. Poising; leg swinging in circle and poising forward 

and bach. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching, with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk; bending forward and backward, with hands 

clasped behind head. 

6. Neck; bending backward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front, downward 

sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; at shoulder level with single arm; low out- 
ward curves with both arms. 

5. Trunk; Bending Forward and Backward, with 
Hands Clasped Behind Head. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise arms at sides, with a 
stretching movement, and clasp hands, with fingers inter- 
locked, back of head ; bend upper part of chest toward front, 
letting head droop forward (see Fig. 46); lift to position. 
Bend backward with a movement which begins with head and 
then includes upper part of back (see Fig. 47) ; lift trunk to 
position. Repeat. 

Time: Arms! 2. Bend! 4. Up! 2. Back! 4. 

In the first movement the internal organs are lifted high in 
the body ; the muscles which surround them are then strongly 
used ; the result is improved digestion and assimilation. 



m<r 





Fig. 41 



Fig. 42 








Fig. 43 



Fig. 44 





Fig. 45 



Fig. 46 





Fig. 47 



Fig. 48 



GRADE VI. 147 



LESSON-TALK. 



There must be no bending at hips ; bend forward only that 
part of body which is above breast- bone. Do not let elbows 
droop forward. Lift trunk to position before raising head. 



LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 

hind head. 

2. Poising ; leg swinging in circle and poising forward 

and bach. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching, with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk; bending forward and backward with hands 

clasped behind head. 

6. Neck ; bending backward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward front, downward 

sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; above shoulder level. 

10. Floating; Above Shoulder Level. 

Stand on right foot. Float right arm, with forearm lead- 
ing up at side until it forms a graceful curve over the head ; 
float down to shoulder level. Repeat three times and continue 
down to position at side. Stand on left foot and float left 
arm. Stand on both feet and float both arms. 
. For time, effect, and Lesson-Talk, see Lesson I. 



148 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching, clasping hands he- 

hind head. 

2. Poising ; leg swinging in circle and poising forward and 

back. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching, with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 
5« Trunk; bending forward, backward and to sides, with 
hands clasped behind head. 

6. Week ; bending backward, with twisting. 

7. Peaching ; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory; arms stretching upward front, downward 

sides. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; above shoulder level. 

5. Trunk; Bending Forward, Backward and to Sides, 
with Hands Clasped Behind Head. 

Bend as in Lesson TV. Bend directly to right side, allow- 
ing head to droop on shoulders ; lift head to position last. 
Bend to left. (See Fig. 48.) 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 

hind head. 

2. Poising; leg swinging forwiard, with heel raising; back- 

ward, with sinking. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm floating and stretching, with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 






GRADE VI. 149 

5. Trunk; bending forward, backward, and to sides, with 

hands clasped behind head. 

6. Neck ; bending backward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front, downward 

sides. 

9. Arm Swinging ; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; above shoulder level. 

2. Poising; Leg Swinging Forward, with Heel Raising, 
Backward, with Sinking. 

Swing right leg forward and back while raising and lower- 
ing heel of left foot. Repeat three times. Same with left 
leg. 

Time: Swing right! Back! Forward! Back! allow- 
ing one count for each movement. 

This exercise strengthens leg and ankle muscles, but its 
special value lies in the development of the power of con- 
trolling nerve-force. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The forward movement comes on the heel raising ; the 
backward on the lowering. The old idea of the steadily 
swinging pendulum in its fixed case will assist the pupil to 
maintain equilibrium. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 
hind head. 

v 2. Poising; leg swinging forward, with heel raising; 
backward, with sinking. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching, with al- 

ternate flst closing and opening. 



150 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

5. Trunk; bending forward, backward, and to sides, with 

hands clashed behind head. 

6. Neck ; bending backward with twisting. 

7. Reaching; both hands to floor at half side. 

8. Respiratory; arm circling. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, loith swinging up and down. 
10. Floating; above shoulder level, with opposite movements. 

8. Respiratory; Arm Circling. 

Inhale while carrying right arm forward, upward and 
backward in a large circle (see Fig. 49) ; hold breath while 
repeating ; exhale. Inhale while carrying left arm over in 
same manner ; hold ; exhale. Inhale while carrying both 
arms over, making the circles perfect and parallel. 

Time: Right arm! 2-3-4-1-2-3-4. Again! 2-3-4-1-2-3-4. 
Left arm ! etc. 

The purpose of this exercise, like that in Lesson I. , is to 
establish the habit of healthful breathing. It gives freedom 
of action at the shoulder joint, increasing the synovial fluid. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Face squarely to front and do not allow arm to pull chest 
around to one side. Keep head well poised. Imagine that 
the arm is a wheel revolving around its axis, the shoulder. 

10. Floating; Above Shoulder Level, with Opposite 
Movements. 

Float arms as in Lesson V. When both arms are directly 
above head hold position of left arm and float right arm down 
to shoulder level ; while floating right arm up again float left 
arm down to shoulder level ; continue these opposite move- 
ments through several counts (see Fig. 50). 



GRADE VI. 151 

LESSON IX. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 

hind head. 

2. Poising; leg swinging forward, with heel raising, 

backward, with sinking. 

3. Leg; stepping and knee bending . 

4. Arm and Hand ; arm floating and stretching ; with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk; bending forward, backward, and to sides, with 

hands clasped behind head. 

6. Neck ; bending backward, with twisting. 

7. Reaching; at sides / trunk twisting • bending; reach- 

ing downward. 

8. Respiratory ; arm circling. 

9. Arm Swinging ; raising, with swinging up and down. 
10. Floating ; above shoulder level, with opposite movements. 

7. Reaching; at Sides; Trunk Twisting; Bending; 
Reaching Downward. 

Stand on both feet. Raise arms at sides until shoulder 
high and reach outward ; without moving feet, twist trunk to 
right until left hand points directly front. Reach downward 
front till fingers of left hand touch floor in front of feet, 
head turned, looking upward at extended right arm (see Fig. 
51). Rise and turn trunk front. Twist to left and reach 
down. Repeat. 

Time: Arms! 2. Twist! 4. Down! 2. Up ! 4. Front ! 2. 
Position ! 4. 

This exercise brings into play muscles of shoulder, arm, 
trunk and thigh, gives flexibility to spine, and accelerates 
circulation over whole body. 



152 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow feet to move. In reaching down to floor 
with left hand, bend at hip, and if necessary left knee, but 
do not allow right knee to bend. 

LESSON X. 

i . Position Exercise ; arms stretching, clasping hands be- 
hind head. 

2 . Poising ; leg swinging forward, with heel raising, 

backward, with sinking. 

3 . Leg ; stepping and knee bending. 

4. Arm and Hand; arm footing and stretching , with al- 

ternate fist closing and opening. 

5. Trunk ; bending forward, backward and to sides, with 

hands clasped behind head. 

6. Neck ; bending backward with twisting. 

7. Reaching ; at sides; trunk twisting, bending; reaching 

downward. 

8. Respiratory ; arm circling. 

9. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging in circles. 

10. Floating; upward in front to waist-line; turning; 
downward. 

9. Arm Swinging; Raising, with Swinging in Circles. 

Raise arms as in Lesson I., swinging forearms in small out- 
ward circles, while carrying them upward. Raise while 
swinging in inward circles. 

10. Floating; Upward in Front to Waist-Line; Turn- 

ing; Downward. 

Stand on right foot. Raise right forearm in front until it 
is horizontal, with elbow near body; carry arm to right 



GRADE VI. 153 

front, gradually turning palm- front, with fingers pointing 
outward and downward ; hold an instant (see Fig. 52) ; turn 
palm down and float down to side. Stand on left foot and 
float left arm ; stand on both feet and float both arms. 
For time and effect see Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand in an expectant attitude. Do not hold neck stiff, 
but let it move slightly in obedience to reflex action. 



GRADE VIL 

SEVENTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSONS AND DIRECTIONS. 
See Note to Teachers, page 24. For Rising Drill, seepage 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing up- 

ward. 

2. Poising; leg swinging forward, with heel raising; bach- 

ward, with sinking^ 
3 Leg; knee bending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand/ arm floating or stretching, with alter- 

nate fist closing and opening . 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk ; bending forward, backward, and, to sides, with 

hands clasped behind head. 

7. Neck ; bending backward, with twisting. 

8. Reaching; at sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 

9. Respiratory ; arm circling. 

10. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; above shoulder level, with opposite movements. 

Upward front to waist-line; turning; downward. 
154 



GRADE VII 155 

1. Position Exercise; Arm Stretching and Pushing Up- 

ward. 

Raise arms at sides, palms down, until they reach shoulder 
level ; without stopping turn palms front, and continue 
reaching upward till arms are straight above head ; carry 
them, with same stretching movement, downward and 
slightly outward in front until down at an angle of thirty de- 
grees with the body ; continue pushing backward to an an- 
gle of thirty degrees ; turn arms and raise to shouMer level 
with palms up ; interlock fingers behind head without touch- 
ing it ; raise hands above head turning palms up and push 
upward during four counts ; unclasp fingers and float to sides, 
palms down. (See Figs. 1, 10, 23, 29, 17, 44, 53.) 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Up! 
2-3-4-1-2-3-4. Push! 2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4. 

As its name indicates, this exercise is designed to bring all 
the organs of the body into correct position. The last up- 
ward pushing is particularly beneficial in lifting the organs 
high in the body, separating the ribs, and drawing in the 
stomach and abdomen. The habitual practise of this exer- 
cise will improve health and carriage. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Begin the exercise correctly by standing with weight on 
balls of feet. Question pupils about importance of keeping 
internal orgaus at a high altitude ; explain why these organs 
can not properly perform their functions when they are 
crowded downward. Illustrate the difference between a 
slouchy carriage and an erect one. (See Lesson- Talk, page 
36.) 

2. Poising; Leg Swinging Forward with Heel Rais- 

ing, Backward with Sinking. 

Swing right leg forward and back while raising and lower- 



156 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

ing heel of left foot. Repeat three times. Same with left 
leg. 

Time: Swing right ! Back ! Forward ! Back ! one count 
for each movement. 

This exercise strengthens leg and ankle muscles, but its 
special value lies in the development of the power of control- 
ling nerve-force. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The forward movement comes on the heel raising; the 
backward on the lowering. The old idea of the steadily 
swinging pendulum in its fixed case will assist the pupil to 
maintain equilibrium. 

3. Leg; Knee Bending and Leg Circling or Stretching. 

Standing on left foot carry right foot around with a circu- 
lar movement until directly behind and a foot or more in dis- 
tance from left foot ; change weight to right foot ; bend right 
knee, straightening left knee in a deep courtesy ; rise ; carry 
weight forward to left foot ; bring right foot to position and 
transfer weight easily to it ; repeat. Repeat whole exercise. 

Time: Right foot! 2. Back! 4. Down! 2. Up ! 4. For- 
ward! 2. Right foot! 4. 

This exercise for girls uses the muscles of thigh and leg, 
with those of the lower back which assist in holding the trunk 
erect ; it gives free action at the hip joints and an ease of 
movement which improves the gait in walking. 

EXERCISE FOE BOYS. 

Or, standing on left foot, bend knee, at same time extend 
right foot in direction to which it points and. touch toe lightly 
to floor. Return to position and repeat twice. Transfer 
weight to right foot, and extend left foot in same manner 
(see Fig. 54). Repeat. 

Time: Down ! 2. Up ! 4. 



GRADE VII 157 

This exercise for boys is somewhat more difficult since the 
whole weight of the body is raised and lowered by calf and 
thigh muscles. 

LESSON-TALK. 

In first exercise transfer weight slowly from forward to 
backward foot ; incline trunk forward and keep left knee 
straight while bending right knee ; glide smoothly to forward 
foot. Keep the trunk erect and square to front while bend- 
ing left knee and extending right foot. 

4. Arm and Hand; Arm Floating and Stretching, with 
Alternate Fist Closing and Opening. 

Close fists with thumbs outside fingers, and float both arms 
strongly with forearms leading, across chest. Open fist, turn 
palms front, and carry arms out to sides with a strong stretch- 
ing movement. Turn palms front, close fist, and float back 
to chest. Repeat three times. 

Time: Arms ! 2. Out ! 4. Back ! 2. Out ! 4. 

This exercise uses both the flexors and rotators of the arm, 
and by its lateral pull, expands the chest. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Lift head and chest high and execute the movements as 
strongly as possible. Hold in mind the thought of strength 
and precision. 

5. Chest Expanding and Contracting. 
Stand on both feet. Place thick of hands on floating ribs 
with fingers pointing straight forward. Draw sides as near 
together as possible ; expand waist, sending sides as far apart 
as possible. Repeat three times. 

Time: Contract! 2-3-4. Expand! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. 
Contract! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 

. This is an excellent exercise for expansion of lower chest ; 
it also stimulates the action of the internal organs. 



158 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The hands do not assist except as a guide to the mind. Keep 
the fingers extended ; as the sides contract they will touch, then 
overlap. Do not call attention to the breathing unless the 
child holds his breath ; he ought naturally to inhale as he ex- 
pands and exhale as he contracts. 

6. Trunk; Bending Forward, Backward, and to Sides, 
with Hands Clasped Behind Head. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise arms at sides with a 
stretching movement and clasp hands with fingers interlocked 
back of head ; bend upper part of chest toward front, letting 
head droop forward ; lift to position ; bend backward with a 
movement which begins with head and then includes upper 
part of back ; lift to position ; bend directly to right side, al- 
lowing head to droop on shoulder ; lift head to position last ; 
bend to left in same manner. (See Figs. 46, 47, 48.) Re- 
peat. 

Time: Arms! 2. Bend! 4. Up! 2. Back! 4. Up! 
2, etc. 

In the first movement the internal organs are lifted high 
in the body ; in bending, the muscles which surround them 
are strongly exercised ; the result is improved digestion and 
assimilation. 

LESSON-TALK. 

There must be no bending at hips ; bend in front so that 
the break may come at end of breast-bone. Do not let elbows 
droop forward. Lift trunk to position before raising head. 

7. Neck; Bending Backward, with Twisting. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest; lift head to 
position by pushing upward and backward with crown of 
head. Bend neck directly backward till face is parallel to 






GRADE VII. 159 

ceiling; without lifting head twist to right; to center; to 
left; to center ; lift to position. Repeat. 

Time: Neck! 2. Up! 4 .Back! 2. Eight! 4. Cen- 
ter! 2. Left! 4. Center! 2, etc. 

This exercise gives strong work to little-used muscles in 
the back of the neck, relieves the brain and cultivates, correct 
carriage of the head. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not expect to twist the neck enough to carry the chin 
far to either side ; keep the face as nearly parallel to ceiling 
as possible ; it can not reach this position, however, if the 
neck be constricted by tight clothing. Pupils should wear 
loose collars. 

8. Reaching; at Sides; Trunk Twisting; Bending; 
Reaching Downward. 

Stand on both feet. Raise arms at sides until shoulder 
high and reach outward ; without moving feet, twist trunk to 
right until left hand points directly front. Reach downward 
front till fingers of left hand touch floor in front of feet, head 
turned, looking upward at extended right arm. Rise and 
turn trunk front. Twist to left and reach down. Repeat. 
(See Fig. 51.) 

Time: Arm! 2. Twist! 4. Down! 2. Up! 4. Front! 2. 
Position ! 2. 

This exercise brings into play muscles of shoulders, arms, 
trunk, and thighs, gives flexibility to spine, and accelerates the 
circulation over whole body. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not allow feet to move. In reaching down to floor 
with left hand, bend at hip, and if necessary right knee, but 
do not allow left knee to bend. 

9. Respiratory; Arm Circling. 

Inhale while carrying right arm forward, up and backward 



160 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

in a large circle; hold breath while repeating; exhale; in- 
hale while carrying left arm over in same manner ; exhale ; 
inhale while carrying both arms over, making the circles per- 
fect and parallel. (See Fig. 49.) 

Time: Eight arm! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. Again! 2-3-4, 1-2- 
3-4. Left arm ! etc. 

The purpose of this exercise is to establish the habit of 
healthful breathing. It gives freedom of action to the shoul- 
der-joint, increasing the synovial fluid. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Face squarely to front and do not allow arm to pull chest 
around to one side. Keep head well poised. Imagine that 
the arm is a wheel revolving around its axis, the shoulder. 
Loose clothing is necessary in order to secure perfect freedom 
of arm movement. 

10. Arm Swinging; Arm Raising, with Circling Out- 
ward and Inward. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Raise forearms until horizon- 
tal at waist-line with elbows near body and hands hanging 
passive (see Fig. 22). Swing forearms vigorously in 
small outward circles, and continue the movement while rais- 
ing them above head. Drop to sides with swift floating 
movement. Raise swinging in inward circles. 

Time: Raise arms at command, Arms horizontal ! At 
Swing ! shake forearms rapidly and carry upward. The music 
should change to something quick and running like a galop, 
although the swinging is much faster than the counts. 

The chest is that part wherein lies the body's strength ; it 
should always suggest power. The effort to keep it firm 
while swinging the arms develops the power of self-control. 
The tension of wrist and finger muscles is also relieved. 



GRADE VII. 161 

LESSON TALK. 

Swing forearms with great vigor, but do not allow head or 
chest to move in the least. Hold the thought of great 
strength and power. 

ii. Floating; Above Shoulder Level, with Opposite 
Movements. Upward Front to Waist-Line; Turn- 
ing; Downward. 

Float arms up at sides with forearms leading, until fingers 
touch over the head; hold left arm while floating right 
arm down to right shoulder level ; float left arm to left shoul- 
der level and right arm over head. Repeat twice. Hold 
right arm at shoulder level until left arm reaches same level 
and float down to position (see Fig. 50). 

Stand on right foot. Raise right forearm in front until it 
is horizontal, with elbow near body; carry arm to right front 
gradually turning palm front with fingers pointing outward 
and downward ; hold an instant ; turn palmdown and float down 
to side. Stand on left foot and float left arm ; on both feet 
and float both arms (see Fig. 52). 

Time: Both arms! Float to slow waltz music without 
counting aloud. 

The aim of the floating exercises is to gain harmony of 
muscular movement ; reserve power is developed, and beauty 
and grace of movement cultivated. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The movements must be performed in continuous curving 
lines. Let forearm lead and hand follow passively. Stand 
in a buoyant attitude and head will respond slightly to move- 
ment of arms. 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing up- 
ward. 



168 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle', poising and rising 

on strong foot. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk; bending forward, backward, and to sides, with 

hands clasped behind head. 

7. Neck ; bending backward with twisting. 

8. Reaching; at sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 

9. Respiratory ; arm circling. 

10. Arm Swinging ; raising, with svnnging in circles. 

11. Floating; above shoulder level, with opposite movements. 

Upward front to waist-line; turning; downward. 

2. Poising; Swinging Free Leg in Circle; Poising and 
Rising on Strong Foot. 

Stand on left foot. Swing right leg around left leg in a 
circle; begin by swinging front and across left leg, then 
around to right and back of left leg, keeping toe pointed to 
floor ; swing to front and repeat, ending movement with right 
leg behind and slightly touching left leg, toe raised from 
floor (see Figs. 40, 41). Poise forward on left foot as 
far as possible without raising heel from floor or losing the 
perpendicular ; return weight to ball of foot ; poise back- 
ward on heel ; return to ball ; rise slowly on ball and toes ; 
lower heel to floor; rise again; lower. Return right foot to 
position; transfer weight easily to it; swing left leg, etc. 

Time: Left foot! 2-3-4. Swing right! 2-3-4. Poise 
forward! 2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Position! 
2-3-4. Rise! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4, etc. 



GRADE VII. 163 

This exercise strengthens leg and ankle muscles, cultivates 
the muscular sense, strengthens the nerve-centers, and gives 
self-command and ease of manner. 

LESSON- TALK. 

The trunk must not move during the swinging of the leg. 
During the forward and backward poising the most noticeable 
movement is at the ankles, although the body is kept perpen- 
dicular by a complex movement of many muscles. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Forward with Clasped 
Hands, and Arms Stretching to Sides. 

Raise arms and interlock fingers in front of chest ; turn 
palms front and push forward as far as possible, keeping head 
erect; unclasp hands and carry horizontally to sides with 
strong stretching movement; turn arms, float to chest; re- 
peat three times. 

Time: Arms! 2. Front! 4. Sides! 2. Chest! 4. 

The muscles of fingers, arms and shoulders are strongly ex- 
ercised, the chest is expanded, and the carriage of the head 
improved. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The beneficial effect of the exercise is weakened by any 
bending forward of head or chest. Push backward slightly 
with head while pushing forward with hands. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing upward. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle' poising and rising 

on strong foot. 

3. Leg; knee hending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands , 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5. Chest ; expanding and contracting . 



164 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

6. Trunk; hending and circling. 

1. Neck ; bending backward, with twisting. 

8. Reaching ; at sides ; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 

9. Respiratory ; arm circling. 

10. Arm Swinging ; raising, with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; above shoulder level, with opposite movements. 

Upward front to waist-line; turning; downward. 

6. Trunk; Bending and Circling. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Place hands on hips, thumbs 
pointing forward, fingers together and pointing straight down- 
ward at sides. Bend upper part of chest toward front, letting 
head droop forward (see Fig. 8) ; circle trunk to right, back, 
left and front, bending along the line of the ninth rib ; re- 
peat circling from left to right ; lift trunk to erect position, 
raising head last and letting hands slide easily down to sides. 

Time: Trunk! 2. Down! 4. Right! 2. Back! 4. 
Left! 2. Front! 4, etc. 

The abdominal and back muscles and the diaphragm are 
3trongly used in this exercise, but the most important effect 
is that resulting from the alternate pressure and relaxation of 
the vital organs, which strengthens and stimulates them to 
more vigorous action. 

LESSON-TALK. 

It is not possible to bend over far if the exercise is correctly 
taken. Let there be no bending at hips ; keep them firm 
and a little in front of their usual position. The trunk must 
be square to front and the neck relaxed so that head may fol- 
low movements of trunk. Keep in mind the thought of the 
immovability of lower part of body and flexibility of trunk. 





Fig. 49 



Fig. 50 





Fig. 51 



Fig. 52 





Fig. 53 



Fig. 54 





Fig. 55 



Fig. 56 



GRADE VII. 165 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing upward. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle; poising and rising 

on strong foot. 

3. Leg ; knee bending and leg circling or sir etching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting.- 

6. Trunk; bending and circling. 

7. Neck; bending forward, twisting to one side, bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching ; at sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 

9. Respiratory; arm circling. 

10. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; above shoulder level, with opposite movements. 

Upward front to waist-liue; turning; downward. 

7. Neck; Bending Forward, Twisting One Side, Bend- 
ing Backward. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest ; twist to right 
till chin rests on right shoulder (see Fig. 37) ; tip back of 
head down on left shoulder until face is parallel with ceiling ; 
raise head, bringing chin down on right shoulder again, and 
turn front. Repeat to left. Repeat whole exercise. 

Time: Neck! 2. Right! 4. Back! 2. Raise! 4. 
Front! 2. 

This exercise gives fulness and roundness to muscles of 
neck, improves carriage of head, counteracting the tendency 
to throw out chin, and regulates supply of blood going to 
brain. 



166 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not twist the shoulders while twisting neck. Keep 
chin close to chest while turning front. Insist on loose collars 
and explain how freedom of movement is necessary for de- 
velopment. 

LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing upward. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle; poising and rising 

on strong foot. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling. 

7. Keck; bending forward, twisting to one side, bending ' 

backward. 

8. Peaching; at sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 

9. Pespiratory; arm circling. 

10. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; ujjward at half front; turning and floating 

downward. 

II. Floating; Upward at Half Front; Turning and 
Floating Downward. 

Stand on right foot. Float right arm with forearm lead- 
ing, wrist and hand passive, up halfway between front and 
side until above head level ; turn palm upward, fingers point- 
ing upward and outward ; hold position three counts, letting 
head incline toward arm and looking upward in direction indi- 
cated by hand ; turn palm down and float arm to position ; 
repeat. Transfer weight easily to left foot and float left arm 
(see Fig. 55). 

For time, effect, and Lesson-Talk, see Lesson I. 



GRADE VII. 167 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing upward. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg forward and hack with heel 

of strong foot raised. 

3. Leg ; knee hending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5. Chest ; expanding and contracting . 

6. Trunk; lending and circling . 

7. Neck; hending forward, twisting to one side, hending 

hackward. 

8. Reaching; at sides', trunk twisting ; hending ; reaching 

downward. 

9. Respiratory ; arm circling. 

10. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; upward at half front; turning and floating 

downward. 

2. Poising; Swinging Free Leg Forward and Back 
with Heel of Strong Foot Raised. 

Stand on left foot. Slowly raise heel ; swing right foot 
forward and back during four counts ; lower heel and trans- 
fer weight to right foot ; raise heel and swing left foot, etc. 

Time: Rise! 2-3-4. Swing forward! Backward! For- 
ward ! Backward ! One count for each movement. Down ! 2. 
Right foot ! 4, etc. The narrowed base makes it difficult to 
maintain equilibrium in this exercise, and requires a nicer co- 
ordination of muscles, and greater self-command. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Raise heel slowly and be carefully poised on ball and toes 
before beginning the leg swinging. ■ Do not look at the other 
pupils, who may sway unsteadily ; rather gaze at some fixed 
object, and hold the thought of stability. 



168 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing up- 

ward. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg forward and hack with heel 

of strong foot raised. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling or stretching . 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling. 

7. Neck ; bending forward, twisting to one side, bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching ; at sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching 

downward. 

9. Respiratory; arms stretching forward, outward and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; raising with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; upward at half front; turning and floating 

downward. 
9. Respiratory; Arm Stretching Forward, Outward, 
and Downward. 

Inhale while bringing hands together and raising to chest, 
palms down. Hold breath and extend arms straight forward, 
fingers together, forefingers touching ; carry them strongly 
out to sides ; carry down to position, pushing with forearms. 
Exhale and repeat. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. 
Exhale! 2-3-4, etc. 

This exercise is to establish the habit of deep, slow breath- 
ing, which is customary with all strong animals and men. It 
forces the air into the apices of the lungs, the parts which are 
first affected in pulmonary consumption ; and it is an excel- 
lent exercise for chest expansion. 



GRADE VII 169 

LESSON-TALK. 

Breathe through the nostrils, with mouth closed. Keep 
head erect, and hold some thought of buoyancy, as if swim- 
ming through ocean of air, and continually ascending. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing up- 

ward. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg forward and hack with heel 

of strong foot raised. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching to sides. 

5 . Chest ; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling. 

7. Neck ; bending forward, twisting to one side, bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward, outward at side. 

9. Respiratory; arms stretching forward, out/ward and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; raising, with swinging in circles. 

11. Floating; upward at half front • turning and floating 

downward. 

8. Reaching; Upward, Outward at Right Side. 

Stand on right foot. Carry left foot out to side as far as 
possible, toe touching floor; raise right arm at side until 
upper arm touches head ; push outward with palm until arm 
is halfway between head and shoulder level, fingers pointing 
directly upward ; continue during four counts (see Fig. 56) ; 
carry arm easily down to side at same time bringing left foot 
to position. Repeat with other foot and arm. 



170 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Time: Left foot! 2. Arm! 4. Push! 2-3-4. Down! 2. 
Glide left! 4. 

This exercise stretches muscles of arm, trunk, and hip, 
stimulates the circulation, incites the internal organs to more 
vigorous action, and develops reserve power. 

LESSON-TALK. 

In raising arm, let forearm lead ; reflex action will cause 
the head to incline slightly toward it. Push outward with 
palm and upward with finger-tips until the opposing foot is 
lifted from floor, head inclined away from arm. Float arm 
easily down to side. 

LESSON IX. 

i . Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing up- 
ward. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg forward and hack with heel 

of strong foot raised. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching at sides. 

5 . Chest ; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling. 

7. ISTeck; bending forward, twisting to one side, bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward, outward at side. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching forward, outward, and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; upward at half front / turning and floating 

downward. 



GRADE VII 171 

io. Arm Swinging; Twirling Hands Outward and 

Inward. 

Stand firmly on both feet, twirl forearms around each 
other in front of chest, first with an outward, then with an 
inward movement. Let wrist and hands be passive. 

For time, effect, and Lesson-talk, see Lesson I. 

LESSON X. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing upward. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg forward and hack with heel 

of strong foot raised. 

3. Leg; knee tending and leg circling or stretching : 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching at sides. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting. 

6. Trunk; tending and circling. 

7. Neck ; tending forward, twisting to one side, tending 

tackward. 

8. Peaching ; upward, outward at side. 

9. Respiratory; arms stretching forward, outward, and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers on shoulders. 

II. Floating; at Sides, Touching Fingers on 
Shoulders. 
Stand on right foot. Float right arm up at side to shoulder 
level ; turn palm up ; float upward and over, then bend at 
wrist and touch finger-tips to shoulder; float forearm back to 
horizontal position ; repeat three times ; turn and float down 
to position. Pepeat with left arm ; both arms. 
For time, effect, and Lesson-talk, see Lesson I. 



GRADE Vm. 
EIGHTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 
LESSONS AND DIRECTIONS. 

See Note to Teachers, page 24. For Rising Drill, see page 34. 

LESSON I. 

Prepare to stand ! Stand ! Space ! 

1. Position. Exercise; arms stretching, and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle/ poising, rising and 

holding on strong foot. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling, or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching at sides. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting; lifting and sinking. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling. 

7. Neck; bending forward/ twistingto one side/ bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward, outward at side. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching forward, outward and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging ; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers on shoulders/ up- 

ward at half front, turning and floating downward. 
172 






GRADE VIII. 173 

1. Position Exercise; Arms Stretching and Pushing 

Downward at Back. 

Raise arms at sides,, palms down, till they reach shoulder 
level ; without stopping turn palms front and continue reach- 
ing upward till arms are straight above head ; carry with 
same stretching movement downward and slightly outward in 
front until down at an angle of thirty degrees with body ; 
continue pushing backward to an angle of thirty degrees; 
turn arms and raise to shoulder level with palms up ; inter- 
lock fingers behind head without touching it ; turn palms up- 
ward and raise above head until arms are fully extended ; un- 
clasp hands and reach outward, downward, and backward till 
arms are at an angle of thirty degrees behind body; push 
downward with palms during four counts ; float arms down 
to position at sides (see Figs. 1, 10, 23, 29, 17, 44, 53, 29). 

Time: Up! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Up! 
2-3-4, 1-2 3-4. Down! 2-3-4. Push! 2 3-4. Position! 
2 3-4. 

This exercise lifts all the organs of body to proper altitude, 
broadens chest and corrects drooping shoulders, thus improv- 
ing both health and appearance. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand with weight of body directly over balls of feet. Do 
not allow hips to come forward during last movement of push- 
ing backward. Hold some thought of dignity and self-re- 
spect (see Lesson-Talk, page 36). 

2. Poising; Swinging Free Leg in Circle; Poising, Ris- 

ing and Holding on Strong Foot. 

Stand on left foot and swing right leg around left in a 
circle. Begin by swinging front and across left, then around 
to right and back of left, keeping toe pointed to floor ; end 
movement with right leg behind and slightly touching left, 



174 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

toe raised from floor (see Figs. 40, 41). Poise forward on 
left foot as far as possible without raising heel from floor or 
losing the perpendicular ; return weight to ball of foot ; poise 
backward on heel, return to ball ; rise slowly on ball and toes ; 
hold position during four counts ; lower heel to floor ; rise 
again; hold; lower. Place right foot on floor; transfer 
weight easily to it and repeat, swinging left and poising on 
right. 

Time: Swing right ! 2-3-4. Poise forward ! 2-3-4. 
Position! 2-3-4. Back! 2-3-4. Position! 2-3-4. Rise! 
2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4. Down! 2-3-4, etc. 

This exercise strengthens leg and ankle muscles, cultivates 
the muscular sense, strengthens the nerve-centers, and gives 
ease of manner. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The trunk must not move during the swinging of the leg. 
During forward and backward poising the most noticeable 
movement is at ankles, although the body is kept perpendicu- 
lar by a complex movement of many muscles. 

3. Leg; Knee Bending and Leg Circling or Stretching. 

Standing on left foot carry right foot around with a circu- 
lar movement until directly behind and a foot or more in dis- 
tance from left foot ; change weight to right foot ; bend right 
knee, straightening left knee in a deep courtesy ; rise, carry 
weight forward to left foot ; bring right foot to position and 
transfer weight easily to it. Repeat whole exercise. 

Time: Right foot! 2. Back! 2. Down! "2. Up! 4. 
Forward! 2. Right! 4. 

This exercise for girls uses muscles of thigh and leg, with 
those of lower back which assist in holding the trunk erect ; 
it gives free action at the hip- joints, and an ease of move- 
ment which improves the gait. 



GRADE VIII. 175 

Or, standing on left foot bend knee and at same time ex- 
tend right foot in direction to which it points, and touch toe 
lightly to floor (see Fig. 54). Return to position and re- 
peat. Transfer weight to right foot and extend left foot in 
same manner. 

Time: Down! 2. Up! 2. 

This exercise for boys is somewhat more difficult since the 
whole weight of the body is raised and lowered by calf and 
thigh muscles. 

LESSON-TALK. 

In first exercise transfer weight slowly from forward to 
backward foot; incline trunk forward and keep left knee 
straight while bending right knee ; glide smoothly to forward 
foot. Keep the trunk erect and square to front while bend- 
ing left knee and extending right foot. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Forward with Clasped 
Hands and Arms Stretching at Sides. 

Raise arms and interlock fingers in front of chest; turn 
palms front and push forward as far as possible, keeping head 
erect ; unclasp hands and carry horizontally to sides with strong 
stretching movement ; turn arms and float to chest ; repeat 
three times. 

Time: Arms! 2. Front! 4. Sides! 2. Chest! 4. 

The muscles of fingers, arms, and shoulders are strongly 
exercised, the chest is expanded, and the carriage of the head 
improved. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The beneficial effect of this exercise is weakened by any 
bending forward of head or chest. Push backward slightly 
with head while pushing forward with hands. Hold in mind 
the thought of controlled force. 



176 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

5. Chest; Expanding and Contracting; Lifting and 

Sinking. 

Stand on both feet. Place thick of hands on floating ribs 
with fingers pointing straight forward. Draw sides as near 
together as possible ; expand waist sending sides as far apart 
as possible. Repeat three times. Place tips of fingers on 
upper chest and lower it as much as possible ; lift it directly 
upward toward chin. Repeat three times. 

Time: Contract! 2-3-4. Expand! 2-3-4. Contract! 2- 
3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. Sink! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. Raise! 2-3-4, 1- 
2 3-4, etc. 

This is an excellent exercise for chest-expansion, and cor- 
rection of head carriage ; it strengthens the internal organs, 
especially the stomach, and improves digestion. 

LESSON-TALK. 

The hands do not assist except as a guide to the mind. 
Keep the fingers extended ; as the sides contract they will 
touch, then overlap. As the chest is lowered, the elbows 
will naturally rise ; as chest rises they will sink. Do not call 
attention to breathing unless the pupil holds his breath ; he - 
ought naturally to inhale as he expands, and exhale as he con- 
tracts. 

6. Trunk; Bending and Circling. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Place hands on hips, thumbs 
pointing forward, fingers together and pointing straight down- 
ward at sides. Bend upper part of chest toward front, letting 
head droop forward (see Fig. 8) ; circle trunk to right, back, 
left and front, bending along the line of the ninth rib ; re- 
peat, circling from left to right ; lift trunk to erect position, 
raising head last, and letting hands slide easily down to 
sides. 



GRADE VIII. 177 

Time: Trunk! 2. Down! 4. Eight! 2. Back! 4. 
Left 2. Front ! 4, etc. 

The abdominal and back muscles and the diaphragm are 
strongly used in this exercise, but its most important effect is 
that resulting from the alternate pressure and relaxation of the 
vital organs, which strengthens and stimulates them to more 
vigorous action. 

LESSON-TALK. 

It is not possible to bend over far if the exercise is correctly 
taken. Let there be no bending at the hips ; keep them firm 
and a little in front of their usual position. The trunk must 
be square to front and neck relaxed, so that head may follow 
movements of trunk. Keep in mind the thought of the im- 
movability of lower part of body and flexibility of trunk,, 

7. Neck- Bending Forward; Twisting to One Side; 
Bending Backward. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest ; twist to right 
until chin rests on right shoulder (see Fig. 37) ; tip back of head 
down on left shoulder until face is parallel with ceiling; raise 
head bringing chin down on right shoulder again, and turn 
front. Repeat to left. Repeat whole exercise. 

Time: Neck! 2. Right! 4. Back! 2. Raise! 4. 
Front! 2. 

This exercise gives fulness and roundness to muscles of 
neck, improves carriage of head, counteracting tendency \o 
throw out chin, and regulates supply of blood going to brain. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Do not twist shoulders while twisting neck. Keep chin 
close to neck while turning front. Insist on loose collars and 
explain how freedom of movement is necessary for develop- 
ment. 



178 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

8. Reaching; Upward, Outward at Right Side. 

Stand on right foot. Carry left foot out to side as far as 
possible, toe touching floor ; raise right arm at side until up- 
per arm touches head ; push outward with palm until arm is 
half way between head and shoulder lovel, fingers pointing 
directly upward; continue during four counts; carry arm 
easily down to side at same time bringing left foot to position. 
Repeat with other foot and arm (see Fig. 56). 

Time: Left foot ! 2. Arm ! 4. Push ! 2-3-4. Down ! 2. 
Glide left! 4. 

This exercise stretches muscles of arm, trunk and hip, stim- 
ulates circulation, incites the internal organs to more vigorous 
action, and develops reserve power. 

LESSON-TALK. 

In raising arm, let forearm lead ; reflex action will cause 
the head to incline slightly toward it ; push outward with palm 
and upward with finger-tips until the opposing foot is lifted 
from floor. Float arm easily down to side. Think of reach- 
ing upward till the whole body seems lifted, although the 
strong foot remains on floor. 

9. Respiratory; Arm Stretching Forward, Outward and 

Downward. 

Inhale while bringing hands together and raising to chest, 
palms down. ' Hold breath and extend arms straight forward, 
fingers together, forefingers touching; carry them strongly 
out to sides; carry down to position, pushing with forearms. 
Exhale and repeat. Sometimes exhale while pushing down- 
ward. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. 
Exhale! 2-3-4, etc. 

This exercise is to establish the habit of deep, slow breath- 
ing which is customary with all strong animals and men. It 



GRADE VIII. 179 

forces the air into the apices of the lungs, the parts which are 
first affected in pulmonary consumption, and is an excellent 
exercise for chest-expansion. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Breathe through the nostrils, with mouth closed. Keep 
head erect, and hold some thought of buoyancy, as if swim- 
ming through ocean of air and continually ascending. 

10. Arm Swinging; Twirling Hands Outward and In- 

ward. 

Stand firmly on both feet; twirl forearms around each 
other in front of chest, first with an outward, then with an in- 
ward movement. Let wrists and hands be passive. 

Time: Raise arms at command, Arms horizontal ! At 
Swing ! shake forearms rapidly and carry upward. The mu- 
sic should change to something quick and running like a galop, 
although the swinging is much faster than the counts. 

This exercise strengthens arms, gives flexibility to wrists, 
and relieves tension of finger muscles, but its chief value lies 
in the development of power of self-command, and the conse- 
quent dignity which it adds to a person's appearance. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Swing forearms as vigorously as possible without moving 
hand or chest. Hold in mind thoughts of strength, dignity, 
and control. 

11. Floating; at Sides, Touching Fingers on Shoul- 

ders; Upward at Half Front, Turning and 
Floating Downward. 

Stand on right foot. Float right arm up at side to shoul- 
der level ; turn palm up, float forearm upward and over, then 
bend at wrist and touch finger-tips to shoulder ; float fore- 
arm back to horizontal position ; repeat three times ; turn and 
float down to position. Repeat with left arm; both arms. 



180 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Stand on right foot. Float right arm with forearm leading, 
wrist and hand passive, up half way between front and side 
until above head level ; turn palm upward, fingers pointing 
upward, and outward at half side ; hold position three counts, 
letting head incline toward arm and looking upward in direc- 
tion indicated by hand (see Fig. 53) ; turn palm down and 
float arm to position. Repeat. Transfer weight easily to 
left foot and float left arm. Stand on both feet and float both 
arms, looking upward front while holding arms at high po- 
sition. 

Time: Float to slow waltz music without counting aloud. 

The practise of the floating exercises will remove tension of 
muscles by obtaining control of nerve- force, thus preventing 
useless expenditure, and avoiding needless fatigue. Beauty 
of expression of arms is acquired, and repose of manner culti- 
vated. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Stand in a buoyant, expectant attitude, and reflex action 
will cause a slight movement of head in opposition to that of 
arm. All the movements are continuous, and the forearm 
always leads while wrist and hand remain passive. Hold 
thought of continuity and ease of movement. 

LESSON II. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle' poising, rising and 

holding on strong foot. 

3. Leg ; knee bending and leg circling, or stretching. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands, 

and arms stretching at sides. . % 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting; lifting and sinking. 

6. Trunk; bending and circling. 






GRADE VIII. 181 

7. Neck ; tending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward and backward. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching forward, outward and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers on shoulders; tip- 

ward at half front, turning and floating downward. 

8. Reaching; Upward and Backward. 

Stand on right foot. Extend left leg as far as possible in 
the direction to which it points, and touch toe to floor. Raise 
right arm in front and carry it over backward till it forms a 
straight line with the extended leg ; turn palm upward and 
push up with it as strongly as possible (see Fig. 57). 
Float arm down to side, at same time bringing left foot to 
josition. Repeat with other foot and arm. 

Time: Left foot! 2. Arm! 4. Push! 2-3-4. Down! 2. 
Glide left! 4. 

The general effect of this exercise is the same as in the 
sideward reaching. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Raise the arm with forearm leading, hand relaxed. Reach 
upward and backward until opposing leg is lifted from floor in 
front. Keep body well poised on ball of foot and do not al- 
low trunk to incline backward while reaching. 

LESSON III. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at back. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle; poising, rising and 

holding on strong foot. 

3. Leg; knee bending and leg circling, or stretching. 



lte GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

4. Arm and Hand; pushing forward with clasped hands; 

arm stretching', fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest ; expanding and contracting; lifting and sinking. 

6. Trunk; bending and circling, with hands clasped behind 

head. 

7. Neck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching ; upward and backward. 

9. Respiratory; arms stretching forward, outward and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers on shoulders; up- 

ward at half front, turning and floating downward. 

4. Arm and Hand; Pushing Forward with Clasped 

Hands; Arm Stretching; Fist Closing and 

Arm Twisting. 

Raise arms and interlock fingers in front of chest ; turn 
palms front and push forward as far as possible, keeping head 
erect; unclasp hands and carry horizontally to sides with 
strong stretching movement ; close fist with thumbs outside 
fingers, twist arms from shoulder-joint as far as possible in 
one direction, then in opposite direction; unclose fists and 
float arms back to chest again. Interlock fingers and repeat 
exercise three times. 

Time: Arms! 2. Front! 2. Sides! 2, Twist! 4. 
Back! 2. Float! 4 

For effect and Lessun-Talk, see Lesson I. 

6. Trunk; Bending and Circling, with Hands Clasped 
Behind Head. 

Stand firmly on both feet. Turn palms forward, raise 
arms, and clasp hands behind head, interlocking fingers. 






GRADE VIII. 183 

Bend upper part of chest toward front, and circle trunk as in 
Lesson I. Keep the elbows in a straight line. 

The raised arms increase the difficulty of the movement, 
giving stronger work to the muscles. 

For effect and Lesson-Talk, see Lesson I. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle', poising, rising 

and holding on strong foot. 

3. Leg; foot circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands; 

arm stretching; fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting; lifting and sink- 

ing. 

6. Trunk ; bending- and circling, with hands clasped behind 

head. 

7. Keck ; bending forward, twisting to one side, bending 

backward. 

8. Peaching; upward and backward. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching forward, outward and 

downward. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers to shoulders with op- 

posite movements. 

3. Leg; Foot Circling. 

Place hands on hips, thumbs forward, lingers together and 
pointing straight downward at sides. Advance right foot and 
lift slightly from floor ; move foot around in ankle joint in as 
large a circle as possible, circling toward right. Repeat three 
times. Circle left foot. 



184 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Time: Eight foot ! 2. Circle ! 4, etc. 
This exercise strengthens muscles that move foot, and gives 
freedom at ankle joint. 

LESSON-TALK, 

Stand firmly poised on strong foot, and allow no movement 
of head or trunk. Think of stability and freedom of move- 
ment. 

n. Floating; at Sides, Touching Fingers to Shoulders 
with Opposite Movements. 

Float both arms up at sides, touching fingers to shoulders as 
in Lesson I. Hold right arm up until left arm floats down to 
horizontal, then move both with opposite movements. At 
end of exercise hold left arm horizontal until right arm reaches 
same plane, then float both arms down to sides. 

For time, effect, and Lesson-Talk, see Lesson I. 

LESSON V. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at back. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle, with rising on toes 

and lowering heel. 

3. Leg; foot circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands; 

arm stretching; fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting; lifting and sinking . 

6. Trunk; bending and circling, with hands clasped behind 

head. 

7. Neck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward and backward. 



GRADE VIII. 185 

9. Respiratory; arms stretching upward front; hands 
clasping behind head; arms stretching downward at 
sides. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers to shoulders with 

opposite movements. 

2. Poising; Swinging Free Leg in Circle, with Rising 
on Toes and Lowering Heel. 

Rising on toes of left foot while swinging right leg around 
left leg in first part of circle described in Lesson I. Lower 
heels while completing circle. Repeat three times. Stand 
on right foot and repeat on left foot. 

Time: Rise! (or Swing!) 2. Down! 4. 

The effect of this exercise is described in Lesson I. 

9. Respiratory; Arms Stretching Upward Front; 

Hands Clasping Behind Head, Arms Stretching 

Downward at Sides. 

Stand on both feet. Bring hands together and raise extended 
arms in front, keeping forefingers side by side until straight 
above head (see Fig. 39) ; clasp hands behind head, interlock- 
ing fingers'; unclasp hands, turning palms toward sides, and 
carry arms outward at sides and downward to position, push- 
ing strongly with forearms. Inhale during upward stretch- 
ing; hold breath with hands clasped behind head; exhale 
during remainder of exercise. Repeat. 

Time: Inhale! 2-3-4. Hold! 2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. Exhale! 
2-3-4, etc. 

The effect of this exercise is described in Lesson I. 

LESSON-TALK. 

Hold head erect and breathe through nostrils. Stretch arms 
strongly as possible. Hold thoughts of strength and expansion. 



186 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Position Exercise; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle with rising on toes 

and lowering heel. 

3. Leg ; foot circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands', 

arm stretching', fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting; lifting and sinking . 

6. Trunk ; tending and circling, with hands clasped be- 

hind head. 

7. Keck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward and forward. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front; hands clasp- 

ing behind head; arms stretching downward at sides. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling hands outward and inward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers to shoulders with 

opposite movements. 

8. Reaching; Upward and Forward. 

Stand on left foot. Put right foot forward as in a long 
step and transfer weight to it, leaving left foot behind 
with toe on floor. Raise right arm, forearm leading, half 
way between front and side until it forms an angle of forty- 
five degrees with head ; raise hand and reach as far as possible, 
pushing forward with palm (see Fig. 58) ; float arm down to 
side; transfer weight back to left foot; to right foot and re- 
peat exercise with left foot and arm. 

Time: Right foot and forward! 2. Arm! 4. Reach! 
2-3-4. Down and glide left ! 2. Glide right! 4, etc. 

For effect and Lesson- Talk, see Lesson I. 



GRADE VIII. 187 

LESSON VII. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at back. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle while 'standing on 

toes. 

3. Leg; foot circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands; 

arm stretching; fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting; lifting and sinking. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling, with hands clasped behind 

head. 

7. Neck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward. 

8. Reaching; upward and forward. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front; hands 

clasping behind head; arms stretching downward at 
sides. 

io. Arm Swinging; twirling outward and carrying up- 
ward and downward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers to shoulders with 
opposite movements. 

2. Poising; Swinging Free Leg in Circle while Stand- 
ing on Toes. 

Rise on toes of left foot ; hold while swinging right leg 
around in circle as described in Lesson I. 

io. Arm Swinging; Twirling Outward and Carrying 
Upward and Downward. 

Twirl forearms around each other with outward movement 
as in Lesson I, and at same time raise arms till they are di- 
rectly over head ; continue twirling while lowering arms ; re- 
turn to position. 



188 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle ivhile standing on 

toes. 

3. Leg ; foot circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands; 

arm stretching; fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting ; lifting and sinking. 

6. Trunk; bending and circling, with hands clasped be- 

hind head. 

7. Neck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward; twisting. 

8. Reaching ; upward and forward. 

9. Respiratory ; arms stretching upward front; hands clasp- 

ing behind head; arms stretching downward at sides. 

10. Arm Swinging ; twirling outward and carrying up- 

ward and downward. 

11. Floating; at sides, touching fingers to shoulders with 

opposite movements. 

7. Neck; Bending Forward; Twisting to One Side; 
Bending Backward; Twisting. 

Bend neck forward till chin touches chest ; twist to right 
until chin rests on right shoulder ; tip back of head down on 
left shoulder till face is parallel with ceiling ; without lifting 
head from shoulder twist neck toward back ; raise head, 
bringing chin down on right shoulder and turn front. Re- 
peat to left. Repeat whole exercise. 

Time: Neck! 2. Right! 4. Back! 2. Twist! 4. Up! 2. 
Front! 4, etc. 

The effect is the same as described in Lesson I. The last 



GRADE VIII. 189 

twisting movement, which is necessarily slight, affects muscles 
in back of neck which are seldom used, freeing circulation 
and relieving brain. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising; swinging free leg in circle while standing on 

toes. 

3. Leg; foot circling. 

4. Ann and Hand; pushing forward with clasped hands ; 

arm stretching' fist closing and arm twisting 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting ; lifting and sinking. 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling, with hands clasped be- 

hind head. 

7. Neck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward/ twisting. 

8. Reaching ; upward and forward. 

9. Respiratory; arms stretching upvjard front; hands clasp- 

ing behind head; arms stretching downward at sides. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling outward and carrying up- 

ward and downward. 

11. Floating; up to head at half side. 

ii. Floating; Up to Head at Half Side. 

Stand on right foot. Turn palm of right hand front and 
float arm up to head until lower part touches right of fore- 
head (see Fig. 59) ; turning palm down, float arm downward 
to side. Repeat. Transfer weight easily to left foot and re- 
peat with left arm. Stand on both feet and float both arms. 

Effect and Lesson-Talk are described in Lesson I. 



190 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON X. 

1. Position Exercise ; arms stretching and pushing down- 

ward at hack. 

2. Poising ; swinging free leg in circle while standing on 

toes. 

3. Leg; foot circling. 

4. Arm and Hand ; pushing forward with clasped hands; 

arm stretching; fist closing and arm twisting. 

5. Chest; expanding and contracting ; lifting and sinking . 

6. Trunk ; bending and circling with hands clasped behind 

head. 

7. Neck ; bending forward; twisting to one side; bending 

backward; twisting. 

8. Reaching ; upward and forward. 

9. Respirator}' ; arms stretching upward front; hands clasp- 

ing behind head; arms stretching downward at sides. 

10. Arm Swinging; twirling inward and carrying up- 

ward and downward. 

11. Floating; up to head at half side. 

io. Arm Swinging; Twirling Inward and Carrying 
Upward and Downward. 

Twirl arms as in Lesson YII. with inward instead of out- 
ward movement. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 

Note to Teachers. 

Do not expect the children to start or step together at first. 
Small children may be taught to do so, but it is difficult for 
them, and, as marching ought to be a recreation, it is better 
not to require it. For this reason military commands, re- 
quiring strict obedience, are not used until the third year is 
reached. 

The children rise and stand at the right of their chairs at 
the commands, Prepare to stand ! Stand ! The common ser- 
pentine marching is best adapted to most schoolrooms. Al- 
ternate files, the second, fourth, sixth, etc., face the back of 
the room. At the words, Ready ! Begin ! all start. The 
first file marches across the front of the room, and down the 
aisle of the last file, which is by that time vacant. 

Continue marching through the aisles until each child ar- 
rives at the starting-point. The children must stand in an 
even number of files, or first march down the left outside 
aisle. Or all may face front ; the first file marches across the 
front of the room, the second file waits and falls in behind 
the last child in first file, the third file behind second file, etc. 
They may march around the room several times ; but, to end 
the march, they must march along the back of the room and 
enter the aisles from the rear, the first file marching down 
its own aisle, the first child of the second file down the sec- 
ond aisle, etc. 

Be sure that the children have the erect position when they 
start, and if they begin to stoop call their attention to the fact, 

191 



192 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Let the arms be carried easily, at the sides, not stiffly straight, 
but swinging slightly with the movement of the body. 

If there is no piano in the room, the teacher may count, 
Left ! Right ! or tap with a pencil or sing. There may be a 
boy in the class who is expert with the clappers. At any les- 
son the teacher may give any of the marching movements 
learned in the preceding lesson. 

Once in a while let the children play "Alice Says Do This" 
(see Games). The leader must not hurry too quickly from 
one movement to another. Frequently march down the wide 
aisles by twos, clasping hands, and fall into single files in the 
narrow aisles. Remember to open windows and freshen the 
air of the room during the marching period. 



GRADE I. 

FIRST YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

LESSON I. 

1. Marching; arms at sides. 

2. Marching ; hands on hips. 

3. Running. 

1. Serpentine marching as described in note. 

2. Place hands on hips and march; change position of 
arms at calls, Arms at sides ! Hands on hips ! 

3. Run with arms hanging at sides; run with arms bent at 
elbows, forearms in horizontal line ; run with hands on hips ; 
run on toes. 

LESSON II. 

1. Marching; hands clasped over head. 

2. Running ; with arms waving. 

3. Marching and Jumping from Platform. 

1. March, and at the call, Hands clasped over head! turn 
arms outward at sides and carrying them upward, interlock 
fingers above head. 

2. Run, and at the call, Flying! wave arms up and down 
above shoulder level until the call, Arms at sides ! 

3. One file marches up to platform ; then each child jumps 
from it to the floor, landing on toes, with knees bent. After 
a little practise, when all understand the manner of landing, 
the jumping may be added to the regular serpentine march- 
ing, the first file marching across the platform, jumping off 
and continuing the march, the others following. 

193 



194 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Class jumping to counts is not taught in the first two grades ; 
but all children like to jump, and can not be taught too early 
that they must land on the toes, with knees bent. 

LESSON III. 

1. Marching; hands clasped behind head. 

2. Skipping. 

3. Marching and "Jumping over Candle.'' 

1. March, and at the call, Hands behind head! turn arms 
outward at sides, and carrying them upward, interlock fingers 
behind head. Head must be pushed back against hands and 
not allowed to droop forward. 

2. A little forward hop is made on one foot, other foot 
follows it ; the same foot leads all the time, and the toe of the 
other comes up only to its heel. Do not be particular at first 
which foot leads the movement. 

3. Head boy of first file takes his place in front of the can- 
dle, while the other children march, repeating the lines : 

"Jack, be nimble; Jack, be quick; 
Jack, jump over the candlestick." 

At the last word all halt, and the boy jumps over the can- 
dle. If a successful jump is made, all repeat : 

"Jack jumped higb and Jack jumped strong, 
The candle stood and burned there long. " 
If unsuccessful they say : 

"Jack hit the candle and put it out, 
Jack in the dark was left to pout." 

Meanwhile, the jumper takes his place at foot of line, and 
next head child goes to the candle. Children march as be- 
fore, repeating the first couplet. If the jumper is a girl the 
word "Jill" may be substituted for "Jack." All the chil- 
dren may be allowed to jump, standing in their places, when 
Jack jumps over the candle. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 195 

LESSON IV. 

1. Marching; on tiptoe. 

2. Hopping ; on both feet. 

1. March, and at the call, Tiptoe! raise the heels and con- 
tinue walking on toes until the call, Heels down ! Only a 
short distance must be tried at first. 

2. Hopping on both feet must also be tried only a few 
steps at a time. Alternate four hops with four or eight steps 
in marching, or change step at command of teacher. Or, let 
all the files hop forward a few steps ; then turn and march to 
place. Repeat. 

LESSON V. 

1. Marching; with hand clapping. 

2. Marching and Jumping. 

1. Clap once for each left step, raising arms till forearms 
are horizontal in front of body. Yary the clapping by doing 
it in a "rub-a-dub" time. 

2. Mark "the brook" on the floor with chalk and jump 
over it (see Games). 

LESSON VI. 

1. Marching; fingers touching over head. 

2. Marching ; sideways. 

1. March, and at the call, Touch fingers overhead! turn 
arms at side, and, carrying them upward, touch the finger- 
tips together, palms downward, arms forming a graceful 
curve. 

2. The children, standing in files, turn to one side, turning 
on toes and not on heels ; then move sideways with ordinary 
walking step, crossing one foot over in front of the other. 



196 GRALED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VII. 

Marching ; with direction drill, turning, pointing, bowing 
or courtesying. 

The direction drill is used during the first two years as a 
preparation for the facing tactics that come later. Begin by 
asking which is the busy hand, — the hand that holds the pen- 
cil, cuts food, butters bread. 

"The right hand loves to work; 
The left would rather shirk ;" 
Or: 

"Every child has servants ten, 
Short or plump or taper; 
Strong men five hold every pen, 
Lazy men the paper ;" 

This will help the children to remember which is the right 
and which the left. 

Have them turn faces in another direction and ask them 
which is the right hand and which the left hand. Then ex- 
plain that the direction right is toward the right hand, which- 
ever way they may be facing. Ask them to 'point to right 
and to left ; to turn and bow to right, or to courtesy. Once 
in a while when they are facing to one side or to the back of 
the room, ask them directions, that they may not get the idea 
that their right is always toward the same side of the room. 
Front and back are more easily learned. The following lines 
are useful in enabling children to remember hands and direc- 
tions : 

"North or south, or east or west, 
Where'er the compass ranges, 
Whichever way I turn or go, 
My right side never changes. 

On my right side is my right hand, 
The hand that does my work; 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 197 

Upon my left is my left hand, 
The hand that likes to shirk. 

So when I wish to turn to right, 

I look at my right hand, 
And then I know which way to turn. 

No matter where I stand. " 

"While the children are marching about the room, have 
them halt and take the drill. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Marching and Jumping Ovek Box. 

2. Marching and Yaulting. 

1. Place on the floor a box or something a little more diffi- 
cult to jump over than the candle. Let the children march 
to it and jump over in turn. 

2. Place a chair in the open space on the floor, and when 
the line reaches it in marching, each child, in turn, puts his 
hands on the seat, and gives a swinging leap forward, landing 
beyond the chair. If the chair slides with the movement, let 
someone stand behind to steady it. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Marching; with fingers on shoulders. 

2. Hop and Skip. 

3. Marching and Vaulting ; with one hand. 

1. March with tips of fingers resting lightly on shoulders, 
elbows pointing directly to sides, not hanging toward the 
front. 

2. Hop and skip, first on one foot then on the other, with 
arms at sides. 

3. Vault, placing only one hand on the chair instead of 
both. 



198 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON X. • 

1. Marching, Jumping and Reaching. 

2. Marching ; Vaulting Twice. 

1. Draw a line high on the blackboard ; let each child, as 
he marches past, jump up and try to reach it with his right hand. 
March in the other direction, reaching with the left hand. 
A nail or a hook may be reached for instead of the line, 
or each child may take a piece of chalk and try to see 
who can make the highest mark. 

2. Place two chairs on the floor, a short distance apart, 
and, after vaulting one, take the second without stopping. 



GRADE II. 
SECOND YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

See Note to Teachers, page 191. 

LESSON I. 

1. Marching; with arms folded behind back. 

2. Marching ; on heels. 

3. Running; raising foot behind. 

1. At call, Fold arms behind back! children carry arms 
around behind back. Care must be taken that in doing it the 
head is not pushed forward. The position is too difficult to 
hold very long at first trial. 

2. Marching on heels is also difficult of execution, and 
must not be practised for more than a dozen steps at a time. 
Body must be kept erect, and not allowed to sway. 

3. Run, raising foot high behind and straightening toes. 

LESSON II. 

1. Marching; arms folded on chest. 

2. Running and Jumping. 

1. In marching with arms folded on chest, head must be 
held erect and chest high. 

2. Set some object on the floor and let the children run 
down the aisle and jump over it, in turn. Be careful that 
each jumper lands on toes with knees bent. Or, draw two 
lines on the floor and practise jumping over the "brook" (see 
Games). 

199 



200 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON III. 

1. Marching-; with right hand on hip, left on shoulder. 

2. Hop and Skip ; with hands on hips. 

1, March with right hand on right hip, fingers pointing 
forward and thumb backward ; fingers of left hand resting 
lightly on left shoulder, both elbows pointing directly to the 
sides. 

2. Hop and skip with one foot, then the other foot, both 
hands on hips and head held well up and back. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Marching ; with bean-hags on head. 

2. Running, and Vaulting ; with both hands. Bunning, 

and Vaulting ; with one hand. 

1. Correct position of body and head must be taken before 
bag is placed on the head ; then it must not be allowed to fall 
on the floor. At the first lesson let all march once around 
the room holding bag on head with right hand ; the next time 
around see how many can keep it on head without touching 
it with hand. Older children hold bags in right hand and at 
a signal place them on head ; then, after marching, remove 
them at signal with one hand ; this need not be insisted on at 
first. If bean-bags are not obtainable, books may be used, 
but they are somewhat objectionable from the fact that they 
do not yield themselves to the shape of the head, and with 
some children necessitate a strained and unnatural position. 

2. Place a chair in an open space on the floor. The chil- 
dren run along, and when they reach the chair place both 
hands on its seat, and taking a swinging leap, land beyond the 
chair. After that can be done easily, vault, using only one 
hand, the one on the side nearest the chair. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 201 

LESSON V. 

1. Marching; with hands clasped over head, palms upward. 

2. Hopping; on one foot. 

1. At call, Hands over head, palms upward! raise 
arms over head, interlocking fingers with palms downward, 
and immediately turn them so that palms are upward. 

2. Hop on ball of one foot, for about a dozen steps. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Marching; clapping hands above head. 

2. Running, Jumping, and Reaching. 

1. Mark time by hand clapping with hands above head in- 
stead of in front of body. Head must not be allowed to in- 
cline forward during clapping. 

2. Mark a line high up on blackboard, and as children 
run, let them jump up and try to reach it. Or let them hold 
crayon in hand and jump to see who can make the highest 
mark. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Marching; with grain-sowing. 

2. Running and Vaulting ; twice. 

1. Raise and curve left arm, as if holding around measure 
or basket against chest ; make motion of putting right hand 
into measure while stepping forward on left foot ; swing arms 
to right as if scattering grain while stepping forward on right 
foot. 

2. Place two chairs on floor a short distance apart, and run 
and vault over one, and then over the other. After practis- 
ing with both hands, try with one. 



202 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Marching; crossing feet. 

2. Skipping- side wise ; hands on hips. 

1. March, crossing one foot over the other while walking, 
being careful to keep toes pointing outward. Do not swing 
shoulders. 

2. Skipping sideways is a succession of short, sideward 
leaps on one foot, the other foot following, so that the same 
foot is always kept in advance. Keep hands on hips. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Marching; with Jcnee bending. 

2. Hopping on one foot ; holding other in hand. 

1. At each step bend free knee until thigh is nearly hori- 
zontal. 

2. Hop forward on one foot, grasping toe of other foot in 
hand. Six steps are sufficient at the beginning. 

LESSON X. 

1. Marching; with mowing movement. 

2. Running, Jumping, and Vaulting. 

1 . Swing arms from right to left, twisting trunk as de- 
scribed in Lesson X., page 58, at same time advancing a 
short step on right foot. While swinging arms back to right 
side, advance on left foot. Movements of arms and legs 
must be steady and simultaneous, and the advance not more 
than six inches at each step. 

2. Place a small object a little distance from chairs in open 
space. Run, jump over object, then vault over chairs. 



GRADE IIL 
THIRD YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

Note to Teachers. 

The fundamental position of feet in marching exercises is 
heels together and toes turned outward, making a right angle 
between feet. 

All marching movements of the preceding two years may 
be given in this grade (see description of marching in Note, 
page 191); but more precision of movement is required. The 
children are expected to start together, keep in step, and 
obey all commands. If they are allowed to stamp with left 
foot in the effort to get time and step, they acquire a habit 
difficult to overcome, which encourages one-sided develop- 
ment. It may be necessary for the teacher to count often.. 
Left!— right!— left! 

If there is no music to accompany the marching, a good 
substitute may be found in a bell struck in "rub-a-dub'' time. 
Children may sometimes keep time by hand-clapping. Erect 
position must be maintained, and pupils should frequently be 
allowed to march with bean -bags on head, since the cultiva- 
tion of an erect carriage and steady movement is thereby as- 
sisted. 

The commands consist of two parts : (1) the preparatory, 
describing the kind of movement and part of body executing 
it ; and (2) the executory, which must be given in a clear, 
authoritative tone. A slight pause precedes the executory com. 
mand. This is important in teaching the child inhibitory 

203 



204 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

control, since no movement must be made till the executory- 
command is given. 

Movements following the executory command are to be 
made quickly, but all jerky and irregular movements are to 
be avoided. On resuming natural arm position from For- 
ward — dress ! for instance, the arms must not drop to sides, 
but be carried down with a swift, steady motion. 

The preparatory movements in jumping — placing hands on 
hips, raising heels and bending knees — must be done accurate- 
ly in strict obedience to command. 

The monitor should open the windows at the beginning of 
the lesson. 

LESSON I. 

1. Attention! In place — rest! Attention! 

2. Feet — close! Feet — Open! Close! Open! 

3. Forward — dress! 

4. Forward — march! 

5. Simple follow-step — left! 

6. March — -four — supplication — -four! 

1. Attention ! Stand erect with feet in fundamental 
marching position. In place — rest ! Stand at ease, keeping 
one foot in place, allowing the other to take any relaxed posi- 
tion. 

2. Feet — close! Raise toes, bring sides of feet together 
until they touch. Lower to floor. Feet — open ! Resume 
fundamental position (see Figs. 60, 61). 

3. Forward — dress! Raise fully extended arms straight 
in front to shoulder level. Palms should be inward, thumbs 
pointing upward, and tips of fingers nearly touching shoulders 
of child in front. Eyes are directed front. At command, 
Position ! arms are dropped to sides. 





Fig. 57 



Fig. 58 





Fig. 59 



Fig, 60 





Fig. 61 



Fig- 62 





Fig. 63 



Fig. 64 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 205 

4. At preparatory part of command, weight of body is on 
right foot, and left foot is ready to start out on command, 
March ! After marching about room, each child stops at 
place from which he started. In this plain marching require 
the children to turn square corners ; girls often seem to find 
this more difficult to do than boys. 

5. Left foot starts out, and the right foot, instead of pass- 
ing forward, is brought up alongside, so that the feet are in 
fundamental position. Left foot continues to do all the 
advancing. 

6. Starting with left foot, march four steps, then stand for 
four counts, holding arms upward in front as in supplication ; 
i. e. , arms slightly curved at elbows and wrists, palms ex- 
tended upward; head thrown slightly backward and eyes 
directed upward (see Fig. 62). Turn palms downward, 
lower arms with swift, floating movement and starting with 
left foot, again march forward. All arm movements must be 
easy and graceful, and attitude of whole body in unity with 
position of arms. 

LESSON II. 

1. Mark time — march! Class — halt! 

2. Forward— march! Halt! 

3. Simple follow-step ; right ! 

4. March, four — salutation— four ! 

1. Left foot is lifted as if to take a step forward, but in- 
stead is brought back to original position beside right foot; 
right foot is lifted and replaced in same manner. Continue 
these movements until command, Halt ! is given. The step 
should be somewhat shorter than in progressive marching. 
Be sure that weight is kept on balls of feet. Body should 
not sway from side to side. Command, Halt! may be given 



206 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

wjien either foot touches floor ; the other foot is once more 
lifted and replaced after this, as the child will be unable to 
stop instantly. 

2. To march forward from marking time, give executive 
command as left foot is replaced, right foot is raised and re- 
placed once more, giving time for thought and preparation, 
and left foot starts out on forward marching. While march- 
ing forward, give command, Halt ! as either foot touches 
floor, then as time is required to overcome the momentum 
acquired in walking, the other foot advances another step and 
first foot stops movement by coming to position beside it. 

3. This is like the Follow- Step of Lesson I., except that 
the right foot starts, and continues to do all the advancing. 

4. Commencing with left foot, march four steps, then 
stand for four counts, holding arms out front as in salutation ; 
i. e., weight of body on backward foot, trunk bending 
slightly forward, arms extended at middle front line, midway 
between front and sides (see Fig. 63), palms open. Lower 
arms and carry weight to forward foot on fourth count, ready 
to start with left foot on next count. 

LESSON III. 

1. Hips— firm! Position! 

2. Right Foot, sidewise— place ! Position ! 
Left Foot, sideioise— place ! Position ! 

3. Heels ; raise ! sink ! 

4. Skip, left foot! 

5. March, four — defiance— four . 

1. Place hands on hips, thumb behind, fingers together, 
and wrist straight, so that there is one line from elbow to 
finger-tips. Remove hands from hips and carry down to 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 207 

position. Both placing and removing must be without jerks. 

2. Place right foot one foot's distance straight to right 
side. Return it to position. Same with left foot. 

3. Stand in fundamental marching position, and, keeping 
heels together, slowly raise them from floor. Lower with 
steady movement. 

4. Starting with left foot, make a short leap forward and 
draw toes of right foot up to heel of left foot ; keep left foot 
always in advance. 

5. March four steps, commencing with left foot. On next 
count transfer weight to backward foot ; fold both arms on 
chest and tip head slightly backward, in attitude of defiance 
(see Fig. 64). On fourth count lower arms and carrv 
weight forward on right foot, ready to start forward with 
left foot. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Right foot; sidewise— place ! Heels — raise! Pivot — 

right ! Front ! Left ! Front ! Heels — sink ! 

2. Skip — right foot ! 

3. March.— four— dejection— four ! 

1. Place right foot one foot's distance straight to right side, 
and stand with the weight on both feet. Rise steadily on 
balls and without lowering heels turn to right, at same time 
transferring all weight to right foot. When facing right the 
left foot is directly behind right foot. Still, without lower- 
ing heels, describe a half circle to left, at same time trans- 
ferring weight to left foot. Pivot to front, weight on both 
feet ; let heels sink slowly to floor. 

This pivoting is the natural method of turning when one 
stands correctly with weight on balls of feet. Hence it 



208 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

should be taught and practised before military pivoting on 
heel, which is the precise movement of a body of men. 

2. The movement of Lesson III., but with right foot lead- 
ing instead of left foot. 

3. March four steps, starting with left. During next four 

counts stand in attitude of dejection, hands clasped at low 

front, head and shoulders drooping forward (see Fig. 65). 

Carry arms to position, and step forward with left foot on 

next count. 

LESSON V. 

1. Hips— -firm ! Heels — raise! Sink! Position I 

2. Knees — bend ! Knees — stretch ! 

3. Hop— Left foot! 

4. March— -four — each arm position— four ! 

1. Place hands on hips as in Lesson III., then slowly raise 
heels from floor, keeping them together. Lower again. Re- 
move hands from hips, and carry arms to position. 

2. Standing in fundamental position, bend knees to right 
angle, keeping trunk erect. Extend bent knees and stand 
upright. 

3. Slightly bend right knee, lifting right foot from floor, 
and hop forward on ball of left foot. Keep body erect and 
do not take more than a dozen steps. 

4c. March four steps, starting with left foot ; stop and hold 
position of supplication for four counts ; march four counts ; 
hold salutation ; march four counts ; hold defiance ; march 
four counts; hold dejection. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Forward; run! Halt! 

2. Hop; right foot! 

3. March ; four — rising on toes— four ! 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 209 

1. Stand with weight on right foot, ready to start on left 
foot as soon as executive word is given. Let arms be bent at 
elbows, which touch sides of body, forearms in horizontal 
line, hands closed; hold head erect and chest high. Bend 
knees more than in walking, and run lightly on balls of feet. 
On account of limited space short steps must be taken. 

2. Same as in Lesson V., with hopping on right foot in- 
stead of left foot. 

3. March four steps, left, right; left, right; bring left foot 
beside right foot, heels together, and rise on toes in two 
counts ; lower heels in two counts. 

LESSON VII. 

1. On Toes — march! 

2. On Heels — march/ 

3 . Skip — left foot four — right foot four. 

1. Rise on toes and march steadily without swaying body. 

2. A more difficult movement, which should not be tried 
more than twelve steps at a time. The command, March ! 
will indicate change to plain step. 

3. Starting with left foot, skip forward four steps; on 
fourth, instead of bringing right toe up to left heel, carry it 
forward and let it lead during next four counts. Continue 
alternating left and right foot. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Hivs—frm! Heels — raise! Knees — bend! Knees— ^ 

stretch ! Heels — sink ! Position ! 

2 . Hop — left four — righ t four ! 

1. Place hands on hips and raise heels, as in Lesson V. 
Without lowering heels, and still keeping them together, 



210 GRADED PHYSICAD EXERCISES. 

bend knees to a right angle, keeping trunk erect. Straighten 
knees ; lower heels steadily ; return arms to sides. 

2. Hop forward four times on left foot ; then four times 
on right foot. 

LESSON IX. 

1. In Place — run! Halt! 

2. March Four — hend knees four ! 

1. Left foot is lifted and knee bent as in forward running, 
but left foot is replaced beside right foot instead of advan- 
cing ; the right foot is lifted and replaced in same way. The 
command, Halt! may be given when either foot touches 
floor. The other foot is again lifted and replaced and the 
movement stopped. 

2. March four steps, left, right, left, right ; bring left foot 
beside the right foot, heels nearly together, and bend knees 
in two counts ; straighten in two counts. 

LESSON X. 

1. Feet — sidewise— place ! One, two ! Together— place ! 

One, two ! 

2. Hips— -firm ! Feet — sidewise— place ! Together — -place ! 

Position ! 

3. Hop and Skip— left and right ! 

1. Place left foot straight out at side one foot's distance on 
first command, One! On second, Two! place right foot out 
to right side the same distance. The weight is then evenly 
balanced on both feet. Replace left foot, then right foot. 

2. Place hands on hips ; then place feet sidewise. 

3. Starting with left foot, leap forward, bringing right 
foot up behind and transferring weight to it, then hop for- 
ward to left foot again. Repeat, starting with right foot. 



GRADE IV. 

FOURTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

See Note to Teachers, page 203. 

LESSON I. 

1. Forward — march! Marie time — march! 

2. In Place — jump ! 

3. March — touchstep — left! {right!) 

1 . In giving command to mark time during forward march, 
the executive is given as left foot touches ground. Right 
foot advances one step, when left foot commences to mark 
time. 

2. Jump in six counts. On one raise heels; two bend 
knees; three jump straight upward by quickly stretching 
knees and ankles, keeping trunk and head erect ; four touch 
floor again with toes and balls of feet, knees bent and heels 
raised ; Jive stretch knees ; six lower heels. 

3. Starting with left foot, advance two steps; on third 
count stretch left leg diagonally outward and touch toe to floor 
(see Fig. 66); on fourth count replace beside right foot. Start 
again with left foot. The same march may be executed start- 
ing with right foot and touching right toe. 

LESSON II. 

1. Left— -face ! 

2. March — hack touchstep — left! {right!) 

211 



212 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

1. In response to word, Left! raise right heel and left toe; 
at word, Face I press ball of right foot lightly on floor and 
make a quarter turn on left heel ; right foot slightly lifted 
from floor, heels together, keeping the angle ninety degrees. 

This method of facing is preferred, because it allows the 
turn to be made in one count. It takes four turns to com- 
plete a circle ; Left face ! is one quarter turn. Command 
pupils to face after they have been marching and have 
changed their places in room, that they may know that left 
mea".s to their left side, not to a certain side of room. If 
necessary, make them first point to left side as in direction 
drill. 

2. Starting with left foot advance two steps ; on third count 
stretch left leg diagonally backward and touch toe to floor 
(see Fig. 67) ; on fourth count replace beside right. Start 
again with left foot. Same starting with right foot and 
touching right toe. 

LESSON III. 

1. Right — -face! 

2. March — crosstouch — left ! {right /) 

3. March — hack crosstouch — left {right /) 

1. In response to word, Right! raise slightly right heel and 
left toe; and at word, Face! make a quarter turn to right, 
turning on left heel assisted by a slight pressure on ball of 
right foot; keep heels together, with toes pointing outward. 

2. Starting with left foot advance two steps; on third 
count cross left foot over front of right foot- and touch toe to 
floor (see Fig. 68) ; on fourth count replace left foot beside 
right foot. Start again with left foot. Same starting with 
right foot and touching right toe. 

3. Start with left foot, and touch toe of left foot to floor 





Fig. 65 



Fig. 66 





Fig. 67 



Fig. 68 



MARCHINQ AND TACTICS. 213 

behind right foot on third count. Same with right foot. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Left about face! Right A.~sown—face! 

2. March — double crosstouch — left! [right!) 

3. Follow- Step— four — rising on toes— four — left! {right!) 

1. Turn on left heel as in Lesson II. , but make a turn of 
180 degrees — one half circle. Turn on left heel when facing 
to right also. 

2. Starting with left foot advance two steps; on third 
count crosstouch left fcot front of right foot; on fourth 
count crosstouch behind right foot. Start again with left 
foot on next count. Same starting with right foot and cross 
touching right toe. 

3. Follow-step with left foot leading during four counts ; 
rise on toes during two counts and lower heels during two 
counts. Same starting with right foot. 

LESSON V. 

1. Follow-step — four — bending knees — -four — left! (right!) 

2. Follow-step — four—supplication— four — left! {right!) 

3. Follow-step— four — salutation— four — left! (right!) 

4. Follow-step— four — defiance— four — left! (right!) 

5. Follow-step— four— dejection— four — left! (right!) 

1. Follow-step with left foot leading during four counts; 
then bend knees during two counts and straighten them 
during two counts. Same with right foot leading. 

2. Follow-step with left foot leading during four counts; 
then stand for four counts, holding arms upward as in sup- 
plication. Arms are slightly curved at elbows and wrists, 
palms upward, head thrown slightly backward, eyes directed 
upward (see Fig. 62). Turn palms downward, lower 



214 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

arms with a swift floating movement, and starting with left 
foot again march forward with follow-step. Same starting 
with right foot. 

3. Follow-step with left foot; then stand in attitude of 
salutation with arms extended at midline, half way between 
front and sides, palms up, trunk bending slightly forward 
(see Fig. 63). 

4. Follow-step with left foot ; then stand with weight on 
right foot, arms folded on chest, and head tipped slightly 
backward in attitude of defiance (see Fig. 64). 

5. Follow-step with left foot; then stand in attitude of 
dejection with hands clasped at low front, head and shoulders 
drooping forward (see Fig. 65). 

LESSON VI. 

1. In Place — hop — left! {right!) 

2. In Place — hop — left and right— four! 

3. Follow-step — with touch— left! {right!) 

1. Hop on ball of left foot, with right knee slightly bent. 
At command, Halt! one more hop is given and right foot 
replaced beside left foot. Same on right foot. 

2. Hop on left and right foot alternately four times on 
each. 

3. Follow-step, left foot leading, four counts; touch left 
toe forward in two counts (see Fig. QQ); bring to position in 
two counts. Same with right foot leading and touching. 

LESSON VII. 

1. "With Hitting Heels in Aik — -jump! 

2. Follow-step — with back touch — left! {right!) 

3. Follow-step — with double touch — left! {right!) 

1. Jump as in Lesson L, and hit heels together in air 
before touching toes to floor. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 215 

2. Follow-step with left foot leading four counts ; extend 
left leg backward and touch toe, two counts (see Fig. 67) ; 
replace beside right foot, two counts. Same with right foot. 

3. Follow-step with left foot leading four counts; touch 
left toe forward, two counts; backward, two counts. Same 
with right foot. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Feet — sideways — place! Together — -place — with a jump/ 

2. Follow-step — with crosstouch — left! {right!) 

3. Follow step— with hack crosstouch-— left! [right!) 

1. On first command, place left foot straight to left side 
one foot's distance ; then right foot one foot's distance to 
right side ; stand with weight equally balanced on both feet. 
At second command, leap upward, and. land in fundamental 
position. 

2. Follow-step with left foot leading four counts; cross 
left foot over right foot and touch toe to floor, two counts (see 
Fig. 68) ; replace, two counts. Same with right foot. 

3. Follow-step with left foot leading four counts; cross 
left foot behind right foot and touch toe to floor, two counts ; 
replace, two counts. Same with right foot. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Follow-step — with double crosstouch — left! (right!) 

2. Sidewise Skip — left! (right!) 

1. Follow-step with left foot leading four counts; cross- 
touch left foot in front of right foot, two counts; behind 
right foot, two counts (see Fig. 68). Same with right 
foot. 

2. Leap sidewise on left foot, drawing right foot up beside 
it, on each count. At command, Halt ! the step on which it 
is given is finished ; one more leap to left side is taken, right 



216 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

foot drawn up beside left foot, and movement stopped. Same 
leaping on right foot. 

LESSON X. 

1. Follow- step —four — with alternate rising on toes and 

hen ding knees — left! {right!) 

2. Sidewis-e Hop — left! {right!) 

1. Folio w-step with left foot leading four counts ; rise on 
joes, two counts ; lower heels, two counts ; again follow-step 
with left foot, four counts ; bend knees, two counts ; stretch 
knees, two counts. 

2. Hop side wise on left foot, bending slightly right knee. 
At command, Halt ! one more step is taken to left and ad- 
vance is stopped on replacing right foot beside left foot. Hop 
in same manner on right foot. . 



GRADE V. 

FIFTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

See JVote to Teachers, page 203. 

LESSON I. 

1. Backward — march/ Forward — march! Backward — 

march! 

2. Maech — touchstep and crosstouch — left! {right!) 

3. Maech — hack touchstep and hack crosstouch - — left! 

(right!) 

1 . Stand on right foot ; swing left leg lightly backward 
and touch toe to floor. As soon as executive word, March ! 
is heard, transfer weight of body backward on left foot, swing 
right leg backward, transfer weight, etc. When command, 
Forward — march ! is given during backward marching, ex- 
ecutive word is given as left foot touches floor ; right foot 
takes one more step backward, then left foot begins the 
forward march. 

Executive word for backward marching during forward 
marching is given as left foot touches floor ; right foot takes 
one more step forward, then left foot begins backward march. 

If lines are so long that there is little room for backward 
or forward marching between desks, pupils must march in 
two divisions. If teachers realized the value of backward 
marching as an exercise, it would be practised more in spite 
of problems of little space. It produces a soothing sensation, 
and tranquilizes entire nervous system. Graceful, rhythmic 

217 



218 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

motion acquired in walking backward is transferred into for- 
ward movement when one is changed into the. other. Toes 
and ball of feet must touch floor first in backward marching, 
and this gives flexibility to feet. 

2. Starting with left foot advance two steps; on third 
count stretch left leg backward and touch toe to floor; on 
fourth count crosstouch left foot in front of right foot 
(see Figs. 67 and 68). Start again with left foot. Same 
starting with right foot and touching right toe. 

3. Starting with left foot advance two steps; on third 
count stretch left leg backward and touch toe to floor ; on 
fourth count, crosstouch left foot behind right foot. Same 
movement may be performed starting with right foot. 

LESSON II. 

1. Mark Time — march! Backward — march! 

2. March — touchstep and bend knee — left! {right!) 

3. March — bach touchstej? and bend knee — left! {right!) 

1. When command Backward — march! is given while 
marking time, the executive word is given as left foot touches 
floor; right foot is lifted and replaced once more, then 
backward march is begun by left foot. 

2. Starting with left foot, advance two steps ; touch left 
toe forward and bend right knee on third count ; straighten 
knee and replace left foot without transferring weight to it on 
fourth count. Start again with left foot. Same movement 
may be performed starting with right foot. 

3. Starting with left foot advance two steps ; touch left 
toe backward and bend right knee on third count ; replace 
left foot and straighten knee on fourth count. Same starting 
with right foot. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 219 

LESSON III. 

1. Backward — march/ Mark time — march/ 

2. March — crosstouch and lend knees — left! {right/) 

3. March — hack crosstouch and hend knees — left! {right/) 

1. "When command Mark time — march! is given during a 
backward march, executive is given as left foot touches floor ; 
right foot takes one more step backward; then left foot 
begins to mark time. 

2. Starting with left foot advance during two counts; 
crosstouch left foot in front of right foot and bend knees 
during third count; straighten knees and replace foot with- 
out transferring weight to it during fourth count. Same 
starting with right foot. 

3. Starting with left foot advance during two counts; 
crosstouch left foot behind right foot and bend knees during 
third count ; replace foot and straighten knees during fourth 
count. Same starting with right foot. 

LESSON IV. 

1. March — touchstep and rise on toes —left! {right!) 

2. March — crosstouch and rise on toes — left! {right!) 

3. March — hack crosstouch and rise on toes — left! {right!) 

4. From Place — forward — -jump! 

1. Starting with left foot advance during two counts; 
touch left foot forward and rise on toes of right foot during 
third count; lower right heel and replace left foot with- 
out transferring weight to it on fourth count. Same starting 
with right foot. 

2. Starting with left foot, advance during two counts; 
crosstouch left foot in front of right foot and rise on toes 
during third count ; lower heels and replace left foot during 
fourth count. Same with right foot. 



220 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

3. Starting with left foot, advance during two counts; 
crosstouch left foot back of right foot and rise on toes during 
third count ; lower heels and replace left foot during fourth 
count. Same with right foot. 

4. Done in six counts. On one raise heels ; on two bend 
knees; on three throw body upward and forward from the 
floor ; on four land two or three feet in front of former posi- 
tion, keeping trunk and head erect ; on five straighten knees; 
on six lower heels. 

LESSON V. 

1. Right — dress! Front! 

2. Left — dress! Front! 

3. Follow- step — alternate! 

1. Each pupil turns his head to right, without twisting 
shoulders, and looks along line to see that it is straight. The 
one standing at right end of line does not turn his head. At 
command, Front ! all look straight forward. 

2. Same turning head to left. 

3. Take one step forward with left foot; follow with 
right foot, viz. : bring right foot up beside left foot, heels 
together and toes pointing outward. Step forward with 
right foot and follow with left foot ; then again step with left 
foot and follow with right foot, etc. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Mark Time — march! Left (Right)— -face! 

2. Make Time — march! Left (Right) about— face! 

3. Follow-step — alternate — rise on toes! 

1. Command is given for facing left as left foot touches 
floor; the right foot marks time once more; then turn is 
made on ball of right foot and left foot begins to mark time 
in new direction. Command is given for facing right as 



MARCHING AND TACTICS 221 

right foot touches floor ; the left foot marks time once more ; 
then turn is made on ball of left foot, and right foot begins 
to mark time in new direction. 

2. Same as above with one half turn. 

3. Step forward with left foot and follow with right foot; 
step with right foot and follow with left foot ; rise on toes 
during two counts ; lower heels during two counts. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Left (Right) face and mark time — march/ 

2. Left (Right) about face and mark time — march/ 

3. Follow-step — alternate — bend knees/ 

1. During first part of command stand on right foot; on 
word, March ! raise left foot to begin to mark time ; turn to 
left on ball of right foot ; replace left foot ; lift right foot, 
etc. To face right and mark time turn to right on ball 
of left foot, beginning to mark time with right foot. 

2. Make one half turn to left or right. 

3. Step forward with left foot; follow with right foot; 
step with right foot; follow with left foot; bend knees 
during two counts ; straighten during two counts. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. From Place — backward— jump! 

2. Sidewise Skip — left four — right four/ 

1. Done in six counts. On one raise heels; on two bend 
knees; on three throw body upward and backward from 
floor; on four land two or three feet behind former position, 
keeping trunk and head erect ; on five straighten knees ; on 
six lower heels. 

2. Skip sideward with left foot leading four counts; on 
fourth turn on ball of left foot, and skip with right foot 
leading four counts. 



222 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON IX. 

1 . Follow- step — alternate — supplication/ 

2 . Follow- step — alternate — salutation/ 

3 . Follow-step — alternate — defiance! 

4. Follow-step — alternate — dejection! 

5. Side wise Hop — left four — right four! 

1. Step forward with left foot, follow with right foot; 
step with right foot, follow with left foot ; stand during four 
counts, holding arms upward in front as in supplication. Let 
arras be slightly curved at elbows and wrists, palms upward, 
head tipped slightly backward with eyes directed upward (see 
Fig. 62). Turn palms down, lower arms with swift, float- 
ing movement, and starting with left foot, again follow-step. 

2. Same with arms extended at middle front line, halfway 
between front and sides, palms open, trunk inclined forward 
in attitude of salutation (see Fig. 63). 

3. Same with both arms folded on chest, head tipped 
slightly backward in attitude of defiance (see Fig. 64). 

4. Same with hands clasped at low front, head and 
shoulders drooping forward in attitude of dejection (see 
Fig. 65). 

5. Hop sidewise on left foot four times; then on right 
foot four times. The turn is begun on fourth hop and 
finished on the first with the other foot. 

LESSON X. 

1. Feet — sideways — place — with a jump! 

2. Together — place — with a jump! 

3 . Follow - step — alternate — with arm positions ! 

1. Standing in fundamental position, spring upward into 
air and land with feet apart. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 223 

2. Spring upward again and land with feet in fundamental 
position. 

3. Follow-step with left foot, then with right foot; stop 
and hold arms in attitude of supplication, as in preceding 
lesson; again follow-step twice; then hold attitude of 
salutation; follow-step; defiance ; follow-step; dejection. 



GRADE VL 
SIXTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

See Note to Teachers, page 203. 

LESSON I. 

1. Sideward left (right) — march! Salt! 

2. Sideward left (right) — march! Sideward right (left) 

— march ! 

3. March — touchstep — arms salutation— left ! {right!) 

1. Step sideward with left foot and bring right foot to 
position beside it. The advance is thus made wholly on left 
foot. The command, Halt ! is given as left foot touches floor ; 
right foot is brought up to position and the advance stopped. 
Same, advancing with right foot. 

2. In marching sideward right from sideward left, the ex- 
ecutive command is given as right foot touches floor ; left foot 
takes one more step, then right foot commences the sideward 
right march. 

In marching sideward left from sideward right, the com- 
mand is given as left foot touches floor, and right foot takes 
one more step. 

3. Starting with left foot, advance two steps; on third 
count touch left toe front and extend arms at midfront line, 
half way between front and sides, palms up, inclining trunk 
forward in attitude of salutation (see Figs. 66 and 63) ; 

224 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 225 

return foot and arms to position on fourth count. Same, 
starting with right foot. 

LESSON II. 

1. Mark Time — march ! Sideward left (eight) — march ! 

2. March — bach touchstep — arms salutation — left I (right!) 

1. In marking time the foot is carried forward and re- 
placed as if for forward marching ; the executive command 
for sideward march is given as left foot touches floor. The 
right foot marks time once more, and the sideward march is 
begun with left foot. The command for sideward right is 
given as right foot touches floor. 

2. Same as in Lesson I. , with touching toe behind instead 
of front (see Fig. 67). 

LESSON III. 

1. Sideward left (right) — march! Mark Time — march! 

2. March — cross touchstep — arms salutation — left! {right!) 

1. From sideward marching the executive command for 
marking time is given as left foot touches floor ; the right 
foot is brought to position and the left foot begins to mark 
time in the usual way. From marching sideward right the 
executive is given as right foot touches floor. 

2. Same as in Lesson I., with touching left toe across 
right toe (see Fig. 68). 

LESSON IV. 

1. Forward — march! Sideward — march! 

2. Sideward — march ! Forward — march 

3. Backward — march ! Sideward —march ! 

4. Sideward — march ! Backward — march ! 

5. March — back crossstep — arms salutation — left! (right!) 



226 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

1. From marching forward the executive command for 
marching sideward left is given as left foot touches floor; the 
right foot takes one more step forward, and the left foot be- 
gins the sideward march. For sideward right the executive 
is given as right foot touches floor. 

2. From marching sideward left the command for for- 
ward marching is given as left foot touches floor ; right foot 
is brought up beside left foot, and left foot begins to march 
forward. From sideward right the command is given as 
right foot touches floor. 

3. From marching backward the command for sideward 
left marching is given as left foot touches floor ; the right 
foot takes one more step backward, and the left foot begins 
the sideward march. For sideward right marching command 
is given as right foot touches floor. 

4. From marching sideward left the command for back- 
ward marching is given as left foot touches floor ; right foot 
is brought up beside left, and the left foot begins the back- 
ward march. For sideward right command is given as right 
foot touches floor. 

5. Same as in Lesson I., with touching toe of one foot to 
floor behind the other. 

LESSON V. 

1. Sideward — march! Left— -face! 

2. Sideward — march! ~R\QB.T—face! 

3. Sideward— march! Left about— face! Sideward — 

march! Eight about— face! 

4. March— double touchstep and knees bend — left! {right!) 

5. March— double cross -touchstep and knees bend— left! 

{right !) 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 227 

1. From marching sideward left the executive command is 
given as left foot touches .floor ; right foot stops beside left 
foot, and as it touches floor the turn is made on ball, while 
left foot is raised and placed sideward in the new position. 

2. From marching sideward right the command is given as 
right foot touches floor ; left foot takes one more step, and as 
it touches floor the turn is made on ball, while right foot is 
raised and placed sideward in the new position. 

3. Same, taken with one half turn. 

4. Starting with left foot, advance two steps; on third 
count touch left toe front ; on fourth count touch at back 
and bend right knee. Same with right foot. 

5. Same, crossing left foot, and on back crosstouch, bend- 
ing right knee. Same with right foot. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Left face and Sideward left (right) — march! 

2. Left about face and Sideward left (right) — march! 

3. March — double touchstep and rise on toes — left ! {right/) 

4. March — double cross-touchstep and rise on toes — left! 

{right!) 

1. As the executive word is given left foot is raised, the 
turn is made on ball of right foot and the sideward march is 
begun with left foot. Same, turning on left foot. 

2. Same as 1, with one half turn. 

3. Starting with left foot advance two steps; on third 
count touch left toe front; on fourth count touch back and 
rise on toes; lower heels and immediately advance with left. 
Same with right foot. 

4. Same, crossing left foot and rising on toes of right foot 
on back crosstouch. Same with right foot. 



228 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON VII. 

1. From the middle — dress/ 

2. March — four — skip — four — left ! 

3. March — four — hop — four — left ! 

1. The pupils standing in the middle look straight forward ; 
the others turn heads without twisting shoulders and look 
toward the middle line. 

2. Starting with left foot, advance four steps ; skip for- 
ward with left foot leading during four counts; starting with 
right foot, advance four counts; skip forward with right foot 
leading during four counts. 

3. Starting with left foot, advance four steps ; hop for- 
ward four times on left foot ; starting with right foot, advance 
four steps ; hop forward on right foot. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. With turning 90 degrees to the right — in place — 

jump ! 

2. March — alternate follow and touchstep ! 

3. March — alternate follow and hack touchstep! 

1. Done in six counts. On one raise heels; two, bend 
knees; three, jump straight upward by quickly stretching 
knees and ankles, keeping trunk and head erect, and turn the 
body in air so as to face 90 degrees to right of former posi- 
tion; on four, touch floor with toes and balls of feet, knees 
bent and heels raised ; five, stretch knees ; six, lower heels. 
Jump, turning 90 degrees to left. 

2. On one, step forward with left foot; on two, follow 
with right foot; on three, point right foot front; on four, 
bring right foot to position ; on one, step forward with right 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 229 

foot ; on two, follow with left foot ; on three, point left foot 
front; on four, bring to position. 

3. Same, touching foot back instead of front. 

LESSON IX. 

1. "With turning 180 degrees to the eight — in place — 

jump ! 

2. March — alternate follow and cross -touchstep. 

3. March — alternate follow and hack cross-touchstep. 

1. Same as in Lesson VIII. , turning 180 degrees instead 
of 90. 

2. Same as in Lesson VIII., with cross instead of front 
touchstep. 

3. Same, with back crosstouch. 

LESSON X. 

1. Left foot — sideward — place I Change — quick! 

2. Skip — four — hop — four — alternate I 

3. Skip Sidewise — four — hop sidewise — four — alternate! 

1. Place left foot straight to left side one foot's distance. 
Bring it quickly back to position and transfer the weight to 
it with a little leap, at same time placing right foot out to 
side ; change to right ; continue rapidly. 

2. Starting with left foot, skip forward during four counts ; 
hop forward four counts; skip forward, with right foot 
leading, four counts ; hop on right four counts. 

3. Same, with sideward instead of forward movement. 



GRADE VII. 

SEVENTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

See Note to Teachers, page WS. 

LESSON I. 

1 . Left (Eight) B:A.u?—face ! 

2. Follow and double totjchstep — alternate! 

3. Follow and double cross touchstep — alternate! 

1 . In response to Left ! raise right heel and left toe ; at 
Face ! make one-eighth turn on left heel, right foot slightly 
lifted from floor, heels together, keeping the angle of ninety 
degrees. The ball of the right foot gives the first impetus to 
the movement. The turn to right is also made on left heel. 

2. On one, step left; on two, follow right; on three, point 
right front ; on four', point right back ; then on one, step 
right; on two, follow left; on three, point left front; on 
four, point left back (see Figs. 66 and 67). 

3. On one, step left ; on two, follow right ; on three, cross 
right front of left ; on. four, cross back of left ; on one, step 
right; on two, follow left; on three, cross left front; on four, 
cross left back (see Fig. 68). 

LESSON II. 

1. Left (Right) face and forward — march ! 

2. Left (Right) about face and forward — march! 

3. Left (Right) half face and forward — march! 

230 






MARCHING AND TACTICS. 331 

4. Face and backward — march ! 

5. Touchstep — alternate ! 

1. On the executive command left foot is raised forward, a 
quarter turn to left is made on ball of right foot, and left 
foot is placed on floor and begins the forward march. Same, 
raising right foot and turning on ball of left foot. 

2. Make one-half turn to left or right. 

3. Make one- eighth turn to left or right. 

4. Repeat with marching backward. 

5. On one, step left; on two, touch right front; on three, 
step right; on four, touch left. 

LESSON III. 

1 . Forward — march ! Left (Right)— -face ! 

2. Forward — march! Left (Right) about— face I 

3. Forward — march! Left (Right) half face ! 

4. Repeat with marching backward. 

5. Cross -touchstep — alternate! 

1. While marching forward, the executive command for 
facing left is made as left foot touches floor ; right foot takes 
one step; then one -quarter turn is made on its ball, while 
left foot is raised forward ; left foot touches floor, starting 
the forward march to left. Executive for facing right is 
given as right foot touches floor ; left foot takes one step ; 
one-quarter turn is made on its ball while it is raised forward 
and starts march to right. 

2. Made with one-half turn. 

3. Made with one-eighth turn. 

4. Repeat with marching backward. 

5. On one, step left ; on two, crosstouch right front; on 
three, step right; on four, crosstouch left. 



232 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

LESSON IV. 

1. With turning ninety degrees to the right (left) 

forward — -jump ! 

2. One half crossstep twirl — left ! 

1. Done in six counts. On one, raise heels; on two, bend 
knees; on three, throw body upward from floor making a 
quarter turn in the air; on four, land three feet to right of 
former position on toes and balls of feet, knees bent ; on five, 
stretch knees ; on six, sink knees. Same with one quarter 
turn to left. 

2. On one, step forward with left; on two, step with 
right ; on three, place left foot in front of right and immedi- 
ately make a quarter turn to right by twirling around to 
right upon balls of feet; on four, twirl front again and step 
forward once more with left foot. 

LESSON V. 

1. With turning one hundred and eighty degrees to 

right (left) forward— jump ! 

2. Crossstep twirl — left ! 

1. Same as in Lesson IV., with one-half turn. 

2. Same as in Lesson IV., crossing one foot in front of the 
other and making one-half turn. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Skip left — touchstep right — alternate I 

2. Skip left — hack touchstep right — alternate! 

3. Skip left — double touchstep right — alternate I 

4. Skip left — cross-touchstep right — alternate ! 

5. Skip left — bach cross-touchstep right — alternate ! 

6. Skip left — double cross-touchstep right — alternate ! 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 233 

1. On one, skip forward on left foot and bring right toe 
up to left heel ; on two, skip again on left foot ; on three, 
touch right foot front; on four, bring right foot to position; 
on one, skip forward on right foot, etc. 

2. Same, touching foot back. 

3. Same, touching foot both front and back. 

4. Same, touching one across the other. 

5. Same, touching one across behind the other. 

6. Same, touching foot across in front and behind. 

LESSON VII. 

1. Hop left — touchstep right — alternate! 

2. Hop left — bach touchstep right — alternate! 

3. Hop left — double touchstep right — alternate! 

4. Hop left — cross-touchstep right — alternate! 

5. Hop left — back cross -touchstep right — alternate! 

6. Hop left — double cross-touchstep right — alternate! 

1. Hop twice on left foot; on third count, touch right 
foot front; on fourth, bring to position; hop twice on right 
foot, etc. 

2. Same, touching foot back. 

3. Same, touching foot front and back. 

4. Same, touching one across the other. 

5. Same, touching one across behind the other. 

6. Same, touching one across in front and behind. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. Left foot— -forward — place! change! 

2. March two — crosstouch — hop — left! {right!) 

1. Place left foot one foot's distance front of normal posi- 
tion ; bring it back to position at once and place right foot 
forward ; change rapidly with a leap. 



234 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

2. Starting with left foot advance two steps; on three, 
crosstouch left foot in front of right foot; on four, hop once 
on right foot, and start again with left foot. Same, starting 
with right foot. 

LESSON IX. 

1. Skip left — touch right — crossstep) twirl — alternate ! 

2. Skip left — back touch right — crossstep twirl — alternate ! 

3. Skip left — double touch right — crossstep twirl — 

alternate ! 

4. Skip left — crosstouch right — crossstep twirl — alternate ! 

5. Skip left — back crosstouch right — crossstep twirl — 

alternate ! 

6. Skip left — double crosstouch right — crossstep twirl — 

alternate ! 

1. On one and two, skip with left foot; on three, touch 
right foot front ; on four, bring back to position ; on one, 
step forward right ; on two, step left ; on three, cross right 
foot in front of left foot and immediately twirl around to left 
on balls of feet ; on four, twirl front again. Skip forward 
again with right foot. 

Numbers 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 differ only in kind of touchstep. 

LESSON X. 

1. Hop left — touch right— crossstep twirl — alternate! 

2. Hop left — back touch righi — crossstep twirl - alternate ! 

3. Hop left — double touch righi — crossstep twirl — alternate ! 

4. Hop left — crosstouch right — crossstep twirl — alternate ! 

5. Hop left — back crosstouch right — crossstep twirl — 

alternate ! 

6. Hop left — double crosstouch right — crossstep twirl — 

alternate ! 
All are performed as in Lesson IX. , with hopping twice 
instead of skipping. 



GRADE VIII. 

EIGHTH YEAR IN SCHOOL. 

See Note to Teachers, page W3. 

LESSON I. 

1. With one step — forward — jump ! 

2. Touchstep — alternate — salutation ! 

3. Back touohstep — alternate — salutation ! 

1. This is clone in five counts. On one, place left foot 
forward ; on two, jump, swinging right leg forward ; on 
three, land on toes with knees bent; on four, straighten 
knees; on five, lower heels. 

2. On one, step left; on two, touch right front and extend 
arms, palms up, at midline, half way between front and 
sides, inclining trunk forward to right in the attitude of salu- 
tation (see Figs. QQ and 63); on three, lower arms and 
step forward right; on four, touch left, extending arms as 
before, and inclining trunk to left. 

3. Same, touching foot behind (see Fig. 67). 

LESSON II. 

1. Left Knee — upward — oend / Change! Quick! Halt! 

2. Ckoss-tottchstep — alternate — salutation ! 

3. Back ckoss-totjchstep- — alternate — salutation ! 

1. Raise left thigh until it is horizontal, with leg perpen- 
dicular, toe pointing down ; lower left foot to floor and trans- 

235 



236 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

fer weight to it ; raise right knee. On command, Quick ! 
change rapidly with a little leap. After command, Halt ! the 
leg is lifted and replaced once before the movement is 
stopped. 

2. On one, step left ; on two, touch right foot across in 
front of left foot, extending both arms as in salutation ; on 
three, drop arms and step forward with right foot ; on. four, 
crosstouch left foot and extend arms (see Fig. 68). 

3. Same, with crosstouch behind. 

LESSON III. 

1. Mark Time — march/ Left (Right) face and — Halt! 

2. Mark Time — march! Left (Right) about face and — 

Salt ! 

3. Mark Time — march ! Left (Right) half face and — Halt ! 

4. Forward — march! Left (Right) face and — Halt! 

5. Forward — march! Left (Right) about face and— Halt 7 

6. Forward — march! Left (Right) half face and — Halt! 

7. Stride Twirl — left ! (right !) 

1. The first command is given and the marking time com- 
menced before the second command is given ; the word, Halt ! 
is uttered as left foot touches floor ; right foot marks time 
once more, after which one quarter turn to left is quickly 
made on ball of right foot ; the left foot, raised to mark time, 
is brought to position. 

The command in right facing is given as right foot touches 
floor, and the turn is made on left foot. 

2 and 3. About and half facings are executed in same way 
with one-half and one- eighth turns. 

4. 5 and 6. Performed in same manner as in marching in 
place. 






MARCHING AND TACTICS. 237 

7. Starting with left foot take three steps, on fourth count 
make a whole turn to the right on ball of left foot, and 
swinging right leg around to right, place right foot beside left 
foot. 

Same, starting with right and turning to left. Combine 
this with marching, as marching to end of aisle, twirling and 
returning to place. 

LESSON IV. 

1. Backward — march ! Left {Right) face and — Halt ! 

2. Backward — march! Left (Right) about face and— Halt ! 

3. Backward —march ! Left (Right) half face and — Halt ! 

4. Sideward — march! Left (Right) face and — Halt! 

5. Sideward — march! Left (.Right) about face and — Halt! 

6. Sideward — march! Left (Right) half face and — Halt ! 

7. Touchstep and Bend Knee — alternate ! 

8. Back Touchstep and Bend ~Kn-ee— alternate ! 

1. The second command is given during the backward 
march, the executive Halt ! being uttered as left foot touches 
floor; right foot takes one step backward and then the 
quarter turn is made on the ball; left foot which has been 
raised is brought to position beside right foot. 

For right facing the command is given on right foot and 
turn made on ball of left foot. 

2 and 3. Executed in same way with one-half and one- 
eighth turns. 

4. Command to halt is given as left foot touches floor ; 
right foot takes one more step sideward, then one-quarter 
turn is made on ball, while left foot, which has been raised 
from floor, is brought up to position. 

For right facing the command is given as right foot touches 
floor and turn is made on left foot. 

5 and 6. Same, with half and eighth turns. 



238 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

7. On one, step forward with left foot; on two, touch 
right foot forward and bend left knee ; on three, step 
forward right; on four, touch left foot and bend right knee. 

8. Same, touching foot behind. 

LESSON V. 

1. With one step turning to eight (zM¥T!)—jump ! 

2. Cross- touchstep and bend knees — alternate! 

3. Back ceoss-touchstep and bend knees — alternate ! 
1. Done in five counts. On one, place left foot forward; 

on two, jump, swinging the right leg forward and making a 
quarter turn to right while in the air ; on three, land on toes 
with knees bent; on four, straighten knees; on five, lower 
heels. Same making quarter turn to left. 

2 and 3. Same as in Lesson IV. , with crossing foot front 
and back. 

LESSON VI. 

1. Touchstep and bend knee — alternate — salutation ! 

2. Back touchstep and bend knee — alternate — hands on 

hips ! 

3. Ceoss-touchstep and bend knee — alternate — hands on 

/< ips ! 

4. Back ceoss-touchstep and bend knee— alternate — hands 

on hips ! 

5. March — courtesy — left! {right!) 

1. On one, step forward with left foot; on two, touch 
right foot forward and bend left knee, extending both arms 
as in salutation; on three, step forward; on four, touch left 
and bend right knee, raising arms in salutation. 

2. Same, touching foot behind. 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 239 

3. Same, witli crosstouch and hands on hips on second and 
fourth counts. 

4. Same, with back touch. 

5. Starting with left foot, advance three counts ; on fourth 
count transfer weight backward upon right foot; on one, 
swing left leg with a circular movement to left of, and one 
foot behind the right foot ; on two, transfer weight to left 
foot and bend knee ; on three, straighten knee ; on four, 
transfer weight to right foot which is forward, ready to start 
forward again with left foot. 

Same, starting with right foot. 

LESSON VII. 

1. With three steps — -forward — -jump! 

2. Touchstep and rise on toes — alternate ! 

3. Back touchstep and rise on toes — alternate I 

4. Cross-touchstep and rise on toes — alternate / 

5. Back cross-touchstep and rise on toes — alternate / 

6. March — courtesy with salutation — left! {right !) 

1. Take three steps and jump, as in Lesson I. 

2. On one, step forward with left foot; on two, touch 
right foot forward and rise on toes of left foot ; on three, step 
forward right ; on four, touch left foot and rise on right 
foot. 

3. 4 and 5. Performed in same manner with different 
touches. 

6. Same as in Lesson VI., raising arms in salutation as left 
leg is swung around behind right foot. 

LESSON VIII. 

1. With three steps — turning to right (left) — -jump! 

2. Touchstep and rise on toes — alternate — salutation! 

3. Back touchstep and rise on toes— alternate — salutation I 



240 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

4. Cross-touchstep and rise ox toes — alternate — saluta- 

tion ! 

5. Back cross-touchstep and rise on toes — alternate— 

salutation ! 

1. Take three steps and jump, making a quarter turn to 
right or left while in the air. 

2, 3, 4 and 5. Same as in Lesson TIL, extending arms in 
salutation on second and fourth counts, and lowering on first 
and third counts. 

LESSON IX. 

1 . Skip left — cross and crosstouch right — alternate ! 

2. Skip left — hack touch and hack crosstouch right — 

alternate ! 

3. Hop left — touch and crosstouch right — alternate ! 

4. Hop left— hack touch and hack crosstouch right — 

alternate ! 

5. Stride twirl sidewise— one half turn ! 

1. On one and two, skip with left foot; on three, touch 
right foot; on four, crosstouch right foot; on one and two, 
skip right ; on three, touch left foot ; on four, crosstouch 
left foot. 

2. Same, with back touch and back crosstouch. 
3 and 4. Hop twice instead of skipping. 

5. On one. step sidewise left; on two, make one half turn 
on ball of left and swinging right leg forward and around left, 
lock heels ; on three, step sidewise right ; on four, one half 
turn on ball of right, and swinging left leg around right, lock 
heels. 

LESSON X. 

1. Skip left — touch right — alternate — stride twirl! 

2. Skip sidewise four — alternate — stride twirl sidewise! 



MARCHING AND TACTICS. 241 

1. On one and two, skip with left foot; on three, touch 
right foot forward ; on four, replace right foot ; on one and 
two, skip with right foot ; on three, touch left foot ; on four, 
replace left foot ; on one, step sidewise left ; on two, make 
one half turn on ball of left foot, and swinging right leg 
around to left place heels together ; on three, step sidewise 
right; on four, turn to right on ball of right foot, and swing- 
ing left leg around right, place heels together. 

2. Skip sidewise left four counts ; right, four counts ; then 
stridewhirl sidewise four counts. Long aisles are needed for 
this exercise. 



GAMES. 

■ 

NOTE. 

- 

The games, or plays, as many of them might be called, 
have been planned with reference to their gymnastic Value, 
and may be played in the schoolroom or on the playground. 
They have proved popular with school children, but have 
never before been published. The many games played with 
bean bags are recommended for frequent use in both school 
and playroom. 

GEADE I. — Fikst Teak in School. 

BIRDS. 

Rocking, rocking, high up in the tree) (1) 

Singing, singing, happy as can be; (2) 
Flying, flying, 'way up in the sky; (3) 
Soaring, soaring, now we're very high; (4) 
Hopping, hopping, down upon the ground; (5) 
Looking, looking, for what can be found; (6) 
Flying, flying, back unto our nest; (7) 
Sleeping, sleeping, now we take our rest. (8) 

(1) and (2) Children stand and rock from one foot to the 
other. (3) Run about waving arms up and down. (4) Con- 
tinue to run, holding arms straight out at shoulder level. (5) 
Hop on both feet. (6) Bend neck looking about. (7) Same 
as three. (8) Bend neck and put arm over head. 

JACK FKOST. 

One child is chosen, by " counting out," to be Jack Frost. 
The other children represent flowers, and stand in circles or 
any geometrical figures. Jack Frost runs around behind 

242 



GAMES. 243 

them and touches one, who sinks down on the floor ; then 
touches another, who does the same ; and so on until all are 
touched. The child first touched is Jack Frost in the next 
game. If played in the schoolroom the children may remain 
seated, and being touched on the head droop forward to the 
desk. 

CROSSING THE BROOK. 

The width of a brook is marked upon floor or ground, with 
chalk or strings. The children run in turn and jump across 
the brook. All who fail to jump across wet their feet in the 
brook. They have to go home to get dry stockings, so stand 
aside. The successful jumpers recross the brook with stand- 
ing jump. Those who fail, go home, and the others jump 
again. . Care must be taken in jumping to land upon toes, 
with knees bended. 

ALICE SAYS "DO THIS." 

The children take their places in a line behind Alice and 
imitate her movements. She may make any movement she 
wishes with feet or head; she may walk, run, jump, skip, 
hop, or perform any combination of exercises that she has 
learned or may originate. 

ROUND WE GO. 
Round and round and round we go, 
Hippety hop ! hippety ho ! 
Now we turn the other way, 
Hippety hop! hippety hay! 

Children joining hands hop and skip around in a circle. At 
the third line they turn and go in the opposite direction. 

TEN LITTLE CHILDREN. 
Ten little children standing in a line, 
One runs away, and then there are nine. (1) 

Nine little children sewing at a rate, 

One gets her stint done, and then there are eight. (2) 



244 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Eight little children looking up to heaven, 
One falls clown, and then there are seven. (3) 

Seven little children picking up sticks, 

One hurts her back, and then there are six. (4) 

Six little children before the bee-hive, 

One gets stung, and then there are five. (5) 

Five little children sitting on the floor, 
One jumps up, and then there are four. (6) 

Four little children sitting down to tea, 

One spills her milk, and then there are three. (7) 

Three little children don't know what to do, 
One goes driving, and then there are two. (8) 

Two little children starting off to run, 

One tumbles down, and then there is one. (9) 

One little child can't fcave any fun, 

She goes to sleep, and then there is none. (10) 

(1) Stand in a row ; the first one runs away. (2) Sit on 
the floor and sew ; the first one left in the line goes away. 
(3) Stand, and tip head back, looking up ; the first one 
tumbles down and then leaves the line. (4) Imitate move- 
ments of picking up sticks ; first one puts hand to back and 
leaves the line. (5) Stand with hands behind back ; the first 
one puts his hand to his face and runs away. (6) Sit in a 
line on floor with folded arms ; one jumps up and runs away. 
(7) Sit and drink milk from mugs ; one goes away. (8) 
Stand still and look about ; one leaves. (9) Run, and one 
tumbles down. (10) The last curls up on floor, and " makes 
believe ' ' to sleep. 

If there are many children they can be formed into several 
groups of ten ; or ten may form a line, and the others a circle 
around them. In this case, those in the circle repeat the 
verses, and the ten act. In a schoolroom, the children in 
their seats repeat the verses, while ten standing act. 



GAMES. 245 

JIG A JIG, JIG. 

I'm not very little, I'm not very big, 

But I can dance a jig, jig, jig. 

I twirl my arms, and turn around, 

And then I stamp on the ground, ground, ground. 

Jig a jig, jig a jig, jig a jig, jig! 

Oh, I don't care a fig, fig, fig; 

But I twirl my arms and I turn around, 

And then I stamp on the ground, ground, ground. 

Children place hands upon hips, and leap lightly and rap- 
idly from one foot to the other, while repeating the first two 
lines. At the third, stand and twirl the arms around each 
other in front of the body, then turn around once. Stamp on 
floor during last line. Same movements for second stanza. 

MARIGOLDS. 
Now the gard'ner (1) plants his seeds, plants his seeds, plants his seeds, 
Now the gard'ner plants his seeds, marigolds in a row, row. 
Now the seeds (2) begin to sprout, begin to sprout, begin to sprout, 
Now the seeds begin to sprout, marigolds in a row, row. 
Now the plants (3) begin to grow, begin to grow, begin to grow, 
Now the plants begin to grow, marigolds in a row, row. 
Now the plants (4) begin to bloom, begin to bloom, begin to bloom, 
Now the plants begin to bloom, marigolds in a row, row, 
Now the gard'ner (5) picks his flowers, picks his flowers, picks his flowers, 
Now the gard'ner picks his flowers, marigolds in a row, row. 

(1) Child chosen for "gard'ner" chooses one child after 
another from the group and places them in a row, curled up 
on the ground. (2) Children, one after another, sit erect. 
(3) One after another, stand upright. (4) Arms curved with 
fingers touching over head ; slowly spread apart like petals. 
(5) "Gard'ner" takes children one after another from the 
row, and places them in a group. 

GRADE II. — Second Year in School. 

LITTLE PLANTS. 

All the children sit with heads bowed upon the hands on 
the desks. When the teacher says, "Spring says, 'Wake 



246 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

up, little seeds, ' ' ' they lift their heads ; at " Sprout, little 
seeds," they sit erect; at " Grow, little plants," they stand 
in the aisle; at "Blossom, little plants," they raise both 
arms, curved, above the head; at "The wind blows, little 
plants," they sway from side to side; at " "Winter's coming, 
little plants," they sink into their chairs; at "Winter is 
here," they curl down again with heads bowed. 

we'ke all nodding. 

"We're all a nid, nid, nodding; 

We're all a nid, nid, nodding; 

We're -all a nid, nid, nodding; 

A dropping off to sleep." 

Children sit in a circle on floor, with hands clasped in lap. 
Bend head and upper chest forward and close eyes ; then lift 
head and repeat the movement, while singing the lines. 
Meanwhile one child steals softly around behind the others, 
and touches some one on the shoulder. The one touched 
springs up and tries to catch him before he reaches a certain 
corner of the room. Failing to do so, he becomes the 
awakener next time. 

WASH THE LADY'S CLOTHES. 
Wash the lady's clothes; 

Wring them very dry; 
Turn them inside out, 

And hang them very high. 

The children stand in two rows facing each other. Each 
one clasps the hands of the one opposite to him, and all swing 
the arms from side to side twice while singing the first line; 
then swing in large circles several times while singing the 
second line ; during the third all lift the arms very high, and 
each child makes a complete turn under the uplifted arms, 
first turning back to partner and then completing the turn till 
facing him again. During the last line lift the arms very 
high. 



GAMES. 247 

IGTY HIGTY. 

Igty, higty, pigty, poot, 
I can hop upon one foot. 

Igty, higty, pigty, pie, 
Can hop backward if I try. 

Igty, higty, pigty, pout, 
I can turn me round about. 

Igty, higty, pigty, pate, 

Can sit down with one leg straight. 

Igty, higty, pigty, pup, 

I find it hard now to get up. 

While repeating first, hop on one foot. If too difficult, 
change to the other foot for second line. Second, hop back- 
ward,, Third, turn completely around with as few hops and 
in as small space as possible. Fourth, sit on floor, bending 
one knee, holding other leg straight out. Fifth, rise on one 
foot, still keeping the outstretched leg off the floor. 

DAT AND NIGHT. 

Two children are chosen to represent Day and Night. The 
other children count " odd, even," and all numbered " odd" 
are Hours of the Night ; all numbered ' ' even ' ' are Hours of 
the Day. Night chases his Hours until he has caught them 
all, the first one caught becoming Night next time. Day 
catches his Hours in the same way in another part of the play- 
ground. Or, if the space is limited, the players need not be 
separated, but the Hours of the Day may wear their hats, or 
handkerchiefs tied around the arm, to distinguish them from 
the Hours of the Night. 

CASTLE GATES. 

Castle gates are strongly barred, 
Made of wood and iron hard; 
Robber cannot enter here, 
Though he try it for a year. 



248 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

The children holding hands stand in a circle; they repre- 
sent the castle, and their clasped hands the gates. One child 
chosen to be robber tries to break through the circle, or dive 
under the clasped hands to get inside the ring. When he 
succeeds, he may choose any child to take away with him. 
That child then becomes a robber ; the other takes his place 
in the ring. 

A COACH AND PAIR. 

One child is chosen for Lady ; the others stand in a ring, 
and repeat or sing : 

My Lady fair 
Would take the air; 
Where are her horses? 
Where are her horses? 
Where are her horses, I pray? 

The Lady chooses two children for horses, while all repeat : 

Here are her horses, 
Here are her horses, 
Here are her horses to-day. 

Then while repeating : 

A coach and pair 

For My Lady fair, 

Will you ride? 

Will you ride? 

Will you ride, I pray? 

Oh, yes, I will ride, 

Oh, yes, I will ride, 

Oh, yes, I will ride to-day, 

the two chosen for horses make a seat for My Lady by 
each clasping his left wrist with his right hand, and the right 
wrist of the other child with his left hand. My Lady rides 
around the circle; a breakdown occurs; she falls from her 
seat ; the horses dash away and she pursues. The last one to 
be caught becomes My Lady next time. If preferred, My 
Lady may run and drive her pair instead of riding on the 
seat. 



GAMES. 249 

GEADE III.— Thied Yeae in School. 

. -WOLF. 

One child is chosen for the wolf ; the others are sheep and 
are supposed to be grazing in a pasture. At some distance, is 
a place selected for the barn, but between sheep and barn are 
two walls, which may be designated by objects or marks. 
The wolf standing at a certain distance howls and runs toward 
sheep ; they start to run to barn, but as they are hindered by 
being obliged to stop and jw?ip over the walls they are quite 
likely to be caught before reaching shelter. If the wolf suc- 
ceeds in catching one of them before they reach the barn he be- 
comes a sheep and his victim has to take his place as wolf 
next time. If playground is small, one of the fleetest runners 
may be chosen for the bell-sheep ; he runs ahead crying, 
* ' Ting-a-ling-ling ; ' ' the others must follow him around and 
across yard on way to barn* 

A BUST DAT. 
Strolling up the avenue ; 

Hurrying down the street; 
Wheeling on the boulevard; 

Greeting those we meet; 
Driving up the river-side; 

Running in the park; 
Calling on our neighbors; 

Never stop till dark. 

The children form in a row and repeat first line, walking 
slowly, with hands held in front of body in conventional atti- 
tude. During second line they walk fast, swinging arms at 
sides. During third and fourth lines, hold arms straight 
down in front as if grasping handle-bars and bow toward 
sides. During fifth line hold hands out front as if driving. 
Run during next ; then stop, bow and shake hands with child 
behind. 



&&0 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

THE HELPERS. 

All the children stand in a circle facing outward. One 
child is chosen to be leader, and all ask : 

"Little Willis, what do you need? 
Answer with the greatest speed." 

If he replies ' ' Shoes, ' ' all say : 

"Little Willis wants new shoes, 
So he will his helpers choose." 

The calf is the. first helper, so Willis goes to one child, 
bows, and repeats : 

"Calf, kindly lend your help to-day; 
My grateful thanks shall be your pay." 

The one addressed bows and replies : 
"I want no pay; I'll gladly do 
Whatever I can to accommodate you." 

Then he leaves his place and follows leader, running and 
leaping to one side as a calf might do. The leader stops 
before another child and says : 

"Kind tanner, lend me your help to-day, 
My grateful thanks shall be your pay." 

Tanner makes usual reply and follows behind calf, making 
motions as if lifting hides from one vat to another with pole. 
Leader stops again and says : 

"Kind shoemaker, lend your help to-day, 
My grateful thanks shall be your pay," 

and receives former reply. 

Shoemaker follows behind tanner making motions of driv- 
ing pegs or sewing shoes. Leader stops before shopkeeper 
and says : 

"Shopkeeper, give me your help to-day 

And for your shoes I'll gladly pay." 

The reply is : 

"Oh, surely, I will gladly do 
Whatever I can to acconnrodate you." 






GAMES. 251 

The most indispensable helper becomes Needy Child next 
time ; but, as it is usually impossible to decide which helper 
is most necessary, he is chosen by "counting out" the 
helpers. If the Needy Child wants stockings or clothes all 
repeat : 

"Little Willis wants new hose, 

And a suit of nice new clothes." 

Or, 

"Alice needs some stockings new, 
So she will choose her helpers true." 

If bread, 

"Alice is hungry, she must be fed; 

Where are the helpers to give her some bread?" 

Helpers are chosen like the others and perform actions of 
whatever they represent, 

MEEEY ELVES. 

Oh, merry, merry elves are we, 

Tripping o'er the grass; 
With garlands gay we deck ourselves, 

And thus the moments pass. 

But hark! we hear a fearful sound, 

A mortal doth draw near; 
We'll hide ourselves down in the grass. 

And then we'll have no fear. 

The children, singing, skip around in a circle, first with 
hands on hips, then waving garlands. On "hark!" they 
stop and stand in listening attitude ; on " hide ' ' they scatter 
and drop upon grass. A blindfolded child approaches and 
repeats : 

"I thought a fairy then I saw, 

But it has flown away. 
I'll see if I can find it now, 

That pretty little fay." 

He hunts about for fairies ; first one touched is the mortal 
next time. 



252 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

SWAPPING TAG. 

Two children are chosen for sheriffs. The other children 
are seated. Two of them signal to each other that they wish 
to swap seats ; as they run to do so, the sheriffs run to catch 
them. As many of the children as wish may be swapping 
seats at the same time, but no child is allowed to take any 
other seat than the one for which he signaled, even to save 
himself from being caught. As soon as one is made a pris- 
oner by the sheriff he is put in confinement, viz. : either sits 
on platform or remains in his own chair. The game is to 
swap as many times as possible during play period without 
being caught. 

PRANCING PONIES. 

Prancing ponies all are we, 
Prancing ponies of high degree; 
Now our flowing manes we shake j 
And a springing leap we take; 
• Now with dainty feet we paw, 
Better ponies you never saw. 
Angry shouting now we hear, 
See ! a man is drawing near. 
What's he holding in his hand? 
Whip! Ah, now we understand. 
Pun, ponies, run! We'll never be 
Whipped by any man, not we! 

The children standing in groups prance, - toss heads, jnmp, 
paw with foot, then stand still. One child, who has been 
chosen for coachman, approaches, shouting from the rear, 
children turn toward him as they sing, "See! '' toss heads 
on "whip! " When coachman reaches a certain distance 
all run until one is caught, who becomes coachman next time. 

GKADE IV. — Fourth Year in School. 

I'VE A STITCH IN MY SIDE. 

The children stand in a row. Each places his right hand 






GAMES. 253 

on hip and left hand on right side, and bends over directly to 
right ; then places left hand on hip and right hand on left 
side, and bends over directly to left ; meanwhile all repeat, 
" I've a stitch in my side, couldn't run if I tried." The 
child at foot of row runs behind the others and touches some 
one ; he continues running behind until he reaches the end, 
then goes around in front of line until he arrives at his place 
at foot. As soon as a child is touched, all stand erect, and 
he starts in pursuit of toucher. He must catch him before 
he reaches his place or become toucher next time. 

THE BUILDEK. 

This game is to be played in schoolroom, and number of 
seats used must be one less than number of players. One 
child is chosen by lot for builder. He names the different 
materials used in building a schoolhouse, or whatever build- 
ing he may choose, calling out a child to represent each ma- 
terial. These children form in a line behind builder, each 
one grasping jacket or apron of one in front. The building 
progresses rapidly and the line walks about room, or runs 
softly. When all the materials have been used, the builder 
suddenly calls, ' ' Crash ! ' ' and each child rushes for a seat. 
The one who fails to obtain one is builder in next game. Let 
the children guess why the building fell, naming whatever 
important materials were not used in its construction. 

DEER EACE. 

All stand in a line on the further side of yard or room, and 
at signal run across and touch wall of building. The winner 
drops out and the others race again. The winners of five 
races run together to decide which shall be leader of the 
deer-herd, 



854 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

BACK HAND BEAN BAG. 

After choosing an umpire, the children stand in two lines 
facing each other within easy throwing distance. An end 
child starts the game by facing about and throwing bag be- 
hind him toward opposing line. If bag can be caught by 
some child in that line without leaving his place it counts one 
point for side throwing it. If, however, it falls to ground 
before coming within catching distance, it counts one against 
throwing side. Should a " good bag" fail to be caught by 
opposing side, it counts one for side throwing. The game is 
won by the side which first makes ten points, or any number 
agreed upon. 

CAT AND MICE. 

A space six feet wide is marked off in center of playground. 
The one chosen for cat stands in this space, and tries to catch 
the mice as they dart across from one side to the other. 

BLIND CHILD. 

All the children stand in a ring. One is chosen for blind 
child and is blindfolded. The others join hands and skip 
around her in a circle while she slowly counts ten ; then all 
stand still while she advances and touches one. She tries to 
guess name of one touched by feeling her face, dress, etc. 
The one whose name she correctly guesses becomes blind child 
next time. 

GEADE Y.— Fifth Year in School. 

CASTLE. 

A circle is marked on the ground to represent the castle ; a 
larger one outside limits the castle yard. Half the players 
retire to the castle; the others form the besieging party, who 
try to cross the yard and enter the castle without being 



' GAMES. 255 

caught by the castle dwellers. Every one caught is obliged 
to remain and become a castle dweller ; but each one of the 
besiegers who succeeds in entering the castle is allowed to 
choose two of the dwellers to return with him to the besieg- 
ing party. The winning side is the one containing the most 
men at the end of the play period. 

sousa's band. 
One child is chosen to represent Sonsa. He assigns to each 
player the name of a different musical instrument, names some 
familiar air, and waves his baton while they hum the air and 
play on their imaginary instruments. All meanwhile march 
in place. When Sousa lowers his baton to his side all stop 
immediately. Failure to do so causes the offenders to be re- 
moved from the band. When there are but few left, they 
march about the room, Sousa in front and sometimes walking 
backward. He does not stop advancing when he lowers his 
baton, and the difficulty in keeping close watch of his move- 
ments while advancing soon causes others to drop out of the 
line. The last one left in line becomes Sousa next time. If 
the last few performers are equally matched, choose a new 
conductor by counting out, rather than prolong the game. 

HAT TAG. 

The players stand in two long lines. The one chosen for 
catcher runs between them, and tries to catch whoever puts 
his hat upon his head. The first one caught wearing his hat 
becomes catcher. This is a boys' game, but may be played 
by girls. 

FROGS IN POND. 

A certain space is marked off for the pond. All the boys 
stand in line, and at signal hurrr to the pond, leaping upon 
both feet; the last one to reach it becomes the "bad boy," 



256 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

while the others are " frogs." The bad boy runs around the 
edge of the pond and tries to hit the frogs with his handker- 
chief. The frogs leave the shore as he approaches and run to 
another part of the shore, moving their arms as if swimming ; 
they are not allowed to remain in the center of the pond 
away from striking distance of the bad boy. The frog who 
is first hit becomes bad boy next time. 

EIGHT AND LEFT. 
Oh, right, left, right, with hand clasp tight, 

We gayly march both in and out; 
Still right, left, right, a pretty sight, 

We lightly march first in, then out. 

An even number of children stand in a circle. One child 
faces to right, the next to left, until all are facing partners. 
Each child clasps right hand of partner for an instant, then 
steps forward and reaches out left hand to clasp left hand of 
next person ; he gives right hand to next, left to next ; and 
so all continue walking around the ring until they reach their 
original partners. 

ADVANCE AND KETREAT. 

First advance and then retreat, 
Back and forth with tripping feet. 
Now we turn us round about, 
Facing in and facing out. 
Now we all bow very low 
With bending knee and pointing toe. 
Now we pass across and face, 
And again return to place. 
Clasping hands, we all retreat, 
Again advance with tripping feet. 
Then we all bow very low; 
Our play is over; off we go! 

The children stand in two lines, facing each other, and ad- 
vance, retreat, turn about, bow, etc., as they repeat or sing 
the lines. 



GAMES. 257 

GKADE YI. — Sixth Year in School. 
ball PUSS. 
Players stand at marked stations and exchange places with 
each other as in the old game of " Puss in Corner." The 
one standing in the center has a soft ball and attempts to hit 
any one who is off a station. The one hit goes to the center 
with the ball while the former puss goes to the station vacated. 
If there are many players, a square or triangle may be drawn ; 
players change places with those on opposite or adjoining 
sides and may be hit when off the line. 

INDIAN PRISONER. 

One boy is counted out for " prisoner." He stands facing 
tree or wall with hands bound behind his back. The others 
walk past him and, in turn, flip their handkerchiefs against 
his open palms ; the one whose handkerchief he first succeeds 
in grasping becomes " prisoner " in turn. 

THE TRADES. 

Twelve or fifteen are enough to play this game ; if there 
are more who wish to play let them form another group. 
One is counted out for guesser , he retires from the playroom 
while the others tell their trades. Standing in a row, the 
first one turns to the next one, saying, ' ' My father was a 
tailor, sir," at the same time making the motions of sewing. 
The second one nods, and says, " A tailor, I understand ;" 
then he turns to the third, and says, ' ' My father was a 
blacksmith, sir," and makes the motions of working at the 
anvil. The third replies, "A blacksmith, I understand," 
and turning to the fourth, says, ' ' My father was a chopper, 
sir," and makes the motions of chopping. The fourth re- 
plies as before and tells his father's trade, and so the game 
proceeds until each has told his choice. The guesser is now 



258 GRADED PHYSICAD EXERCISES. 

called in, and while all tell their trades in pantomime, he 
guesses what occupation each one represents. The first one 
whose occupation he fails to guess becomes the guesser next 
time. 

STRONG SIDE. 

The boys stand in two long lines, facing each other, with 
arms raised at sides and hands clasped. At a given signal 
they rush toward each other, each boy trying with his body 
to break through the clasped hands opposite him. A break 
scores one for the side making it. The champion side is the 
one which first scores five. 

Girls may join in this game if not overmatched in size and 
strength by the boys. 

HOP TAG. 

This is played like ordinary tag, except that all, including 
the catcher, hop upon one leg, changing to the other when 
tired. As it is too fatiguing to be continued long at a time, 
it may be alternated with plain tag. Or, if agreed upon 
beforehand, the catcher may command " Hop! " at will. 
GRADE YII. — Seventh Year in School, 
paper TAG. 

Put slips of paper containing numbers in an open box in 
the center of the yard. Let one child who is chosen by lot 
for catcher stand beside it with closed eyes until he counts 
twenty aloud. The other children meanwhile hide them- 
selves. The child by the box opens his eyes and starts to 
find the hidden ones. They try to steal up to the box, and 
take a slip of paper without being caught by him. Only one 
paper can be taken at a time, and a child who has twice taken 
a slip can not be tagged. The game ends when all are caught 
or have two slips of paper. The one first caught becomes 
catcher next time. 



GAMES. 259 

STRONG PULL. 

The players choose sides and stand on two lines facing each 
other. The men in each company stand a pace apart and 
each man is opposite the space between two of the enemy. 
Both companies advance and fall into center line, each man 
standing between two of his foes and taking the hand of each. 
Thus the men of one company alternate with those of the 
other, each company still facing the enemy's starting point. 
All pull, each company striving to pull the enemy back to the 
enemy's starting point. The company which succeeds wins 
the game. Should the line break, the company which pulls 
the most men wins. Girls should not join with the boys in 
this game unless equally matched in strength. 

WEAVING-. 

The players stand in two lines facing each other. The two 
at the heads of the line advance toward each other, clasp right 
hands and walk around once in a circle ; then instead of re- 
turning to place, the one from the right hand line crosses to 
the left, clasps right hand of the child at head, and circles 
about with. her. The child from the left hand line meanwhile 
has circled with the head child of the right line. Both chil- 
dren again circle with each other in the center, and then with 
the second child in each line. Continue circling with each 
other and the succeeding children, until they reach the foot. 
If the lines are long, when the two who started the weaving 
are half way down, the next two at the head may start. 

BIG WALL BALL. 

The ball used in this game is a big soft one, like a basket 
ball. The players stand in two lines facing each other, at 
right angles to a wall. The leader stands between the lines 
on the side opposite the wall. He sfearts the game by giving 



260 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

the ball a light toss down the center. Each side rushes for- 
ward and the one who first seizes the ball throws it toward the 
wall ; if he hits it within the limits his side scores one ; all re- 
turn to places and the leader tosses the ball again. The score 
may be any number previously agreed upon. The side which 
gains the highest score in a given time wins. 

SNATCH BEAN BAG. 

The players stand in two opposite lines within easy distance 
and toss a bean bag back and forth, beginning at one end, and 
ending at the other. The snatcher, who is chosen from each 
side in turn, stands between the lines and tries to snatch the 
bag when tossed by the enemy's line. Each time he succeeds 
one is scored for his side ; if he fails to catch it at all during 
its passage down the lines, his side loses five. 

The first player on the other side takes his place as 
snatcher, and so the game continues. The winning side is the 
one which has the highest score at the end of a given time. 

GKADE VIII. — Eighth Year in School. 

LEFT HAND BALL. 

"The ball must be caught, thrown or picked up with the 
left hand. 

Six of the players are chosen for captains, either by accla- 
mation or by counting out. They stand in the corners of a 
hexagon and each captain takes his turn in choosing a helper, 
until each has three, who stand behind him. The first cap- 
tain throws the ball to the next at his right. If he fails to 
catch it his helpers and those of the next captain try for it. 
If his helpers catch it it still counts a point for him, and he 
throws it to the next captain. If the helpers of the next 
catch it, it gives a point to their captain who throws it on to 
the captain beyond. The captain who makes the most points 



GAMES. 261 

in six rounds wins. The size of the hexagon is regulated by 
the size of the playground ; if large, the ball may be thrown ; 
if small, tossed. 

CARRY 'KERCHIEF. 

The players place their handkerchiefs in a row at a certain 
distance from the wall. They then stand by the wall, and at 
a given signal, run out, pick up handkerchiefs, and return. 
The one who first touches the wall with his handkerchief 
wins. 

BIRD TAG. 

All are blindfolded save one who has been chosen for the 
"bird " ; he runs about uttering "chirp, chirp," every few 
seconds, while the others try to catch him. The ' ' birds ' ' 
are chosen by counting out. 

governor's reception. 
One player is chosen for Governor and one for usher ; the 
others stand in a line facing the Governor. The usher takes 
one player and presents him by name to the Governor, who 
shakes hands with him. If in shaking hands he grasps the 
thumb of the one introduced between his thumb and first 
finger, that one is to succeed him as Governor. All the 
players watch while each one is presented to detect the thumb 
signal. The name of the next Governor is guessed by the 
players in turn, starting the first time from the end of the 
line. The one who first guesses correctly becomes usher and 
the game starts anew. 

RACKET BALL. 

The players stand in two lines facing each other. One 
from each side is counted out for a champion. The players 
toss a tennis ball back and forth across the lines, while one of 
the champions stands in the center and tries to intercept the 



262 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

ball with a tennis racket. Each time he succeeds in hitting 
it and sending it back to the side from which it came, he 
scores one. When the ball has been tossed until it reaches 
the end of the line, the other champion takes his turn at the 
racket. The one with the "highest score wins for his side. 
To prolong the game, other champions may be chosen. 



MINUTE PLAYS. 

Note to Teachers. 
The minute plays are short stories told by the teacher and 
illustrated by the children with motions. They are designed 
for use when relaxation is needed, but time limited; hence 
the children may remain seated, and exercise hands, arms and 
trunk as the story indicates. The stories may be enlarged at 
the discretion of the teacher. 

GEADE I. — First Year m School. 

THE RABBIT. 

A little brown rabbit was running across a field, taking long 
leaps as rabbits do. {Leaping motions with arms.'] Sud- 
denly he stopped and pricked up his ears. 




He thought he could smell something nice. So he sat up on 
his hind legs, with drooping forepaws. 




263 



264 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

He held his head up, and looked from one side to 
another [turn head], sniffing the air. [Sniff.] Yes, 
it was cabbage; he could see it in the distance. [Point 
left.] So he ran on again. [Leaping motion.] Soon he 
reached the cabbage and stopped. [Put the hands flat upon 
the desk, side by side.] The cabbage was round and big. 




\ 

So he stood there [hands on desk] and ate and ate [scratch on 
desk for sound of eating] and ate until he was hungry no 
longer; then he curled up and went to sleep. [Head on 
desk.] 

GAINING. 

It is a very warm day, and all the flowers are diooping 
their heads, wilting in the heat. [Children droop heads.] 
The farmer looks up and sees clouds. [Bend neck backward. ] 
They grow larger and larger and soon cover the sun's face. 
[Put hands before face.] Suddenly the wind begins to blow, 
and the tree-tops sway. [Wave arms from side to side.] 
Now comes a thunderclap. [Clap hands.] Now the rain 
patters down. [Tap fingers on desk.] Now the rain stops — 
not a drop falling. [Hold out hands and tip head back- 
ward.] There is the sun. [Point up.] 

THE ORIOLES. 

Two orioles built a nest in the elm tree, high over the 
children's heads. [Reach up with arms.] It was a queer 
little nest, shaped like a bag, and hung to the end of a tiny 



MINUTE PLAYS. 



265 



limb. [Form nest with hands, open at the wrists. J The 
wind blew it to and fro. \_Bend body and arms from 
side to side.] The mother bird sat on the nest and looked 
over, down to the ground [bend neck], where the father 
oriole hopped about [hopping motion with hands], looking 
for worms, or spread his wings and flew up into the air. 
[Flying motion with arms.] 

JACK IN THE BOX. 

Jack in the box is shut up, tight; 

No air has he, nor a chink of light; 

How cramped he must be curled up in a heap! 

Now open the lid, and up he will leap. 

The children crouch over to the side behind the desk; 
straighten up suddenly on the words "Up he will leap!" 
Or, let the children stand in the aisles. When the teacher 
begins to repeat the lines they bend knees, and sit on their 
heels; at the words, "Up he will leap," they quickly stand 
erect. 

THE MICE. 

Two mice lived in a little soft round 
nest, with a little hole for the door. 
They liked to run about the house at 
night. [Fingers run rapidly about on 
the desk.] One night they found a 

big iriece of cheese as big as this : 

They nibbled a little [scratch on desk 

for sounds of nibbling], and 

found it was good ; then they 

wanted to carry it home to their 

mother, so they pulled [arms 

straight out, then pull], and 

they pushed [aioay from body with both hands]; but a cat 





266 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

came along [draw back in fear], and they scampered away 
home [fingers run on desk] as fast as they could run. 

SNOWING. 

The sky is covered with gray clouds ; there is no sun to be 
seen. [Look upward, turning head from side to side.'] It 
is so cold that our fingers ache. [Clasp one hand with the 
other and rub fingers.] I think it is going to snow. [Look 
upward.] Yes, there is a flake and there is another. See 
how softly they come down ! [Raise arms in front and 
float them down, moving fingers, until they touch the desk, 
several times. ] It snows so fast that we can soon make snow- 
balls. I think we can now. [ Scrape snow off desk, and 
make balls.] Now we will throw them. [Throw.] The 
snow still falls softly. [Float hands.] 

TWO LITTLE SPAKKOWS. 
Two little sparrows one cold winter's day, 




Were looking about [wiggle thumbs] for a warm place to stay; 
But alas! every nook had its own little bird; 




Then a plan to these homeless ones straightway occurred. 
So spreading their wings [motion of flying with arms] they flew over the 
way, 



MINUTE PLAYS. 



267 



To a window where oft a small invalid lay. 
There they alighted, and stood on the sill, 

And tapped [tap with one finger on palm of other hand] on the pane 
with each little bill. 




When the faint tapping was heard by the child, 

She looked out at the birds and eagerly smiled, 

And cried, "Oh, mamma, they want to be fed, 

Let us open the window [motion of pushing up with both hands] and 

give them some bread." 
She threw out the crumbs [motion of throwing crumbs] and the birds 

ate with glee; 
While papa found a box and put up in a tree. 




Then in it the sparrows quite thankfully crept, 




Tucked their heads 'neath their wings [drop head to one side and put 
arm over it] and thus soundly slept. 



268 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

CHESTNUTTING. 

Come, children, get ready to go chestnutting. We put on 
our hats [motion], take our baskets on our arms [motion], 
and go across the fields to the far pasture. [Both arms ex- 
tended toward the right.] Here we are! Hurrah! Seethe 
nuts on the ground ! [Clap hands.] We'll soon have them 
in our baskets! [Motion of picking up.] Now we have 
picked them all. Look up in the trees. [Bend neck 
oackward.] Last week the burrs were tight and 
round. Now they are wide open. 





See! the nuts still cling to some of them. [Point up.] Now 
the wind begins to blow, and a few patter down upon the 
dead leaves. [Drop finger tips on the desk with a little 
thud.] More will fall in the night and we will come again 
to-morrow. 

SEE-SAW. 

Now down, now up, the see-saw flies, 

Now down to the ground, now up to the skies, 

Though high you go, fear not at all; 

Hold fast to the board and you will not fall. 

Now down you jump, and off you run, 

Clapping hands to show 'twas fun. 

The teacher recites the lines alone. Each child raises his 
arms horizontally at the sides, and bends trunk over to the 
right, then to left. At "Now down you jump,' 1 drop 
arms to sides. Clap hands during last line. 



MINUTE PLAYS. 



269 



POTATOES. 




farmer plants his pota- 
his field. The plow has 
which runs through the 
breaks it up. [Push 
ward.] He breaks it 





In the spring the 

toes. He first plows 

a point like this, 

ground and 

hands for- .=== 

up stilly 

more with 

a harrow having long teeth which 

rake through the dirt. Then he 

gets his potatoes ready. Each potato has a little 
dimple which he calls an eye. He takes a big 
potato and cuts it into pieces 
with a sharp knife, like this : 

Each piece has a little eye. Then he drops-^V 

the pieces [motion of dropping] into the ' 

soft ground, and covers them up with his 

hoe. {Motion of covering.] By and by 

each little eye sends sprouts 
up through the ground. But 
the weeds grow, too, so the 
farmer digs them up with his 
hoe. [Digging motions.] The 

potato plants grow all summer, and in the fall turn brown 

and dry. On the stems in the ground, potatoes have been 

growing ; now they are ripe, and the farmer digs them up 

with his hoe. [Digging motions.] His little boy picks them 

up, and throws them into baskets. [Reach down and throw.] 





THE APPLE TREE. 

Out in the orchard there stands a big apple tree. It has 
grown high up into the air [reach xip with both arms], and its 



270 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



branches stretch wide. [Arms stretched at sides.'] In the 
spring its little buds begin to unfold. Now it has little leaf 
buds like this, which open, and big buds, like this, with 






many little buds inside. Each 
little bud is shut tight with five pointed green leaves called 
sepals. 




Soon they open wide, and oh, what beautiful broad pink petals ! 




What has been so carefully hidden inside all this? Many 
little soldiers carrying bags of gold-dust and below a little 




MINUTE PLAYS. 



271 



green treasure-box no bigger than jour thumb-nail. By and 
by the petals drop off, and float softly down to the ground. 
\Float arm. ] Then the treasure-box begins to grow, and soon 
is as large as this: 




Still it grows until it is as big as this 




It keeps on until it is like this 




and its cheeks are smooth and rosy, \JPut hands on cheeks. ~\ 
Then the farmer comes along and picks it from the tree [look 
up and make motion of picking] and puts it into a big barrel 




with its brothers and sisters, and sends them away to the city. 



272 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

ROVER AND THE SHEEP. 

Many years ago there was a big snowstorm. The white 
flakes came down softly but swiftly [float arms downward] 
for two whole days. The wind blew the snow [sweeping 
motion to side] into high drifts. [Arms high.] Now the 
farmers had great flocks of sheep out in their big pastures 
[arms wide], and when the storm came the sheep curled to- 
gether [curl up] in the hollows between the hills, and were 
covered with the drifting snow [sweeping motion to side], so 
that the farmers could not find them. But Rover knew what 
the men were looking for, and he ran around [leaping mo- 
tion with arms] sniffing about with his nose, and often stop- 
ping to listen. [Sniff and turn ' head to listen.] Suddenly 
he began to dig into a drift. [Paw with hands.] The 
farmers dug with their shovels [motions of digging] and soon 
found two sheep. Then Rover ran [with arms] to another 
place, and began to paw. [Motion.] Here they found 
several more sheep. In this way Rover kept on until all the 
sheep were found. 

GRADE II. — Second Tear in School. 

See Note to Teachers, page £63. 

THE SQUIRREL. 

A little red squirrel lived in a hole in a tree in the woods. 



^T 




MINUTE PLAYS. 273 

Every morning he looked out of his door to see if there was 




anything about that could harm him. If not, he ran merrily 
down his tree [run with fingers], and off to find his breakfast. 
Soon he found a nice sweet nut. Holding it in his paws, he 
sat up and gnawed away. [Hold nut with both hands up to 
mouth.] After he had eaten it, he found another nut, and, 
carrying it in his mouth, ran [run with fingers'] into his 
storehouse. 




He put the nut into his little cupboard and ran 
back [fingers run] after another. He worked hard all the 
fall filling his pantry, to be ready for the long, cold winter. 

THE HAWK. 

A hawk has a big nest high up in a tall pine tree in the 




274 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



forest. {Look up and reach both arms upward. ~\ One day 
while she is asleep on her nest [eyes closed, hands in lap], 
she hears a noise [open eyes'], and looking down over the nest 
[bend head and upper chest] sees a little Indian boy. He 
carries his bow and arrows. 




See! he fires at a partridge. [Motion of firing an arrow.] 
He will take it home for his dinner. Now he looks up and 
sees the hawk on her nest. [Bend neck backward. ] He raises 
his bow to fire at her, but she spreads her wings and flies 
away. [F lying motion with arms.] 

THE BOAT- RIDE. 

It is a warm day in June, and George and "Willis go 

down to the river for a boat-ride. They have a new brown 

boat, of which they are very proud. 

George gets in and takes his oars. 

Willis, giving the boat a push [push 

forward with arms], jumps in after him 

and takes the second pair of oars. They 

bend backward and forward [bend 
thumbs, pulling together. How steadi- 
ly the boat moves through the water! 
Now George rests, while Willis rows 
alone. He bends forward and pulls 

back on the oars with all his strength. [Rowing motion with 





MINUTE PLAYS. 



275 



trunk and arms.'] It is hard work for one boy. Here comes 
the little steamboat, making big waves. How the boat rocks. 
[Sway trunk.] Now Willis lays down his oars and lets the 
boat float down the river. He wipes the perspiration from 
his face [motions], saying, "How warm the sun is; I wish 
the wind would blow to fan us." [Fan with imaginary 
hat.] 

THE BEOOK. 

"Way up on the mountain a little brook started. It was no 
wider than the distance between two fingers, and it ran gently 




along, winding in and out between the stones. Another little 

4 




brook joined it, and the two ran together as one. It grew 



276 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 




h 

i ™ 

,y i 



larger as it ran, until it was as large as this. Still it ran 
merrily along. When it came to a rock, it leaped over it, 




making a waterfall. More brooks joined it, until it was 




MINUTE PLAYS. 



277 



very wide [stretch arms at sides'], so wide you couldn't jump 
across it, but had to cross on the bridge. It had become a 




big river, and it flowed along very slowly until it reached the 
ocean. 





THE SNAIL. 

Let us take a walk in the woods, down by 
/ the brook, where it is cool and damp. I 
think we may meet Mr. Snail. Ah ! here is 
his house ! I wonder if he is at home ! "We 
fyr ' , - / should only frighten him if we knocked, so 

we will keep very quiet [finger on lip], and 
wait for him to come out. Here he is ! 
See him walk off, carrying his house on 
his back. [Move fist by a series of 
forward hitchings with the thumb.'] 
No wonder he walks slowly ; you would, 
if you had only one foot. (The whole .. 
under side of his body is called a foot.) 




278 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



Now something lias frightened him ; he stops and curls up in 
his shell. In winter he builds a little storm-door on his 
house, and keeps warm inside until summer comes. This 
snail has four horns or feelers, which tell him where to go. 
The two long ones have each an eye on the end [point to 
finger-tips] ; he can draw them down out of sight whenever 
he chooses. 





"When he walks, he leaves a little wet trail behind him. 
[Wet little finger and make walking motions.'] He can not 
live in a dry place. If he can not find a moist one, he shuts 
himself up in his house and waits for rain. 

JACK IN THE PULPIT. 

Out in the woods, where the branches of the trees meet 
overhead {touch finger-tips above head], and form a dense 
shade, grows a queer little plant called Jack 
in the Pulpit. If you look closely, you will 
find the high pulpit with Jack standing in it, 
and overhead a sounding-board. Perhaps 
you think this is the flower because it has 
showy stripes of brown and green. No; the 
real flowers are hidden behind the pulpit, 
down at Jack's feet. See how carefully the 
mother plant holds up her arms, and spreads 




MINUTE PLA YS. 279 

out the three leaflets on each, to shadow this little Jack. 





If you dig carefully down into the ground under the pulpit [dig 
with fingers], you will find a little round bulb. Because 



<*S, 




this bulb looks something like a turnip, the plant is called 
Indian Turnip. 



KITTY WHITE AND KITTY GKAY. 

inin Kitty White and plump Kitty Gray 

Went hunting together one fine Summer's day. 

They ran along in the greatest glee [running motion with arms], 

And soon spied a nest high up in a tree. [Look up.] 




280 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



Then softly and quickly up they climbed [climbing motion with fingers] ; 
Ah ! only an empty nest did they find, 




So downward they backed in a sober way. [Motions with arms.] 

"Why are we always too late?" said they. [Shake head.] 

A squirrel sat chattering on a stump [arms against chest, fingers 

closed] ; 
The kittens crouched all ready to jump [bend forward, hands on desk] ; 
But squirrel saw them and off he ran [fingers run on deskl. 
And such an exciting race began. 

The kittens were gaining with every bound [bounding motion], 
When squirrel reached his hole in the ground. 




Said Kitty White, "That squirrel meat 

Would be, I fear, too tough to eat [shake head] ; 

But hush! don't let a sound be heard, 

For there on the ground sits a little bird." 

He watched the bird with glittering eye [bend forward], 

And into the tree-top saw him fly. [Flying motion with arms.] 

So thin Kitty White and plump Kitty Gray 

Went hungry home on that Summer's day. [Fingers icalk slowly.] 



MINUTE PL A YS. 



281 



THE CAKE. 
This is the cake so round and light. 




This is the spoon so new and bright that mixed the cake so round and 
light. 




This is the bowl that helped the spoon so new and bright that mixed 




the cake so round and light. 

These are the eggs that were put in the bowl that helped the spoon 




so new and bright that mixed the cake so round and light. 

This is the flour all sifted white [motion of sifting] that thickened the 
cups of sugar and milk that were stirred with the eggs that were put 



282 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



in the bowl that helped the spoon so new and bright that mixed the 
cake so round and light. 

This is the soda to make it light [sift] that was put in the flour all 
sifted white that thickened the cups of sugar and milk that were stirred 
with the eggs that were put in the bowl that helped the spoon so new 
and bright that mixed the cake so round and light. 

This is mamma good and true [point toward right] who added the 
spice to make it nice that went with the soda to make it light that was 
put in the flour all sifted white that thickened the cups of sugar and 
milk that were stirred with the eggs that were put in the bowl that 
helped the spoon so new and bright that mixed the cake so round and 
light. 

This is the pan buttered new by dear mamma so good and true who 
added the spice to make it nice that went with the soda to make it 
light that was put in the flour all sifted Avhite that thickened the cups 
of sugar and milk that were stirred with the eggs that were put in the 
bowl that helped the spoon so new and bright that mixed the cake so 
round and light. 

This is the oven of just the right heat where she put the pan buttered 







new by dear mamma so good and true who added the spice to make it 
nice that went with the soda to make it light that was put in the flour 
all sifted white that thickened the cups of sugar and milk that were stiiTed 
with the eggs that were put in the bowl that helped the spoon so new 
and bright that mixed the cake so round and light. 

This is the cake so brown and sweet that came from the oven of just 
the right heat where she put the pan buttered new by dear mamma 
so good and true who added the spice to make it nice that went with the 
soda to make it light that was put in the flour all sifted white that 
thickened the cups of sugar and milk that were stirred with the eggs 
that were put in the bowl that helped the spoon so new and bright that 
mixed the cake so round and light. 



MINUTE PLAYS. 



283 



THE DESERT. 



Far away across the sea [arms stretched front] there are 
great plains called deserts. Off to the right and off to the left 
[stretch arm and turn head to right, then to left] you can 
see nothing but sand for many miles. Sometimes high winds 
blow. They sweep the sand along [both arms move from 
right to left], lift it high into the air [arms up], and whirl it 
around [circling movement]. Travelers in the desert crouch 
down, throw blankets over their heads [bend forward, rest 
elbows on desTc, and clasp fingers behind head], and wait for 
the storm to pass by. 



THE CAMEL. 

The camel is a queer-looking animal, with a long neck 
[stretch neck] and a long head. [Put hand in front of face 

and extend forward.] On 
his back he has two great 
humps. Some camels have 
only one hump, and are called 
dromedaries. The camel is not very beautiful, but he is a 
useful animal, because he can go many days without drinking 
water. So people traveling across deserts ride on camels in- 
stead of horses. When a man wishes to get upon his back, 
the camel kneels down. He bends first his fore legs, then 






284 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 




his liind legs. After the man has climbed upon his back, he 
rises by straightening his hind legs with a lurch that almost 
sends the man off over his head 
[bend trunk forward] ] then he 
straightens his fore legs, and the 
man almost tumbles off backward. 
[Bend trunk backward.] When 
he walks, both legs on each side 
move together like this [motions 
with thumbs and first fingers on desk], and the man on his 
back sways and lurches [motions with trimk] in a way which 
is very uncomfortable until he becomes accustomed to it. 
When night comes, the camel stops and kneels down [finger 
motions], and the man gets off his back. He is very tired 
from sitting still so long, and is glad to stretch himself 
[stretch arms] and walk about. 

THE PUMPKIN. 

There was once a little flat pumpkin seed. 




The farmer planted it with some others in the dark ground. 
Now this seed was a baby plant, with two big thick leaves 
and a little stem all covered by a thick coat. By and by 
one end of the stem burst out of the coat and pushed down 
into the ground. The other end pushed up into the sunshine, 
pulling the seed after it. 





MINUTE PLAYS. 



285 



The leaves began to swell and pulled themselves out of the 
thick coat that had kept them so safe and warm. 




They liked the warm sunshine. It made them turn green, and 
they began to spread apart. 




Now these two thick leaves were full of a food which was to 
feed the little new leaves until the plant was big enough to 
take care of itself. The new leaves were flat and thin, and 
had nice points and scallops. 




286 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



Down in the ground little roots came out of the stem and 
spread about in the earth, taking in water and food; 







and above, the leaves took in the sunlight and air, helping 
the plant to grow very fast. So it grew to be a long vine 
[hands far apart], trailing over the ground. [Motion with 
both hands. ,] Its leaves stood up on a tall stem, each some- 
thing like an umbrella. 





Then came a big yellow blossom, shaped like a trumpet. 




After a while the beautiful big blossom wilted, and the little ball 



111 



MINUTE PLAYS. 



287 



which was inside began to grow into a little green pumpkin. 
Soon it was as big as this. 




Then it turned yellow, and a little boy picked it and made a 
Jack-o'-lantern from it. Inside he found many flat seeds 




just like the one from which it grew. 

MAKING MAPLE SUGAR. 
A grove of maples, bare and tall; 




288 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

A rude log-house near by; 




The first glad blue-bird's cheerful call [look up] ; 
And over all, blue sky. [Arms curved above head.] 

A man tramps through the softening snow [put hands on desk] ; 







The tapping of trees is begun [motion of turning auger] ; 
The spouts are set, the pails hung low, 




And the sap begins to run. 



MINUTE PLATS. 
The drops ooze fast, the pail o'erflows [motion with hands] ; 

-> 



23S 




A man with buckets appears; 
He empties the pail, and on he goes, 

Till the sap-house fire he nears. 
Into the caldron the sap he pours, 

^nd piles with wood the fire, 




Till fiercely up the chimney it roars, 
And the eager flames leap higher. 




Soon foaming bubbles merrily play 
Within the kettle walls, 



*v^% 



^^y/ : 




290 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

The steam uprises and floats away; 




Outside, the darkness falls. 




And still the skimmer he deftly plies, 




And the wondrous change goes on; 
Clear golden sirup now meets his eyes; 
The amber sap is gone. 

And now poured out in shallow tins [motion], 

'Tis carefully set away [reaching to put on shelves] ; 

But lo! another change begins [hands raised in snrprise]- 
'Tis sugar he finds next day, [Clap hands once.] 



ACTION POEMS. 

Note to Teachers. 

THE purpose of these selections is to assist in training the 
body to express the mind. Yivid pictures are brought 
before the pupil's mental eyes, his emotions are 
aroused, and movements of the body portray them. Were 
each body responsive to its mind, this training would be un- 
necessary. The physical exercises free the muscles and train 
them to work in harmony ; these mental exercises rouse them 
to move in obedience to thought. The movements suggested 
for each poem are not arbitrary, nor are they to be read to 
the children : they are only suggestions of movements which 
might be made in response to a certain mental conception of 
the poem, and are given simply as aids to the teacher whose 
own muscles have never been trained to express her thought. 
Let her remember to look in the direction indicated when 
pointing to an object, and to hold the hand for an instant in 
the position indicated before dropping to side. 

The scene to be described must be clearly pictured in the 
mind of the pupil before he can show it to others. There- 
fore, before the selection is rendered, the teacher must take 
time to explain unfamiliar ideas and question the pupils to see 
if they have formed correct conceptions. Then let the class 
give the poem, pointing out the objects named or imitating 
any movements mentioned. When all have the same scene 
in mind there will be a general uniformity of gesture ; but 
this must not be insisted on lest mechanical movements result. 
A different gesture usually means a different thought ; hence 
it is the conception which must be changed. 

Individual rendering is preferable for voice culture, but 
lack of time often compels concert work; this, however, is 
not wholly undesirable, since it arouses enthusiasm and gives 

291 



292 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

courage to the timid. Never allow the singsong tone ; insist 
on mental work from each pupil. 

Frequently ask the children to close the eyes until they 
imagine they can see the objects described. Tell them to let 
their faces as well as their' arms help their voices tell the 
story. 



GRADE III.— Third Year in School. 

THREE WAYS. 
By Mary Mapes Dodge. 

[From " Rhymes and Jingles." By permission of author.] 

'How sweet," said the swan, 

"To glide and plash! (1) 
And not, like a frog, 

To dive and dash." (2) 

"How fine," said the frog, 

"To dive and dash! (2) 
And not like the swan, 

To glide and plash!" (1) 

"But better than either, 

To float with grace," (3) 
A pond lily whispered, 

"Yet keep your place." 

(1) Thumbs nearly touching, palms down, in front of 
body ; extend hands straight forward with gliding movement; 
separate hands slightly and give them a quick downward dip 
with wrist movement. (2) Palms together in front of chest ; 
extend arms quickly ; separate hands quickly and carry arms 
outward and slightly downward at half sides. (3) Sway body 
slightly from side to side, changing weight slowly from one 
foot to the other ; continue through stanza. 



ACTION POEMS. 293 

A GEEAT SURPRISE. 
By A. H. B. 

[From Tout Ws Companion. By permission.] 

A great yellow sunflower grew so tall (1) 

It looked right over the garden wall. (2) 

"Bless me," cried he, "what a marvelous sight! (3) 

Wonderful meadows to left and right, (4) 

And a hill that reaches up to the sky, (5) 

And a long, straight road where the folks go by. (6) 

'Twas lucky for me that I grew so tall (7) 

As to see the lands that lie over the wall. (8) 

I hadn't the faintest idea," said he,. (9) 

"How much of a place the world might be!" (10) 

(1) Stand straight and stretch up neck. (2) Bend neck 
over front. (3) Lift both hands in surprise. (4) Point out- 
ward with open hand to left and right. (5) Reach both arms 
straight upward. (6) Hold hands, one foot apart, palms 
facing, in front of chest ; then extend straight forward. (7) 
Clasp hands earnestly in front of body. (8) Open and carry 
outward to half sides, with palms upward. (9) Raise hands 
in surprise. (10) Turn arms and carry down at half sides to 
waist-line, palms upward. 

BUD-BABIES. 
By Bertha Louise Colbtjbn 

On every tree in Spring, 

Bud-babies small and brown (1) 
In tiny cradles swing. (2) 
Though March winds rave about, 

In haste to blow them down, (3) 
They cling with courage stout; 
Until they hear Spring call: (4) 

"Throw off your wraps so warm, 
Put on new garments all." 
So out from blankets deep (5) 

Which hid from wintry storm, 



294 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 






They take a timid peep (6) 
But gone is every fear, 

When sunlight warm they see (7) 
And cheerful birdnotes hear. 
Now each bud swells with pride, (8) 

And robing fast in glee, 
Throws useless wrap aside. (9) 

(1) Raise arms at sides above head, and shut palms, fingers 
pointing upward, to represent the bud. Hold till (5). (2) 
Feet apart, sway from side to side. (3) Put one foot slightly 
forward and sway forward and back. (4) Stand still and tip 
head slightly to side in listening attitude. (5) Open palms 
very slowly, lowering elbows until the upper arms, are hori- 
zontal at sides on (6). (7) Tip head backward, looking up and 
smiling. (8) Forearms open out a little at sides to show 
swelling of bud. (9) Bring arms downward in front, and 
then to sides as if throwing off wraps. Joyful expression of 
face. 

THE WEATHER-VANE. 

By Mart Mapes Dodge. 

[From " Rhymes and Jingles." By permission of author.! 

There was an old weather-vane high on the shed, (1) 
The wind came a courting and turned his head; (2) 
And all it could utter for lack of a mouth 
Was — East and West and North and South. (3) 

(1) Tip head back and reach both arms up above head, 
palms front. (2) Turn head slowly around to right ; then to 
left. (3) Arms extended at shoulder level ; twist trunk 
slowly to right until left arm points to normal front position ; 
twist around to left until right arm points to normal front., 

FROGS. 
By Bertha Louise Colburn. 

A dozen frogs, who sat on logs, (1) 

Around a shallow pool, (2) 
Were seen with joy by a cruel boy 

Coming home from school. 



ACTION POEMS. 295 

A stone he threw, (3) and hit one, too, 

The cruel, wicked lad; 
Then, threw another, (3) and hit his bi other. 

Was ever boy so bad? (4) 

Then all the frogs who sat on logs (1) 

Dove into the shallow pool; (5) 
And they had need to swim with speed, (6) 

To escape the boy from school. 

(1) Bend trunk slightly forward from hips, and hold arms 
down in front at an angle of thirty degrees with body, palms 
down and parallel to floor, chin lifted high — to represent sit- 
ting frog. (2) Arms raised to midline, elbows bent and 
palms in, to indicate the round pool. (3) Motiun of throw- 
ing. (4) Hands raised in astonishment. (5) Bring palms to- 
gether and shove them forward, bending neck forward, in 
diving movement. (6) Spread arms to sides; together; and 
out again, with swimming movement. 

THE SQUIRREL'S ARITHMETIC. 

By Annie Douglas Bell. 

High on the branch of a walnut tree (1) 

A bright-eyed squirrel sat. (2) 
What was he thinking so earnestly? (3) 

And what was he looking at? (4) 
The forest was green around him, (5) 

The sky all over his head; (6) 
His nest was in a hollow limb, (7) 

And his children snug in bed. (8) 

He was doing a problem o'er and o'er, (9) 

Busily thinking was he; (10) 
How many nuts for his Winter's store (3) 

Could he hide in the hollow tree? (4) 
He sat so still on the swaying bough (11) 

You might have thought him asleep. (12) 
Oh, no; he was trying to reckon now, (13) 

The nuts the babies could eat. (14) 



296 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Then suddenly he frisked about, (15) 

And down the tree he ran. (16) 
"The best way to do, without a doubt, (17) 

Is to gather all I can." (18) 

(1) and (2) Look and point upward right. (3) and (4) 
Droop head and look fixedly at some object. (5) Carry both 
arms out to sides with sweeping gesture. (6) Carry arms up- 
ward, touching fingers over head and looking upward. (7) 
See cut in "The Squirrel" play, page 272. (8) Tuck 
fingers of left hand under those of right. (9) and (10) Droop 
head in thought; nod on "o'er and o'er." (11) Point up- 
ward and wave hand gently from side to side. (12) Droop 
head and close eyes. (13) and (14) Shake head and lift right 
arm to midline at half side. (15) Make sudden movement 
with both hands. (16) Running with fingers. (17) Em- 
phatically. (18) Extend both arms at half sides. 

THE FOURTH OF JULY. 
By Beetha Louise Colbtjen. 

Hurrah! Hurrah! The Fourth of July! (1) 

Great day of freedom's birth, 
Run up our banner; let her fly (2) 

In triumph o'er the earth. (3) 

The bells are rung from twelve to one, (4) 

To usher in the day; 
They ring again to greet the sun, 

And herald its first ray. 

The trumpets peal their loudest blast, (5) 

We hear the booming gun; 
The children big torpedoes east; (6) 

The day is well begun. 

To merry sound of fife (7) and drum (8) 

The boys march down the street; (9) 
You think of soldiers homeward come, 

As sounds their tramping feet. 






ACTION POEMS. 297 

The crackers snap with fitful sound; (10) 

Torpedoes burst all day; (10) 
And when the darkness closes round, (11) 

The brilliant fireworks play. (12) 

The candles shoot their flaming balls; (13) 

The rockets upward go; (14) 
The brazen serpent fierce appalls; (15) 

The spinning pin-wheels glow. (16) 

But darkness reigns supreme at length; 

The glorious Fourth is o'er; 
Three cheers for the flag of right and strength, (17) 

Free waving evermore. 

(1) Circular movement of right hand and arm above head, 
as in cheering. (2) Point upward with right hand. (3) Give 
sweeping gesture with both hands from front to sides. (4) 
Movement of pulling bell- rope, continued during whole 
stanza. (5) Holding trumpet to mouth with both hands. (6) 
Throwing movement with right arm. (7) Both hands up to 
mouth as in playing fife. (8) Beating drum. (9) Feet lifted 
and replaced quietly in stationary marching, during last three 
lines. (10) Clap hands. (11) Slow floating movement of 
arms from high, half sides down to midline. (12) Clasp 
hands in quick joyful manner. (13) Hold right arm up and 
give circular movement of hand from wrist, as if holding 
candle. (14) Both arms carried upward with swift, straight 
movement. (15) Point upward left and make serpentine 
movement. (16) Twirl both hands around each other. (17) 
Circular movement of cheering with hand above head. 

TEN LITTLE TIN SOLDIEES. 
By Lilla Thomas Eldek. 

[From YouilVs Companion. By permission.] 

Ten little tin soldiers lay in a row, (1) 

Stretched out on the nursery floor, (2) 
Just where they could see with their sharp little eyes, 

Through the crack that was under the door. (3) 



298 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Their captain had left them all there for the night, 

And said, as he crept into bed, 
"If any one tries to come into the room, (4) 

You must fire and shoot him stone-dead." (5) 

The hours went by, and the ten little guns (6) 
Were aimed at the crack near the floor, (7) 

When all of a sudden the crack stretched and grew, (8) 
And somebody opened the door. (9) 

Bang! bang! went the guns — the soldiers all fired, (10) 

But nobody seemed to be dead; (11) 
Instead they all heard a soft kiss in the dark, 

"Good-night, dear!" a loving voice said. 

Then all the ten soldiers shook badly with fright, (12) 

And whispered low, one to another: (13) 
"How lucky it was that our guns were so small! (14) 

What if we had killed Tommy's mother?" (15) 

(1) and (2) Hold hands out front, palms down, fingers 
stretched out straight. (3) One hand held an inch above the 
other, palms facing. (4) and (5) Stand erect like soldier, and 
make straight up and down gesture of command. (6) and (7) 
Both arms raised as if aiming gun. (8) and (9) Hold hands 
as in (3), then stretch them apart and toward side. (10) Fire 
guns. (11) Look intently forward; show surprise. (12) 
Shake with fear. (13) Turn head to side. (14) Hand up to 
mouth, as if whispering. (15) Point to " Tommy's mother." 

THE MOSQUITOES. 
By Beetha Louise Colbuen. 

On a little round placid-faced pond 

Softly floated a tiny white raft; (1) 
Built of hundreds of eggs, (2) you'll agree 

'Twas a very queer kind of a craft. (3) 

On this calm little rush-grown pond, 

For two days it floated about; (4) 
Then from under each tiny gray egg, 

Lo! a little dark wriggler crept out. (5) 



ACTION POEMS. 299 

They all wriggled around in the pond, (6) 
Swiftly darting about here and there, (7) 

Eluding the fierce, cruel nymphs, (8) 
Going up to the top after air. (9) 

So much swimming about in the pond, 

Made their clothing become far too tight; 

So the old they thrice changed for new, (10) 
Much more suited for swift, easy flight. (C) 

But they floated ere-long on the pond, (11) 
Grown too lazy to do aught but breathe, 

Till the sight of some dread, waiting nymph, 
Sent them hurrying down far beneath. (12) 

Now thus floating one day on the pond, (11) 

In new chrysalis clothes tightly dressed, 
With such queer, breathless feelings of pain 

Were the little fat wrigglers oppressed. (13) 

And each shuddered with fear on the pond, (14) 

At the sound of a queer, rending crack; 
For each felt that his chrysalis coat 

Had split all the way down the back! (15) 

So with trembling upon the still pond, 

From their old ragged coats they crawled out, (16) 

Dried their weak, crumpled wings in the sun; 
Then mosquitoes gay flew about. (17) 

But alas! lightly over the pond, 

Their voracious nymph enemies flew; (17) 

Slender dragon-flies now, with gay wings 
Of many a rich, brilliant hue. 

And alack! too, there lived near the pond 

Many giants, alert, fierce and wild; (18) 
And mosquitoes were killed by the score (19) 

By a monster whom they called a child. (20) 

(1) Hold hand out front with palm down for raft; float to 
side with wrist movement. (2) Hands held up in front of 
chest in surprise. (3) Hands lowered to mid-front in affirma- 



300 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



tion. (4) Float hand slowly from side to side. (5) Separate 
fingers and move them up and down. (6) Palms together 
vertically ; move hands from side to side with wrist move- 
ment. (7) Wriggle hands to one side with wrist and arm 
movement. (8) Move them downward. (9) Move them up- 
ward. (10) From position of palms together close fingers 
and open hands with a downward turning movement, and 
shut backs of hands together. Reverse movement. (11) 
Hands in 6th position, held upward in front. (12) Wriggling 
movement downward, (13) Hold hands up to throat and 
show feeling by facial expression. (14) Shake with fear. 
(15) From 6th position open palms from above. (16) From 
15th separate hands, moving them horizontally to sides. (17) 
Float arms up and down at sides above shoulder level. (18) 
Both arms reaching up in front to show height of giants; 
bend slightly forward on " alert; " show fierceness in facial 
expression. (19) Short, quick slap of each hand upon back 
of other. (20) Point to child with open hand. 






GEADE IV. — Fourth Year in School. 

NOTE. 

A careful reading of Note to Teachers, page 291, is im- 
perative in order to understand the purpose of these selec- 
tions and notes. It is sometimes well to let each pupil give a 
stanza of a new poem to test his growth in bodily expression. 

HIAWATHA'S HUNTING. 
By Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. 

Forth in the forest straightway (1) 
All alone walked Hiawatha 
Proudly with his bow and arrows; (2) 
And the birds sang round him, o'er him, (3) 

"Do not shoot us, Hiawatha!" 
Up the oak-tree, close beside him, (4) 
Sprang the squirrel, Adjidaumo, 
In and out among the branches {5) 
Couglied and chattered from the oak tree, 
Laughed and said between his laughing, (6) 

"Do not shoot me, Hiawatha!" 
And the rabbit from his pathway (7) 
Leaped aside, and at a distance (8) 
Sat erect upon his haunches, (9) 
Half in fear and half in frolic, 
Saying to the little hunter, 

"Do not shoot me, Hiawatha!" 

Eut he heeded not, nor heard them, (10) 
For his thoughts were with the red deer (1) 
On their tracks his eyes were fastened, (11) 
Leading downward to the river, (12) 
To the ford across the river, 
And as one in slumber walked he. (11) 

Hidden in the alder-bushes, (13) 
There he waited till the deer came, 
301 



302 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Till he saw two antlers lifted, (14) 
Saw two eyes look from the thicket, (15) 
Saw two nostrils point to windward, (16) 
And a deer came down the pathway, (17) 
Flecked with leafy light and shadow, (18) 
And his heart within him fluttered, (19) 
Trembled like the leaves above him, (20) 
Like the birch-leaf palpitated, (20) 
As the deer came down tne pathway. (17) 

Then, upon one knee uprising, 
Hiawatha aimed an arrow: (21) 
Scarce a twig moved with his motion (22) 
Scarce a leaf was stirred or rustled, (23) 
But the wary roebuck started, (24) 
Stamped with all his hoofs together, (25) 
Listened with one foot uplifted, (26) 
Leaped as if to meet the arrow; (27) 
Ah! the singing fatal arrow, (28) 
Like a wasp it buzzed and stung him! (29) 

Dead he lay there in the forest, (30) 
By the ford across the river; (31) 
Beat his timid heart no longer, 
But the heart of Hiawatha (32) 
Throbbed and shouted and exulted, 
As he bore the red deer homeward (33) 
And Iagoo and Nokomis 
Hailed his coming with applauses. 
From the red deer's hide Nokomis 
Made a cloak for Hiawatha, (34) 
From the red deer's flesh Nokomis 
Made a banquet in his honor. (35) 
All the village came and feasted, (36) 
All the guests praised Hiawatha, (37) 
Called him Strong-Heart, Soan-ge-taha (38) 
Called him Loon-Heart, Mahn-go-taysee ! (34) 

(1) Point forward into forest. (2) Stand erect carrying 
bow. (3) Slowly sweep both arms to sides; then upward. 
(4) Point up with right hand and look up. (5) Right hand 
at (4) move slightly from side to side. (6) Tip head forward 
and look down. (7) Point down with left hand, palm down. 



ACTION POEMS. 303 

(8) Move hand quickly to left. (9) Hold forearms beside 
chest with hands drooping. (10) Shake head slowly. (11) 
Bend slightly forward, looking down. (12) From (11) point 
straight forward with palm down. (13) Bend forward in 
crouching attitude. (14) Raise both arms with ringers 
stretched apart. (15) Tip head forward, gazing intently. 
(16) Raise left hand in front, first two fingers straight for- 
ward, slightly apart, and the others closed. , (17) Turn left 
hand, palm upward, and lower slightly to side i i assertion. 
(18) Turn palm down and move fingers up and down. (19) 
Place left hand on heart. (20) Carry left hand forward and 
move back and forth from wrist ; then carry upward and re- 
peat. (21) Bend one knee more than the other and hold bow 
in position to fire. (22) Point forward with right hand. (23) 
Move right hand quickly from side to side with wrist move- 
ment. (24) Quickly lift both arms in front nearly to shoulder 
level, forearms leading and elbows bent. (25) Quick down- 
ward movement of arms, forearms leading. (26) Keep right 
hand in (25) position and quickly lift left as in (24). (27) 
Lift both arms straight in front. (28) Shake head slightly. 
(29) Lift left hand to upper part of chest; quickly straighten 
arm and carry forward, pointing with first finger. (30) Point 
down with both hands, palms front. (31) Drop left hand to 
position and turn palm of right down and raise it slightly, 
pointing to ford. (32) Place left hand on heart. (33) Raise 
arms as if grasping deer carried on shoulder. (34) Carry left 
hand outward at midline, palm up. (35) Same with right. 

(36) Both hands carried out to sides at midline, palms up. 

(37) Hands carried forward and upward ; then lowered in 
affirmation. (38) Stand strongly erect and place left hand on 
heart. 

THE GLADNESS OF NATURE. 
By William Cullen Bkyant. 

[By permission of D. Appleton & Co., publishers of Bryant's complete works.] 

Is this a time to be cloudy and sad, 

When our mother Nature laughs around; (1) 

When even the deep blue heavens look glad, (2) 

And gladness breathes from the blossoming ground? (3) 



304 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

There ai-e notes of joy from the hang-bird and wren, (4) 
And the gossip of swallows through all the sky; (5) 

The ground-squirrel gayly chirps by his den, (6) 
And the wilding bee hums merrily by. (7) 

The clouds are at play in the azure space (8) 

And their shadows at play on the bright-green vale, (9) 

And here they stretch to the frolic chase, (10) 
And there they roll on the easy gale. (11) 

There's a dance of leaves in that aspen bower, (12) 
There's a titter of winds in that beechen tree, (13) 

There's a smile on the fruit, and a smile on the flower, (14) 
And a laugh from the brook that runs to the sea. (15) 

And look at the broad-faced sun, how he smiles (16) 

On the dewy earth that smiles in his ray, (17) 
On the leaping waters and gay young isles; (18) 

Ay, look, and he'll smile thy gloom away. (19) 

The "gladness " of this poem must be felt until face and 
voice express it. 

(1) Raise both arms and carry them outward to indicate 
whole world. (2) Raise arms straight upward and tip head 
back, looking up. (3) Point down with both hands, palms 
front. (4) Point upward to right, moving hand slightly 
down to side to indicate "wren." (5) Turn right palm 
down ; at same time raise left arm to similar position and 
move hands swiftly toward each other and out again, look- 
ing from one side to the other to darting swallows. (6) 
Point downward with left hand, palm down. (7) Raise left 
arm to shoulder level and give gentle sweep to left side. (8) 
Raise arms high in front and move hands toward each other, 
then out to sides. (9) Lower arms, pointing downward and 
move hands in same way. (10) Extend both arms to right; 
then sweep across to left. (11) Float arms to right side with 
undulating movements. (12) Point upward toward right, 
moving fingers rapidly for leaves. (13) Same with left hand. 

(14) Point upward with right, then downward with left. 

(15) Carry both arms with undulating movement from right 



ACTION POEMS. 305 

to left. (16) Raise both arms, curving them toward each 
other at head level. (IT) Carry arms downward toward 
earth, palms front. (18) Point outward to right. (19) Point 
upward to sun, then turn and carry downward and outward 
to shoulder level with palms down. 

THE OWL. 

By Alfred Tennyson. 

When cats run home, and light is come, (1) 

And dew is cold upon the ground. (2) 
And the far-off stream is dumb, (3) 
And the whirring sail goes round, (4) 
And the whirring sail goes round; 
Alone and warming his five wits, (5) 
The white owl in the belfry sits. (6) 

When merry milkmaids click the latch, (7) 
And rarely smells the new-mown hay, (8) 
And the cock hath sung beneath the thatch, (9) 
Twice or thrice his roundelay, (10) 
Twice or thrice his roundelay; 

Alone and warming his five wits, (5) 
The white owl in the belfry sits. (6) 

Question pupils about poem, and explain anything foreign 
to their experiences, that they may not hold incorrect pictures 
in mind. 

(1) Carry right hand, palm down, out to side with sweep- 
ing movement. Raise both arms in front, pointing above 
horizon. (2) Lower both arms, palms down, and look at 
ground. (3) Point to right front with straight fingers. (4) 
Raise left arm and make large circles in front. (5) Tip head 
forward, and stand with elbows bent, arms close to sides. (6) 
Point upward to left. (7) Extend right hand to click the 
latch. (8) Point both hands to ground, palms front, and ex- 
tend them slightly to sides. (9) Point to left. (10) Raise 
both forearms in front on "twice " and lower on "thrice " 
to midline with palms up. 



306 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

THE LEAFLETS. 
By Kate L. Brown. 

[From "Nature ana Verse," by permission of Messrs. Silver, Burdett & Co.] 

Dance, little leaflets, dance, (1) 

'Neath the tender sky of Spring; (2) 
Dance in the golden sun, (1) 

To the tune that the robins sing. (1) 
Now you are light and young, 

Just fit for a baby play; 
So dance, little leaflets, dance, (1) 

And welcome the merry May. (1) 

Sway, little leaflets, sway, (3) 

In the ardent sunlight's glow; (3) 
Oh, what a sleepy world! (4) 

For August has come, you know. 
Many a drowsy bird 

Is drooping its golden crest, (5) 
So sway, little leaves, and rock (3) 

The orioles in their nest. (3) 

Swing, little leaflets, swing; (6) 

The quail pipes in the corn; (7) 
Under the harvest sun, (8) 

The cardinal flower is born. (9) 
Russet and gold and red 

Little leaves are gayly dress'd; (10) 
Is it holiday time with you 

That you have put on your best? (11) 

Fall, little leaflets, fall, (12) 

Your mission is not sped; (12) 
Shrill pipes the Winter wind, (13) 

And the happy Summer's dead. 
Make now a blanket warm, (12) 

For the leaves till the Spring winds call; (14) 
You must carpet the waiting earth, (15) 

So fall, little leaflets, fall. (12) 

Notice the difference in the pictures and movements for 
the four seasons. 



ACTION POEMS. 307 

(1) Look upward, raise both arms and swing hands in circles 
from wrist. (2) Float both hands down to shoulder level, 
turn palms up and look from one part of sky to other. (3) 
Raise arms as in (1) and swing hands slowly from side to side 
with wrist movement. (1) Drop arms to sides, and slowly 
close eyes. (5) Drop head forward. (6) Raise arms and 
swing the hands up and down from wrist. (7) Point to 
right. (8) Point upward. (9) Point down to ground. (10) 
Point upward with both hands, looking from one side to 
.other. (11) Lower hands to midline, turn palms up, and 
continue looking up at trees. (12) Raise arms and float 
gently downward, moving slightly from side to side, as a leaf 
flutters down. (13) Shiver. (14) Hold position of hands 
down, palms toward floor. (15) Move hands to sides. 

ARIEL'S SONGS. 
By William Shakespeare. 

I. 
Come unto these yellow sands, (1) 
And then take hands: (2) 
Curtsied when you have, and kiss'd (3) 
The wild waves whist, 
Foot it featly here and there; (4) 
And, swc ; J cprites, the burden bear. 
Hark, hark! (5) The watch-dogs bark; (6) 

Bow-wow. Bow-wow. 
Hark, hark! (5) I hear 
The strain of strutting chanticleer. (7) 
Cock-a-diddle-dow. 
II. 
Full fathom five thy father lies; (8) 

Of his bones are coral made, (9) 
Those are pearls that were his eyes. (10) 

Nothing of him that doth fade 
But doth suffer a sea-change (11) 
Into something rich and strange. (12) 
Sea-nymphs hourly ring his knell; (13) 
Ding-dong. 
Hark! now I hear them, (5) Ding-dong, bell. (13) 



308 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

III. 

Where the bee sucks, there suck I. (14) 
In a cowslip bell I lie, — (15) 

There I couch (16) when owls do cry, 

On the bat's back I do fly (17) 
After Summer merrily. 

Merrily, merrily shall I live now (18) 

Under the blossom that hangs on the bough. (19) 

Ariel was an " airy spirit." Explain to children the occa- 
sions of these songs as told in ' ' The Tempest, ' ' and try to 
have them catch their spirit and meaning. 

(1) Extend both arms in front, pointing down to sands. (2) 
Move arms from front to sides to '' take hands." (3) Make 
graceful curtsy and kiss hand toward right. (4) Extend right 
foot, pointing toe toward floor ; extend left. (5) Bend for- 
ward in listening attitude. (6) Stand erect. (7) Stand erect 
and point to left. (8) Both hands pointing straight down- 
ward in front. (9) Still holding hands down, turn palms 
front. (10) Raise hands to mid- front line on " pearls," then 
upward on "eyes." (11) Raise hands slowly upward in 
front, palms, front, in surprise. (12) Lower hands to mid- 
front line, turning palms up. (13) Motions of pulling a bell- 
rope. (14) Point down to flower with right hand, then point 
to self on "I." (15) Point to left. (16) Bring left arm up, 
bend elbow, and droop head upon it as if sleeping. (17) 
Flying movement, floating arms up and down at sides. (18) 
Clasp hands joyously in front of chest. (19) Tip head back- 
ward, looking up, and point up with both hands. 

THE COMING STORM. 

By Lilliptjt Levee. 

The tree-tops rustle, (1) the tree-tops wave; (2) 
They hustle, they bustle; (1) and down in a cave (3) 
The winds are murmuring, ready to rave. (4) 

The skies are dimming; (5) the birds fly low, (6) 
Skimming and swimming, their wings are slow; (7) 
They float, they are carried, they scarcely go. (8) 



ACTION POEMS. 309 

The dead leaves hurry; (?) the waters, too, 

Hurry and scurry, (10) as if they knew 

A storm was at hand, (11) the smoke is blue. (12) 

(1) Raise both arras and swing hands in circles from wrist. 
(2) Swing hands from side to side. (3) Lower hands in front 
and look down. (4) Make larger and slower circles with same 
wrist movement. (5) Point upward in front w T ith both hands. 
(6) Lower arms in front. (7) Extend both arms with quick 
movement to left side ; then to right ; then extend at each 
side at head level and float slowly down to shoulder level. 
(8) Arms extended motionless at sides. (9) Raise arms in 
front and float downward like whirling leaves. (10) Extend 
both arms to right and carry across to left with undulating 
movements from wrist. (11) From "scurry " turn palms up 
and hold extended arms at midline. (12) Point forward and 
outward with right hand. 

LIKE A CRADLE. 
By Saxe Holm. 

Like a cradle, rocking, rocking (1) 

Silent, peaceful, to and fro, — (1) 
Like a mother's sweet looks dropping 

On the little face below, — (2) 
Hangs the green earth, swinging, turning, (3) 

Jarless, noiseless, safe, and slow; (3) 
Falls the light of God's face bending (4) 

Down and watching us below. (2) 

(1) Advance one foot and sway forward and back. (2) 
Raise both hands to midline, palms forward, and look down- 
ward. (3) Raise hands in front to head level, and revolve 
them slowly around each other. (4) Float hands slightly out- 
ward at same level, and hold them with palms down,, head 
bent down. 

THE PLANTING OF THE APPLE-TREE. 
By William Cullen Bryant. 

[By permission of D. Appleton & Co., publishers of Bryant's complete works.! 
Come, let us plant the apple-tree. 
Cleave the tough greensward with the spade ; (1 



310 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Wide let its hollow bed be made, (2) 
There gently lay the roots, and there (3) 
Sift the dark mould with kindly care, (4) 

And press it o'er them tenderly, (5) 
As, round the sleeping infant's feet, 
We softly fold the cradle-sheet, (6) 

So plant we the apple-tree. (7) 

What plant we in this apple-tree? (7) 
Buds, which the breath of summer days 
Shall lengthen into leafy spi-ays. (8) 
Boughs, where the thrush, with crimson breast, (9) 
Shall haunt and sing and hide her nest; (10) 

We plant, upon the sunny lea, (11) 
A shadow for the noontide hour, (12) 
A shelter from the Summer shower, (13) 

When we plant the apple-tree. (7) 
« * * * * * * * * * 

What plant we in this apple-tree? (7) 
Fruits that shall swell in sunny June (14) 
And redden in the August noon (15) 
And drop, when gentle airs come by, (16) 
That fan the blue September sky, 
While children come, wdth cries of glee, (17) 
And seek them where the fragrant grass 
Betrays their bed to those Avho pass (18) 

At the foot of the apple-tree. (19) 

And when, above this apple-tree, (20) 
The Winter stars are quivering bright, (21) 
And winds go howling through the night, (22) 
Girls, whose young eyes o'erflow with mirth, 
Shall peel its fruit by cottage-hearth, (23) 

And guests in prouder homes shall see, 
Heaped with the grape of Cintra's vine (24) 
And golden orange of the line, 

The fruit of the apple-tree. (14) 
♦ *****#**• 

Each year shall give this apple-tree 
A broader flush of roseate bloom, (25) 
A deeper maze of verdurous gloom, (26) 






ACTION POEMS 311 

And loosen, when the frost-clouds lower, 
The crisp brown leaves in thicker shower. (27) 

The years shall come and pass, but we 
Shall hear no longer, where we lie, (28) 
The Summer's songs, the Autumn's sigh, 

In the boughs of the apple-tree. (14) 

(1) Hands held as if grasping spade. (2) Show width by 
holding hands at low front line with palms turned toward 
each other. (3) Turn palms to floor. (4) Motions of pulver- 
izing earth with fingers. (5) Press down with open palms. 
(6) Motion of folding blanket around feet. (7) Point to right 
front at midline, palm up. (8) Turn palm down and raise 
arm above head. (9) From (8) turn palm up. (10) Hands 
together, with curved fingers, to represent nest. (11) Both 
arms held out front at midline, palms up. (12) Same, tip- 
ping head back and looking up. (13) Turn palms down and 
lift arms above head. (14) Point upward toward right. (15) 
Point upward with left hand. (16) Raise both hands to 
head level, then drop swiftly, with forearm leading. (17) 
Clap hands together noiselessly in joyful manner. (18) Point 
down to ground at right front with both hands. (19) 
Point to right front below midline, with palm up. (20) 
Point higher than in (14). (21) Move fingers rapidly for 
"quivering." (22) Extend both arms to right side, then 
carry with sweeping movement to left. (23) Motions of 
peeling apples. (24) Raise arms in front and indicate the 
neaped fruit by bringing the hands upward and toward each 
other with a wrist movement. (25) Lift both arms to right, 
pointing toward tree, then separate arms to show breadth. 
(26) Lower both arms slightly. (27) Lower both arms, 
moving the fingers to show many fluttering leaves. (28) 
Point to ground with left hand. 

BEST. 
By E. H. Thomas. 

C From Youth's Companion. By permission.] 
When all across the dimpled pond 
The little laughing breezes blow, (1) 



312 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

And in the cattails just beyond (2) 
The Summer sun is sinking low, (3) 

The swallows then in airy flight 

Along the sparkling waters go, (4) 
And dip their feathers blue and bright, (5) 

And softly twitter to and fro, 
"Tweet, weet! Sweet, sweet! Oh, who is so free, 
So cheery, so happy, so blithe as Ave? 
For of all the most delightful things (6) 
The very best is a pair of wings." 

When all across the frozen pond 

The mei-ry, roaring north winds blow, (7) 

And from the leafless wood beyond (8) 
The Winter moon is rising slow, (9) 

The children then like swallows light . 

Go wheeling, whirling to and fro (10) 

Along the ice that sparkles bright 
With frosty jewels all aglow. 

And they laugh and shout and sing for glee, 
"No Summer bird is so glad as we! 
And better than wings for us merry mates (11) 
Is a pair of sharp and shiny skates!" 

(1) Raise arras in front of chest and float them to one side, 
with waving movement of hands from wrists to show little 
waves on pond. (2) Extend arms in front at shoulder level, 
palms down. (3) Sink them a few inches, with forearms 
leading. (4) Extend arms to right at midline and float 
straight across to left side. (5) Make sadden dip downward 
from (4) position. (6) Float the extended arms quickly up 
and down at the sides above shoulder level. (7) Extend arms 
to right at midline and sweep them swiftly across to left 
side. (8) Extend arms in front at shoulder level. (9) Raise 
them a few inches, with forearms leading. (10) Make two 
circular movements for "wheeling, whirling;" sweep to 
right on "to," to left on "fro," then to right again on next 
line. (11) Extend right hand from waist-line forward to 
right side, and left arm the same to left side, to imitate the 
strokes of the skaters. 



ACTION POEMS. 313 

GATHERING LILIES. 

By Bebtha Louise Colbuen. 

I know a lake, a tiny lake, 

Where only gentle breezes blow; (1) 
And in this placid, smiling lake (2) 

The fairest snow-white lilies grow. (2) 

An empty boat, a waiting boat, (3) 

Lies idly rocking by the shore; (3) • 
Oh, joyfully we both step in, 

And eager grasp each willing oar. (4) 

We forward bend; we backward pull; (5) 
Our rhythmic strokes are quick and strong, 

And o'er the dimpling waters blue 
We swiftly, gayly glide along. 

When hearts are light, are young and light, 

Hard work seems oft but merest play; 
And soon the lilies come in view, 

Seen dimly in yon rounding bay. (6) 

With sturdy strength, with practised pull, (7) 

Still on we send our bounding boat, (7) 
Till now, behold! the magic nook (2) 

Whsre fairy lilies swim and float. (8) 

With steady reach, with careful grasp, (9) 

I pull a lily from its bed; (10) 
Another lures, I quickly snatch, (11) 

But only gain its sunny head. (12) 

I reach again — a careful reach; (13) 

This time I gain my lily prize; (14) 
Another one, another yet! (15) 

What countless beauties greet our eyes. (16) 

We reach and pull; we pull and reach, (17) 

And lade our boat with lilies fair; (18) 
Then back we turn; we homeward row, (19) 

And Jason-like our treasures bear. 



314 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

(1) Both hands raised high to right front, and floated slowly 
across to left side. (2) Forearms raised outward at waist-line, 
palms up, to show the lake and lilies. (3) Raise arms to 2nd 
position with palms down, and float from side to side in con- 
cave curves. (4) Reach arms outward. (5) Advance one 
foot and bend forward ; bend backward, bringing arms 
toward body as in rowing. Repeat in each line of this stanza 
and first two of fourth. (6) Raise right arm to shoulder level, 
pointing with straight fingers and inclining head slightly to 
right. (7) Rowing movements. (8) Raise arms in front and 
float gently from side to side. (9) Reach with right hand ; 
close fingers. (10) Pull. (11) Reach and pull quickly. (12) 
Open hand and drop arm to side. (13) Reach slowly. (14) 
Pull slowly. (15) Point to right; to left. (16) Turn both 
palms up. (17) With right hand; then loft. (18) Forearms 
raised outward at waist-line, palms down. (19) Rowing 
movement. 



GEADE V.— Fifth Year in School. 

NOTE. 

A careful reading of Note to Teachers, page 291, is im- 
perative in order to understand the purpose of these selec- 
tions and notes. Test growth in bodily expression by requir- 
ing each pupil to give a stanza of the new poem. 

SWINGING ON A BIECH-TEEE. 
By Lucy Larcom. 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., publishers.] 
Swinging on a birch-tree (1) 

To a sleepy tune, 
Hummed by all the breezes 

In the month of June! 
Little leaves a-flutter, (2) 

Sound like dancing drops (3) 
Of a brook on pebbles; (4) 

Song that never stops. 

"Up and down we seesaw: (5) 

Up into the sky; 
How it opens on us, (6) 

Like a wide blue eye! (7) 
You and I are sailors (8) 

Rocking on a mast; (5) 
And the world's our vessel; (9) 

Ho! she sails so fast! (10) 

Blue, blue sea around us; (6) 

Not a ship in sight! (11) 
They will hang out lanterns (12) 

When they pass to-night. (13) 
We with ours will follow (14) 

Through the midnight deep; 
Not a thought of danger, 

Though the crew's asleep. (15) 
3L5 



316 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



Oh, how still the air is! 

There an oriole flew; (1C) 
What a jolly whistle! 

He's a sailor, too. (17) 
Yonder is his hammock (18) 

In the elm-top high: 
One more ballad, messmate! (19) 

Sing it as you fly! (20) 



Up and down "we seesaw; (1) 

Down into the grass, (21) 
Scented fern, and rosebuds, (22) 

All a woven mass. (23) 
That's the sort of carpet (24) 

Fitted for our feet! 
Tapestry nor velvet (25) 

Is so rich and neat. (26) 

Swinging on a birch-tree! (1) 

This is Summer joy, (27) 
Fun for all vacation; (28) 

Don't you think so, boy? (29) 
Up and down to seesaw, (30) 

Merry and at ease, 
Careless as a brook is, 

Idle as the breeze! 

Try to feel the happiness and freedom from care portrayed 
in the poem, that both voice and manner may express them. 

(1) Advance one foot and sway forward and back; con- 
tinue during four lines. (2) Raise both arms in front and 
shake hands sidewise. (3)Lower hands and (4) carry to left 
in curving lines. (5) Sway as in 1st, beginning with back- 
ward movement of trunk on "up." (6) Raise arms to- 
gether in front to head level and spread outward to sides. 
(7) Hold arms at shoulder level sides, palms up. (8) Point 
toward right, then to self. (9) Carry arms out to half side, 
palms up. (10) Sweep arms from 9th position out to sides, 
palms down. (11) Look to right and left. (12) Point up- 
ward right and left. (13) Sweep both arms from 12th to 



ACTION POEMS. 317 

one side. (14) Extend arms at front midline. (15) Point 
downward with both hands. (16) Point left, palm down. 
(17) Lift left forearm to midline at half side, palm up. (18) 
Turn palm down and point high. (19) Lower arm slightly, 
turning palm up. (20) Turn palm down and sweep to side, 
(21) Point down front with both hands, palms front. (22) 
Point down to right, then to left, with palms down. 
(23) Down front with both hands. (24) Turn palms front. (25) 
and (26) Raise forearms till hands are at shoulder level and 
lower to midline at half sides in affirmation. (27) Carry arms 
from mid-front to half sides, palms up. (28) Clasp hands 
joyfully. (29) Extend left arm at half side, midline, palm 
up. (30) Like 1st, continuing to end. 

WINTER. 
By William Shakespeare. 

When icicles hang by the wall, (1) 
And Dick the shepherd blows his nail, (2) 
And Tom bears logs into the hall, (3) 
And milk comes frozen home in pail; (4) 
When blood is nipt, and ways be foul, (5) 
Then nightly sings the staring owl (6) 

Tuwhoo ! 
Tuwhit! Tuwhoo! A merry note! 
While greasy Joan doth keel the pot. (7) 

When all around the wind doth blow, (8) 
And coughing drowns the parson's saw, (9) 
And birds sit brooding in the snow, (10) 
And Marion's nose looks red and raw; (11) 
When roasted crabs hiss in the bowl — (12) 
Then nightly sings the staring owl (6) 
• , Tuwhoo ! 

Tuwhit ! Tuwhoo ! A merry note ! 

While greasy Joan doth keel the pot. (7) 

(1) Point upward left. (2) Hold hands up to mouth and 
blow on them. (3) Arms curved as if bearing logs. (4) 
Point downward to right. (5) Shiver and rub fingers ; point 



318 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

downward left. (6) Point upward right. (7) Point to left. 
(8) Arms raised front to shoulder level and carried to sides 
with palms up. (9) Nod head and hold hand to throat. (10) 
Draw down neck and shoulders, bend elbows and hold arms 
near chest. (11) Point left. (12) Point downward left. 

SHERIDAN'S RIDE. 
By Thomas Buchanan Read. 

[By permission of J. B. Lippincott Co. publishers.] 

Up from the South at break of day, (1) 
Bringing to Winchester fresh dismay, (2) 
The affrighted air, with a shudder bore, (3) 
Like a herald in haste, to the chieftain's door, 
The terrible grumble, and rumble and roar, (4) 
Telling the battle was on once more, (1) 
And Sheridan twenty miles away. (2) 

And wider still those billows of war (5) 

Thundered along the horizon's bar; (6) 

And louder yet into Winchester rolled (2) 

The roar of that red sea uncontrolled, (1) 

Making the blood of the listener cold, (7) 

As he thought of the stake in that fiery fray, (8) 

And Sheridan twenty miles away. (2) 

But there is a road from Winchester town, 

A good broad highway leading down; (9) 

And there through the flush of the morning light, (10) 

A steed as black as the steeds of night 

Was seen to pass, as with eagle flight, (11) 

As if he knew the terrible need, 

He stretched away with his utmost speed; (12) 

Hills rose and fell — but his heart was gay, (13) 

With Sheridan fifteen miles away. (2) 

Still sprung from those swift hoofs, thundering South, (14) 
The dust, like the smoke from the cannon's mouth; (15) 
Or the trail of a comet, sweeping faster and faster, (16) 
Foreboding to traitors the doom of disaster. (17) 
The heart of the steel and the heart of the master (18) 



ACTION POEMS. 319 

Were beating like prisoners assaulting their walls, (19) 
Impatient to be where the battlefield calls; (1) 
Every nerve of the charger was strained to full play, 
With Sheridan only ten miles away. (2) 

Under his spurning feet, the road (21) 

Like an arrowy Alpine river flowed, (22) 

And the landscape sped away behind (23) 

Like an ocean flying before the wind. (24) 

And the steed, like a bark fed with furnace ire, (25) 

Swept on with his wild eyes full of fire. (26) 

But lo! he is nearing his heart's desire; (1) 

He is snuffing the smoke of the roaring fray, (27) 

With Sheridan only five miles away. (2) 

The first that the general saw were the groups (1) 

Of stragglers, and then the retreating troops; (28) 

What was done — what to do — a glance told him both, (29) 

And striking his spurs, with a terrible oath (30) 

He dashed down the line, 'mid a storm of huzzas, (31) 

And the wave of retreat checked its course there, because (32) 

The sight of the master compelled it to pause, (33) 

With foam and with dust the black charger was gray; (34) 

By the flash of his eye, and his red nostril's play, (35) 

He seemed to the whole great army to say, (36) 

"I have brought you Sheridan all the way, (37) 

From Winchester down to save the day." (38) 

Hurrah, hurrah for Sheridan! (39) 
Hurrah, hurrah for horse and man! (39) 
And when their statues are placed on high, (40) 
Under the dome of the Union sky — (41) 
The American soldiers' Temple of Fame, — 
There with the glorious general's name, (40) 
Be it said in letters both bold and bright: 
"Here is the steed that saved the day (42) 
By carrying Sheridan into the fight, (43) 
From Winchester — twenty miles away!" (44) 

The whole poem must be given in an excited manner. 
(1) Point to right front. (2) Point left front. (3) Shud- 
der. (4) Carry arms slightly away from body and give three 



320 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

short upward and downward movements of hands, palms par- 
allel to floor. (5) Sweep arms from front to sides at shoulder 
level, palms down. (6) Carry them front with quick, slight 
up and down movement and point front to horizon. (Y) 
Bend slightly forward, bringing closed hands near chest, iri 
attitude of fear. (8) Point right front, palm up. (9) Carry 
arms from front to half sides, midline, palms up ; then turn 
palms down and carry arms straight forward on "leading 
down." (10) Carry arms to half sides shoulder level, turn- 
ing palms up and looking to right and left. (11) Carry right 
arm straight forward from chest, palm down. (12) Carry 
both arms forward from chest in convex curves, to show 
horse's gallop. (13) Carry arms to half sides in convex 
curves with wrist movement on ' ' rose and fell. ' ' (14-) Point 
downward front with both hands ; then carry arms toward 
right for " South." (15) Raise arms and hold at head level, 
half sides, hands relaxed. (16) Sweep both arms to right 
side. (1Y) Carry arms to low half sides, palms parallel to 
floor. (1-8) Point left hand downward, then place on heart. 
(19) Quick movements of both arms toward and away from 
chest. (20) Extend both arms straight forward. (21) Point 
downward with both hands. (22) Sweep arms backward. 
(23) Raise arms behind' to shoulder level. (24) Sweep arms 
front. (25) Point downward with left. (26) Carry left arm 
straight forward. (2Y) Lift chin. (28) Both arms forward, 
palms up. (29) Look from side to side. (30) Quick down- 
ward movement with hands at sides. (31) Like 20th, then 
wave both arms above head. (32) Hold arms at mid-half 
sides, palms down. (33) Raise forearms slowly to head level, 
then lower to 32d, palms up. (34) Point front at midline. 

(35) Toss head and bring hands upward, pointing to head. 

(36) Carry arms out to sides at shoulder level, palms up. (3Y) 
Arms to front shoulder level, palms still up. (38) Point to 
left front, then wave hand above head. (39) Circle right arm 
above head. (40) Point front with left hand at shoulder 
level. (41) Point higher. (42) Point downward with both 
hands. (43) Sweep both hands out to right front. (44) 



ACTION POEMS. 321 

Lower right, and point with left to left front ; then hold both 
arms at mid-half sides, palms up. 

MEG MERRILIES. 
By John Keats. 

Old Meg she was a gipsy, (1) 

And lived upon the moors; (2) 
Her bed it was the brown heath turf (3) 

And her house was out of doors. (4) 
Her apples were swart blackberries, (5) 

Her currants pods o' broom; (6) 
Her wine was dew of the wild white rose, (7) 

Her book a churchyard tomb. (8) 

Her brothers were the craggy hills, (9) 

Her sisters larchen trees; (10) 
Alone with her great family (11) 

She lived as she did please. (12) 
No breakfast had she many a morn, (13) 

No dinner many a noon, (14) 
And, stead of supper, she would stare (15) 

Full hard against the moon. (16) 

But every morn, of woodbine fresh (17) 

She made her garlanding, (18) 
And, every night, the dark glen yew (19) 

She wove, and she would sing. (20) 
And with her fingers, old and brown, (21) 

She plaited mats "of rushes, (21) 
And gave them to the cottagers (22) 

She met among the bushes. 

Old Meg was brave as Margaret Queen, (23) 

And tall as Amazon; (24) 
And old red blanket cloak she wore, (25) 

A ship-hat had she on; (26) 
God rest her aged bones somewhere! (13) 

She died full long agone! (14) 

(1) Point to left front, palm up. (2) Turn palm down and 
point to distant front. (3) Point downward front with both 



322 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



bands, palms front. (4) Lift hands higher and more to sides. 
(5) Point to right. (6) Point front. (7) Lift right hand as 
if holding glass, then carry downward, pointing to right. (8) 
Both hands up front as if holding book, then point downward 
with left. (9) Point upward right. (10) Point left. (11) 
Raise both hands to mid-front, turn palms up and carry to 
sides. (12) Turn palms down and hold position, nodding 
head affirmatively. (13) Raise. right hand at half side mid- 
line, palm up. (14) Lift forearm to shoulder level, band 
sidewise, and lower again emphatically to 5th position. (15) 
Raise left hand at half side midline, palm up. (16) Point 
up to moon with left, and tip head back, looking up. (IT) 
Point upward right. (18) Motions of weaving garlands. 
(19) Point left. (20) Motions of weaving. (21) Motions of 
plaiting rushes. (22) Point right and hold during next line. 
(23) Stand erect and tip head back defiantly. (24) Raise left 
arm high, palm parallel to floor, as if measuring height. (25) 
Hands up near neck, as if adjusting cloak. (26) Point to 
head with left hand. 



THE EAGLE. 

By Alfred Tennyson. 

He clasps the crag with hooked hands: (1) 
Close to the sun in lonely lands, (2) 
Ringed with the azure world, he stands. (3) 

The wrinkled sea beneath him crawls; (4) 
He watches from his mountain walls, (5) 
And like a thunderbolt he falls. (6) 

(1) Arms slightly raised in front, fingers spread apart and 
curved. (2) Point upward with right hand, palm front. (3) 
Both arms extended at front shoulder level and carried to 
sides with sweeping gesture. (4) Arms carried from right to 
left in low curves, palms down. (5) Bend forward and peer 
downward. (6) Raise arms high in front, palms down, and 
swiftly drop to low front line, keeping palms parallel to 
floor. 



ACTION POEMS. 823 

PURITAN PATIENCE. 

The small Puritan maiden fair, 

In the long ago Boston town, 
Primly sat in a straight-backed chair, (1) 

Meekly wearing a plain little gown. (2) 

But not oft did she fold her small hands — (1) 

Week-day idleness aye was a sin; (3) 
Labor claimed her with ceaseless demands, (4) 

Crying "Knit," "Take your sewing," or "Spin." (5) 

So around and around went the wheel, (6) 

While her foot went now up and now down (7) 

Till she wound all the thread on the reel, (8) 
And her mother wove cloth for her gown. (9) 

Then our Patience in straight-backed chair (10) 
Calmly overcast, ran, hemmed, and felled, (11) 

Laid each stitch with neat, painstaking care, 
Nor e'er 'gainst such slow work rebelled. 

Then when darkness came on with the night, (12) 
Into flame she would coax each dark brand; (13) 

And her bright needles flashed in the light, (14) 
Till the stocking grew long 'neath her hand. (14) 

Oh, sweet Patience in straight-backed chair, (15) 

Loving, modest, obedient, true, 
Would that modern young ladies fair (16) 

Loved the same lowly virtues as you. (17) 

(1) Hold head and trunk very erect and cross hands prim- 
ly. (2) Carry both hands down to sides, palms front. (3) 
Raise right forearm in. front and hold first finger erect in ad- 
monition. (4) Hold both arms front, palms up. (5) Point 
left, then front ; then to right with right hand. (6) Circular 
movements of right arm in front. (Y) Lift and lower toe of 
left foot several times. (8) Continue foot movement and hold 
thread. (9) Point right with palm up. (10) Sit erect. (11) 
Motions of sewing continued during three lines. (12) Raise 



324 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

both arms front and lower with floating movement. (13) 
Motions of blowing fire with bellows. (14) Motions of knit- 
ting. (15) Point left front, palm up. (16) Point right 
front. (IT) Hold right arm, and raise left arm to same posi- 
tion, looking left. 

THE EOMANCE OF THE SWAN'S NEST. 
By Elizabeth Barrett Browning. 

Little Ellie sits alone 
'Mid the beeches of a meadow, (1) 
By a stream-side on the grass; (2) 
And the trees are showering down (3) 
Doubles of their leaves in shadow (3) 
On her shining hair and face. (4) 

' She has thrown her bonnet by; (5) 
And her feet she has been dipping (6) 
In the shallow water's flow — (7) 
Now she holds them nakedly 
In her hands, all sleek and dripping, (8) 
While she rocketh to and fro. (9) 

Little Ellie sits alone, 

And the smile she softly uses (10) 

Fills the silence like a speech; (11) 

While she thinks what shall be done, (12) 

And the sweetest pleasure chooses 

For her future within reach. 

Little Ellie in her smile (13) 

Chooses ... "I will have a lover, (14) 

Riding on a steed of steeds! (15) 

He shall love me without guile; (14) 

And to Mm I will discover (16) 

The swan's nest among the reeds. (17) 

"And the steed shall be red-roan, 
And the lover shall be noble, (18) 
With an eye that takes the breath, (19) 
And the lute he plays upon (20) 
Shall strike ladies into trouble, (21) 
As his sword strikes men to death. (22) 



ACTION POEMS. 325 

"And the steed, it shall be shod 

All in silver, housed in azure, (23) 

And the mane shall swim the wind; (24) 

And the hoofs along the sod (25) 

Shall flash onward and keep measure, (26) 

Till the shepherds look behind." (27) 

*********** 

Little Ellie, with her smile 

Not yet ended, rose up gayly, (28) 

Tied the bonnet, donned the shoe — (29) 

And went homeward, round a mile, (30) 

Just to see, as she did daily, (31) 

What more eggs were with the two. (32) 

Pushing through the elm- tree copse, (33) 
Winding up the stream, light-hearted, 
Where the osier pathway leads — (34) 
Past the boughs she stoops — and stops! (35) 
Lo! the wild swan had deserted — (36) 
And a rat had gnawed the reeds. (37) 

Ellie went home sad and slow: (30) 
If she found the lover ever, (38) 
With his red-roan steed of steeds, 
Sooth I know not! but I know (39) 
She could never show him — never, (31) 
That swan's nest among the reeds! (40) 

A smiling face must show the happiness of Little Ellie 
until the last few lines, when joy gives way to disappoint- 
ment. 

(1) Point to right front, palm up. (2) Turn palm down. 
(3) Point upward to trees with both hands, then lower arms 
to midline. (4) Point to flowing hair with both hands. (5) 
Throw off bonnet. (6) Point down with both hands. 

(7) Carry arms toward right with waving motions. 

(8) Bend forward and hold arms down as if holding feet in 
hands. (9) Rock forward and back. (10) Pleased expres- 
sion. (11) Carry arms from mid-front to half sides, 
palms up. (12) Clasp hands low in front and droop head 



326 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

in thought. (13) Pleased expression. (14) Clasp hands earnestly. 
(15) Extend arms to half sides, palms up. (16) Lower clasped 
hands with emphatic pleasure. (17) Point to distant left. (18) 
Stand erect. (19) Left hand on upper chest below throat. 
(20) Hold lute to mouth. (21) Lower arms to midline at 
half sides, palms down. (22) Motion of drawing sword. (23) 
Arms at front midline, palms up. (24) Waving movements 
of right arm from front to side. (25) Point downward with 
both hands. (26) Raise arms quickly for flash and lower for 
hoof-beats. (27) Look backward over right shoulder. (28) 
Upward movement of arms in front. (29) Motions of tying 
bonnet and shoes. (30) Sweep left arm gently from front to 
side, palm down. (31) Return left hand to front, raise palm 
front, forefinger extended, and bend trunk slightly forward. 
(32) Extend arm to side front, palm up. (33) Motion of 
pushing bushes aside with both hands. (34) Point downward 
and ahead with left hand. (35) Point forward, then 
straighten with surprised look. (36) Point downward with 
both hands, palms inward. (37) Raise forearms and lower 
emphatically. (38) Point to right front, palm up. (39) 
Shake head. (40) Point left, palm up. 

m THE WOOD. 
By Adelaide A. Procter. 

In the wood where shadows are deepest (1) 

From the branches overhead, (2) 
Where the wild wood-strawberries cluster, (3) 

And the softest moss is spread, (4) 
I met to-day with a fairy, (5) 

And I followed where she led. (6) 

Some magical words she uttered, 

I alone could understand, (7) 
For the sky grew bluer and brighter; (8) 

While there rose on either hand (9) 
The cloudy walls of a palace (10) 

That was built in Fairy-land. 



ACTION POEMS. 327 

And I stood in a strange enchantment; (11) 

I had known it all before; (12) 
In my heart of hearts was the magic (13) 

Of days that will come no more, (14) 
The magic of joy departed, (15) 

That Time can never restore. (-16) 

That never, ah, never, never, (17) 

Never again can be: — (18) 
Shall I tell you what powerful fairy (10) 

Built up this palace for me? (9) 
It was only a little white Violet (19) 

I found at the foot of a tree. (20) 

(1) Lift both arms slightly in front and give spreading mo- 
tion to sides, palms down. (2) Lift both arms at half sides 
to head level, slightly curving arms toward each other. (3) 
Point down left. (4) Point down right and give slight 
spreading motion with palm down. (5) Lift both forearms 
to front midline and turn palms up. (6) Turn palms down 
and extend arms straight in front. (7) Point to self with 
right hand. (8) Point upward with right. (9) Raise both 
arms front to shoulder level, palms facing. (10) Lower arms 
to midline, palms up, and hold during next line. (11) Be- 
wildered expression. (12) Lift hands in surprise, palms 
front, and immediately lower to midline, palms up. (13) 
Place left hand on heart. (14) Carry left hand out at half 
side midline, palm up. (1 5) Clasp hands on ' ' joy, ' ' and 
lower them on "departed.'' (16) Unclasp hands and carry 
out to half sides, palms up. (17) Shake head slightly. (18) 
Carry right arm up and over to half side midline, palm up. 
(19) Carry left arm up and over to half side midline, palm 
up. (20) Turn palm down and point downward. 






GKADE Y I.— Sixth Year in School. 

NOTE. 

A careful reading of Note to Teachers, page 291, is im- 
perative in order to understand the purpose of these selec- 
tions and notes. Insist upon mental work from each pupil 
to avoid danger of mechanical movements. 

JACK-IN-THE-PULPIT. 

By Lucy Larcom. 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., publishers. J 

Crackle! crack! the ice is melting; (1) 
From the west the rain falls pelting: (2) 
Swish and gurgle, splash and spatter! (3) 
"Halloo! good folks, what's the matter? (4) 
Seems to me the roof is leaking!" — (5) 
Jack from down below is speaking. (6) 

You know little Jack? (7) In the Spring he is seen on the swampy 

edge (8) 
Of the hemlock-wood, looking out from the shade of the fern-wreathed 

ledge; 
But in Winter he cuddles close under a thatch of damp leaves. (9) 
Now the water is trickling fast in through "his garret-eaves; (10) 
And he opens his eyes, and up he starts, out of his cosy bed, (11) 
And he carefully holds, while he climbs aloft, his umbrella over his 

head. (12) 
High time for you to be up, Jack, when every growing thing (13) 
Is washing and sunning itself, (14) Jack, and getting ready for Spring, (15) 

Little Jack, the country preacher, (16) 
Thinks, "These rustics need a teacher; (13) 
I shall scold the wild young flowers (17) 
For coquetting with the showers (18) 
That invade my honest dwelling: (19) 
What I'll tell them— there's no telling." (20) 
328 






ACTION POEMS. 329 

They call him Jack-in-the-Pulpit, he stands up so stiff and so queer (21) 
On the edge of the swamp, (22) and waits for the flower-folk to come 

and hear (23) 
The text and the sermon, and all the grave things he has to say; (24) 
But the blossoms (13) they laugh and they dance, — they are wilder than 

ever to-day; (25) 
And as nobody stops to listen, (13) so never a word has he said; (26) 
But there in his pulpit he stands, (21) and holds his umbrella over his 

head. (12) 
And we have not a doubt in our minds, Jack, you are wisely listening 

(27) 
To the organ chant of the winds, Jack, and the tunes that the sweet 

birds sing! (28) 
If the pupils are not familiar with the plant called Jack- 
in-the-Pulpit, show a picture of it. Read Whittier's poem. 
(1) Hit palms together softly ; point down to left. (2) 
Raise both arms front above head level and float swiftly 
downward, palms down. (3) Circular movements with 
hands, palms parallel to floor ; up and down movements from 
wrists on " splash and spatter." (4) Look from side to side. 
(5) Tip head back, looking upward. (6) Point downward 
with right hand. (7) Lift left forearm to half side midline, 
hand open, palm down. (8) Point right to swamp. (9) 
Lower head and lift shoulders. (10) Raise arms high in front 
and lower, moving fingers up and down to show trickling 
rain. (11) Lift head suddenly and straighten trunk. (12) 
Hold arms above head, palms parallel to floor to represent 
the spathe of the flower. (13) Arms carried to half sides, 
palms up. (14) Turn palms down and give slight circular 
movement with hands. (15) Turn palms up. ■ (16) Point 
down left. (17) Point down right. (18) Point up. (19). 
Lower right hand swiftly and turn palm up on "dwelling." 
(20) Shake head. (21) Point down right, standing stiff and 
straight. (22) Point down right again. (23) From 13th, 
turn palms down and carry arms across to right. (24) 
Earnest manner. (25) Turn palms down and wave hands, 
with wrist movement. (26) Lower hands and shake head. 
(27) Point to Jack. (28) Tip head to side, listening, and 
point upward left. 



330 



GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 



THE KITTEN AND THE FALLING LEAVES. 

By William Wordsworth. 

See the kitten on the wall, (1) 
Sporting with the leaves that fall, (2) 
Withered leaves — one, two, and three — (3) 
From the lofty elder-tree! (4) 
Through the cairn and frosty air 
Of this morning bright and fair, (5) 
Eddying round and round, they sink (6) 
Softly, softly. One might think, 
From the motions that are made, (6) 
Every little leaf conveyed 
Sylph or fairy hither tending, (7) 
• To this lower world descending, (8) 
Each invisible and mute, (9) 
In his wavering parachute. (10) 
But the kitten, how she starts, (1) 
Crouches, stretches, paws, and darts! (11) 
First at one and then its fellow, (12) 
Just as light and just as yellow: 
There are many now — now one; (13) 
Now they stop, and there are none. (14) 
What intenseness of desire 
In her upward eye of fire! (15) 
With a tiger-leap half-way 
Now she meets the coming prey, (16) 
Lets it go as fast, (17) and then 
Has it in her power again: (16) 
Now she works with three or four, (18) 
Like an Indian conjurer; 
Quick as he in feats of art, (19) 
Far beyond in joy of heart. (20) 
Were her antics played in the eye 
Of a thousand standers-by, (21) 
Clapping hands with shout and stare, (22) 
What would little Tabby care (1) 
For the plaudits of the crowd? (22) 
Over-happy to be proud, 
Over- weal thy in the treasure (23) 
Of her own exceeding pleasure! (20) 



ACTION POEMS. 331 

(1) Point to right. (2) Same, with circular movements of 
hand. (3) Point to three leaves in same direction but slightly 
different places. (4) Point higher. (5) Raise arms front to 
shoulder level and carry outward to half sides, turning palms 
upward. (6) Turn palms down, and move arms in circles, 
lowering slowly. (7) Arms extended at front shoulder level, 
palms up. (8) Turn palms and lower to low front. (9) Peer 
forward. (10) Extend arms at front shoulder level, palms 
down, and wave hands slightly to sides. (11) Bend forward ; 
extend arms ; move hands downward, and give leaping move- 
ment with arms. (12) Point left, then right. (13) Point 
outward with both hands; lower right. (14) Lower left. 
(15) Look up eagerly. (16) Give leaping movement with 
arms and close hands. (17) Open hands. (18) Movements 
of leaping and catching leaves. (19) Carry left arm out to 
half side midline, palm up. (20) Clasp hands joyously. (21) 
Carry both arms out to midline at half sides, palms up. (22) 
Clap hands. (23) Lift forearms to midline at half sides, 
palms up. 

THE TREASURE DIGGERS. 

By Gottfried August Burgee. 

A vintner, at the point of death, 

Spake to his sons with pai'ting breath: 

"A treasure in our vineyard lies. (1) 

Dig for it!" (2) — "Say, where is the/prize!" — (3) 

Aloud they to their father cried. 

"Dig, dig!" (4) he said, when lo! he died. (5) 

Ere in his grave he long had lain, (6) 

They searched and dug with might and main. (7) 

With spade, and mattock, and with hoe (7) 

The vineyard o'er and o'er they throw. (7) 

E'en through a sieve they passed the soil, 

And drew the rakes across, around; (8) 

For every stone upon the ground. 

But of the treasure saw no trace, (9) 

Each thought 'twas but a wild goose chase. (10) 

But scarce the sun its yearly round (11) 

Had made, when they with wonder found (12) 



332 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Each vine-tree bore a threefold prize. (13) 
Then grew at length the children wise, 
And, year on year revolving round, (14) 
Dug greater treasures from the ground. (15) 

(1) Point right, palm down. (2) Slight downward move- 
ment of hand. (3) Lean forward in eager attitude. (4) Re- 
peat 2d twice. (5) Raise both hands in slight surprise on 
" lo ; " lower them to midline, palms up, on " died." (6) 
Point downward left. (7) Motions of digging, hoeing and 
tossing dirt over. (8) Motions of raking. (9) Forearms 
raised in front to waist-line, palms front. (10) Shake head 
slightly and lower arms. (11) Left arm raised at side and 
carried over in curve toward front. (12) Raise both hands, 
palms front, in wonder. (13) Carry arms down at half sides 
to midline, turning palms up. (14) Raise both arms front 
and carry them upward in a cur^e to right. (15) Point 
downward with both hands, palms down. 

FOUKD. 

By Johann von Goethe. 

'Twas in a forest, (1) 

Absorbed in thought (2) 
I roamed, and knew not (2) 

What there I sought. (3) 

I saw a flower (4) 

O'ershadowed rise, (5) 
Like stars so beaming, (6) 

Like bright blue eyes. (7) 

I stooped to pluck it, (8) 

It gently spoke, 
"Shall but to wither 

My stem be broke?" 

I dug around it, (9) 

Took roots and all, 
And laid it under 

The grotto's wall. 






ACTION POEMS. - 833 

Again I set it, (10) 

So still and lone; 
It buds and blossoms (11) 

Now sweetly on. 

(1) Point to right half side, palm down. (2) Droop head 
in thoughtful attitude. (3) Point to right half side, palm up. 
(4) Point down front with left hand. (5) Raise left hand and 
make curving gesture over flower. (6) Point upward left. 
(7) Point left hand mid-front, palm up. (8) Bend forward 
and reach down with right hand. (9) Motions of digging; 
taking up plant ; carrying across to right, and in last line 
point upward with right. (10) Motion of setting it. (11) 
Raise forearms slightly at half sides, palms front. 

THE SONG OF THE SOWER. 

By William Cdllen Bryant. 

[By permission of D. Appleton & Co. J 
The maples redden in the sun; (1) 

In Autumn gold the beeches stand; (2) 
Rest, faithful plow, thy work is done (3) 

Upon the teeming land. (4) 
Bordered with trees whose gay leaves fly (5) 
On every breath that sweeps the sky, (6) 
The fresh dark acres furrowed lie, (7) 

And ask the sower's hand. (8) 
Loose the tired steer and let him go (9) 
To pasture where the gentians blow, 
And we, (10) who till the grateful ground, (7) 
Fling we the golden shower around. (11) 

Ming wide the generous grain; we fling (11) 
O'er the dark mould the green of Spring. (11) 
For thick the emerald blades shall grow, (12) 
When first the March winds melt the snow, (13) 
And to the sleeping flowers, below, (14) 

The early bluebirds sing. (15) 
Fling wide the grain; We give the fields (11) 

The ears that nod in Summer's gale, (16) 
The shining stems that Summer gilds, 

The harvest that o'erflows the vale, (17) 



834 ■ GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

And swells, an amber sea, between (18) 
The full-leaved woods, its shores of green. 
Hark! from the murmuring clods I hear (19) 
Glad voices of the coming year; (20) 
The song of him who binds the grain, (21) 
The shout of those that load the wain, (22) 
And from the distant grange there comes (23) 

The clatter of the thresher's flail, (24) 
And steadily the millstone hums (25) 

Down in the willowy vale. 



Nay, strew, with free and joyous sweep, (11) 

The seed upon the expecting soil; (11) 
For hence the plenteous year shall heap (26) 
The garners of the men who toil. 
Strew the bright seed for those who tear 
The matted sward with spade and share, (27) 
And those whose sounding axes gleam (28) 
Beside the lonely forest-stream, (23) 

Till its broad banks lie bare; (26) 
And him who breaks the quarry-ledge, 

With hammer-blows, plied quick and strong, (29) 
And him who, with the steady sledge, 

Smites the broad anvil all day long. (29) 
Sprinkle the furrow's even trace (11) 

For those whose toiling hands uprear (30) 
The roof- trees of our swarming race, (31) 

By grove and plain, by stream and mere; (32) 
Who forth, from crowded city, (33) lead 

The lengthening street, (34) and overlay 
Green orchard-plot and grassy mead (35) 

With pavement of the murmuring way. (36) 
Cast, with full hands the harvest cast, (11) 
For the brave men that climb the mast, (37) 
When to the billow and the blast 

It swings and stoops, with fearful strain, (38) 
And bind the fluttering mainsail fast, (39) 

Till the tossed bark shall sit, again, 

Safe as a sea-bird on the main. (40) 



ACTION POEMS. 335 

Fling wide the grain for those who throw (11) 
The clanking shuttle to and fro, (41) 
In the long row of humming rooms, 

And into ponderous masses wind (42) 
The w'eb that, from a thousand looms, (43) 

Comes forth to clothe mankind. (26) 
Strew, with free sweep, the grain for them, (11) 

By whom the busy thread (44) 
Along the garment's even hem 

And winding seam is led; 
A pallid sisterhood, that keep 

The lonely lamp alight, 
In strife with weariness and sleep, 

Beyond the middle night. 
Large part be theirs in what the year (45) 
Bhall ripen for the reaper here. 

Brethren, the sower's task is done. (26) 
The seed is in its Winter bed. (46) 
Now let the dark-brown mould be spread (47) 

To hide it from the sun, (48) 
And leave it to the kindly care 
Of the still earth and brooding air. (49) 

The quiet, beautiful pictures in this poem must be held 
vividly in the mind of the pupil in order to have his body 
aroused to movement. 

(1) Point front with right hand. (2) Point right. (3) 
Point down left, palm up. (4) Turn palm down. (5) Both 
arms lifted at half sides to midline, palms up ; point higher 
for "trees;'' on "fly " move hands slightly toward left. (6) 
Sweep across to left. (7) Point down front with both hands, 
palms front. (8) Point front with left hand. (9) Point 
toward left. (10) Point to self with both hands. (11) Curve 
left arm toward chest as if holding measure of grain, and 
swing right arm from it out to side and back again as if sow- 
ing grain. (12) Point down toward left, palm down. (13) 
Turn palm up. (14) Turn palm down, pointing still lower. 
(15) Point upward with right hand. (16) Extend arms and 
give waving movements from right to left. (17) Raise both: 



336 OBADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

arms to front midline, and carry out to sides, turning palms 
up. (18) Point front, palms down. (19) Lean forward to 
listen; point down to "clods." (20) Raise hand to midline, 
palm up. (21) Curve arms to bind grain. (22) Arms up- 
ward as if loading grain on wagon. (23) Point right front 
with fingers straight, palm down. (24) Swing arms toward 
right, right arm higher than left, and bring downward. (25) 
Circular movement for "millstone." (26) Both arms lifted 
at half sides to midline, palms up. (27) Hold arms down 
front as if grasping spade. (28) Motions of swinging ax 
over right shoulder and down again. (29) Motions of ham- 
mering. (30) Raise arms high at half sides, palms parallel to 
floor. (31) Lower to midline and turn palms up on "race." 
(32) Point on left side to each as named. (33) Point to right. 
(34:) Point front. (35) Point downward with both hands, 
palms front. (36) Turn palms down. (37) Point upward 
right. (38) Sweep right hand to side, then down. (39) Mo- 
tion of binding sail. (40) Both arms extended at midline 
half sides, palms down. (41) Sweep right arm horizontally 
from side to side. (42) Motions of winding web. (43) Point 
left, then right, palms down. (44) Motions of sewing con- 
tinued through next six lines, nodding head with "sleep." 
(45) Left arm extended at half side midline, palm up. (46) 
Turn palms down and lower slightly. (47) Sidewise motions 
with hands, palms still horizontal with floor. (48) Point up- 
ward left. (49) Point downward right, palm up, and up- 
ward left, palm front. 

THE RISING m 1776. 
By T. B. Read. 

[By permission of tha author, ana J. B. Lippincott Co.. publishers.] 

Out of the North the wild news came, (1) 
Far flashing on its wings of flame, (2) 
Swift as the boreal light which flies (3) 
At midnight through the startled skies. (4) 
And there was tumult in the air, (5) 

The fife's shrill note, the drum's loud beat, (6) 



ACTION POEMS. 337 

And through the wide land everywhere (7) 
The answering tread of hurrying feet; (8) 
While the first oath of freedom's gun 
Came on the blast from Lexington; (9) 
And Concord, roused, no longer tame, (10) 
Forgot her old baptismal name, (11) 
Made bare her patriot arm of power, (12) 
And swelled the discord of the hour. (13) 

Within its shade of elm and oak (14) 

The church of Berkley Manor stood; (15) 
There Sunday found the rural folk, (16) 

And some esteemed of gentle blood. 
In vain their feet with loitering tread (17) 

Passed 'mid the graves where rank is naught, (18) 

All could not read the lesson taught 
In that republic of the dead. (19) 

How sweet the hour of Sabbath talk, (20) 

The vale with peace and sunshine full (21) 
Where all the happy people walk, (22) 

Decked in their homespun flax and wool! 

Where youth's gay hats with blossoms bloom; (23) 
And every maid with simple art, (24) 
Wears on her breast, like her own heart, (25) 

A bud whose depths are all perfume; 
While every garment's gentle stir (26) 
Is breathing rose and lavender. 

The pastor came; his snowy locks (27) 

Hallowed his brow of thought and care; 
And calmly, as shepherds lead their flocks, 

He led into the house of prayer. (28) 
The pastor rose; the prayer was strong; 
The psalm was warrior David's song; 
The text a few short words of might, — 
"The Lord of hosts shall arm the right!" (29) 

He spoke of wrongs too long endured, (30) 
Of sacred rights to be secured; (31) 
Then from his patriot tongue of flame (32) 
The startling words for Freedom came. (33) 
The stirring sentences he spake 



338 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Compelled the heart to glow or quake, (34) 

And, rising on his theme's broad wing, (35) 

And grasping in his nervous hand (3(5) 

The imaginary battle-brand, 

In face of death he dared to fling (37) 

Defiance to a tyrant king. 

Even as he spoke, his frame, renewed 

In eloquence of attitude, (38) 

Rose as it seemed a shoulder higher; (39) 

Then swept his kindling glance of fire (40) 

From startled pew to breathless choir; (41) 

When suddenly his mantle wide (42) 

His hands impatient flung aside, (43) 

And lo! he met their wondering eyes (44) 

Complete in all a warrior's guise. (45) 

A moment there was awful pause, — 

When Berkley cried, "Cease, traitor, cease! (46) 
God's temple is the house of peace!" 

The other shouted, "Nay, not so, 
When God is with our righteous cause; (47) 
His holiest places then are ours, (48) 
His temples are our forts and towers, (49) 

That frown upon the tyrant foe; (50) 
In this, the dawn of Freedom's day, (51) 
There is a time to fight and pray!" (52) 
And now before the open door — (53) 

The warrior priest had ordered so — (54) 
The enlisting trumpet's sudden roar 
Rang through the chapel, o'er and o'er, (55) 

Its long reverberating blow, (56) 
So loud and clear, it seemed the ear 
Of dusty death must wake and hear. (57) 
And there the startling drum and fife (58) 
Fired the living with fiercer life; (59) 
While overhead, with wild increase, (60) 
Forgetting its ancient toll of peace, (61) 

The great bell swung as ne'er before; (62) 
It seemed as it would never cease; (61) 
And every word its ardor flung (63) 
From off its jubilant iron tongue (62) 

Was, "War! War! War!" 



ACTION POEMS. 339 

"Who dares?" this was the patriot's cry, (64) 
As striding from the desk he came, — (65) 
"Come out with me, in Freedom's name, (66) 

For her to live, for her to die?" (67) 

A hundred hands flung up reply, (68) 

A hundred voices answered, "I!" 
Show with quick gestures the haste and excitement in the 
first stanza; picture with slow movements the following 
Sabbath calm; then show pastor's suppressed feeling, his 
passionate appeal and its effect upon his audience. 

(1) Point front, palm down. (2) Carry arm swiftly to side. 
(3) Point upward right. (4) Carry right arm swiftly to side. 
(5) Lower right to half side midline and raise left to same 
level. (6) Hold fife to mouth and beat drum. (7) Carry arms to 
sides at midline, palms up. (8) Carry over front and down, 
palms down. (9) Point front with right haud. (10) Point 
right. (11) Arms extended quickly and slightly at half sides. 
(12) Motions of rolling up sleeve. (13) Arms extended front 
at midline, palms up. (14) Point upward left. (15) Point 
to church below. (16) Hold left and raise right to same level, 
palms up. (17) Low curving motions with left hand. (18) 
Turn left palm up and hold the low position. (19) Point 
down to left, palm down. (20) Raise arms to front midline 
and carry out to sides. (21) Turn palms down. (22) Carry 
arms slowly front. (23) Point to "hat." (24) Point to 
" maid " with left hand. (25) Point to heart. (26) Extend 
arms slightly and make slight sidewise motions. (27) Point 
to right, palm up; turn palm and raise hand slightly; hold 
during next line ; lower gently. (28) Slowly raise extended 
arms, showing how the people follow the pastor. (29) Point 
upward with right arm ; bring strongly down to midline, 
turning palm up. (30) Carry left arm out strongly to half 
side, palm up. (31) Raise and lower forearm. (32) Bring- 
right arm slowly up, pointing to mouth. (33) Carry it swiftly 
straight upward above head. (34) Left hand on heart. (35) 
Raise arms straight front and carry slightly outward at 
shoulder level. (36) Lower left and close right hand ; hold 
during next line. (37) Lower right arm strongly and hold 



340 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

extended at front shoulder level, palm up. (38) Stand erect. 
(39) Raise arms straight front to head level. (40) Lower 
quickly. (41) Point to pew with left hand ; point to choir. 
(42) Both hands to chest, lingers closed. (43) Extend arms 
to sides. (44) Downward movement of arms, straight front. 
(45) Hold, turning palms front. (46) Point half right at head 
level, palm down and forefinger extended. (47) Point di- 
rectly upward with right hand. (48) Lower arm strongly to 
midline, palm up. (49) Hold right and raise left same. (50) 
Lower arms to sides, closing fists. (51) Bend forward, hold 
right arm straight front at shoulder level, palm down, fore- 
finger extended. (52) Raise forearm to head level and lower 
again ; lower to low line. (53) Point straight front with 
right hand. (54) Point left. (55) Arms carried swiftly from 
front midline to sides, palms down. (56) Lower extended 
arms in front, palms front. (57) Point downward right. (58) 
Quick downward motion with drumsticks; swift movement 
to mouth. (59) Swift movement of extended arms slightly 
downward and to sides. (60) Point upward left. (61) 
Lower to midline and hold palm up. (62) Raise both arms 
straight above head and sweep from side to side. (63) Fling 
arms upward from front to half sides. (64) Hold extended 
right arm at front shoulder level, palm up. (65) Sweep left 
arm from side shoulder level to front midline. (66) Extend 
arms front at midline, palms up. (67) Raise and lower 
forearms. (68) Wave hands above head. 

NOW AND THEN. 

Far in the West great wheat fields lie; (1) 

They stretch away to meet the sky, (2) 

And oft, wind-rippled, seem to be (3) 

A waving, rolling, restless sea. (4) 

But Summer wings. Behold this main, (5) 

A yellow sea of ripened grain. (6) 

And lo! there sounds a bustling stir, 

The tread of horses, the reaper's whirr, (7) 

And where the morn saw waving grain, (8) 



ACTION POEMS. 341 

The evening greets a stubby plain; (9) 

Swift darkness shows the lurid light (10) 

Where engine feeds the thresher's might. 

At length the great machines are still; (11) 

The ready grain awaits the mill. (1) 

Ah! mighty brains are they that plan 

Giants which so can work for man; 11) 

Which time and labor so can save, 

And to a master change the slave. (12) 

We turn the leaves of memory's book 

And on our parent's labor look. 

We see the old New England farm (13) 

Beneath the mountain's brooding calm; (14) 

The pasture bound by rocky wall, (15) 

The pine wood waving straight and tall, (14) 

The alders where the blackbirds sing: (16) 

And hark! the whetstone's cheerful ring! (17) 

The farmer bends with swinging blows, (18) 

And lays the grass in fallen rows. (18) 

His son with pitchfork turns it o'er (19) 

That wind and sun may dry it more. 

They ply the rake; the hay cocks grow, (20) 

And stand, white-capped, an even row. (21) 

Dark night draws on with dash of rain; (22) 

The cows run home through narrow lane. (23) 

But morrow's sun shines bright and fail', (24) 

Like balm the breeze, like wine the air; (25) 

Now flashing pitchforks spread the hay; (19) 

Old Sol smiles broadly all the day; (24) 

The creaking carts with hay o'erflow, (26) 

And slow to the barn the oxen go. (27) 

A peaceful scene of honest toil; (28) 

Was he a slave who thus did moil? (13) 

Nay: rather king, lord of his land, (29) 

Of beauty, health, and skilful hand. (30) 

Our forefathers no pity need: 

But changing times new duties lead; (31) 

New visions rise, new pleasures call, 

And leisure, is the cry of all. (28) 

So hail! thou brain that so contrives (32) 

Such keys to unlock labor's gyves, 



342 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

That toil and pleasure hand in hand, (33) 
May travel o'er the whole broad land. .(28) 

(1) Carry both arms from front midline to sides, turning 
palms up. (2) Turn palms down and extend arms front. (3) 
Waving motions to left. (4) Wave to right; turn palms up 
and hold in first position on "sea." (5) Take 1st on "this 
main." (6) Turn palms down and carry arms toward front. 
(7) Point front and left front with left hand. (8) Point 
higher left for ' ' morn ; ' ' lower to shoulder level, bring 
right to same level and make waving motions to right. (9) 
Point upward right, lowering left, then lower right and point 
to low front with both hands, palms front. (10) Lower arms 
swiftly from high front to midline, then point left to 
"engine." (11) Point left, palm up. (12) Hold right hand 
out at shoulder level half side, palm up. (13) Poiut right, 
palm up. (14) Point higher, palm down. (15) Take 1st po- 
sition on ' ' pastures, ' ' then turn hands sidewise, with slight 
up and down movement for " wall." (16) Point left. (17) 
Left arm up front as if holding scythe and. give whetting 
motions with right. (18) Swing arms across from right to 
left as if mowing. (19) Motions of tossing hay. (20) Mo- 
tions of raking. (21) Carry right arm from front to side, 
palm down. (22) Raise arms slowly straight above head, 
looking upward, then lower swiftly, palms down, on "dash." 
(23) Sweep extended arms from right to left. (24) Point up- 
ward left. (25) Lower to midline and hold while carrying 
right upward and out to half side, turning palm up. (26) 
Both arms lifted high front and carried down toward sides. 
(27) Drop left and point outward with right. (28) Carry 
both arms from iront midline to sides, turning palms up. 
(29) Lift right forearm and lower again with emphasis; carry 
left arm outward to half side midline, palm up. (30) Em- 
phatic up and down movements of left forearm. (31) Carry 
right arm from front to side, palm up. (32) Carry right arm 
above head level at right side, palm front ; lower to half side 
midline, palm up, and hold during next line. (33) Point 
front and to left with left hand, palm up. 



ACTION POEMS. 343 

VISION OF BELSHAZZAR. 
By Loed Bykon. 

The King was on his throne, (1) 

The Satraps thronged the hall; (2) 
A thousand bright lamps shone (3) 

O'er that high festival. (4) 
A thousand cups of gold, (5) 

In Judah deem'd divine — ■ (6) 
Jehovah's vessels hold (7) 

The godless Heathen's wine. (8) 

In that same hour and hall, 

The fingers of a hand (9) 
Came forth against the wall, (10) 

And wrote as if on sand: (11) 
The fingers of a man — (9) 

A solitary hand (9) 
Along the letters ran, (12) 

And traced them like a wand. (12) 

The monarch saw, and shook, (13) 

And bade no more rejoice; (14) 
All bloodless wax'd his look, (15) 

And tremulous his voice. 
"Let the men of lore appear, (16) 

The wisest of the earth, (16) 
And expound the words of fear (17) 

Which mar our royal mirth." 

Chaldea's seers are good, 

But here they have no skill; (18) 
And the unknown letters stood (19) 

Untold and awful still. (20) 
And Babel's men of age (21) 

Are wise and deep in lore; 
But now they were not sage, (22) 

They saw — but knew no more. (23) 

A captive in the land, (24) 

A stranger and a youth, (24) 
He heard the King's command, (1) 

He saw that writing's truth. (10) 



344 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

The lamps around were bright. (3) 

The prophecy in view; (10) 
He read it on that night — ■ (25) 

The morrow proved it true. (26) 
" Belshazzar's grave is made, (27) 

His kingdom pass'd away, (28) 
He, in the balance weigh'd, (29) 

Is light and worthless clay; 
The shroud his robe of state, (30) 

His canopy the stone; (31) 
The Mede is at. his gate ! (32) 

The Persian on his throne!" (33) 

Read the Bible description of this vision before reciting 
this poem. 

(1) Point left, palm up. (2) Point right with sweeping 
gesture. (3) Point upward with both arms. (4) Lower arms 
to shoulder level, palms down. (5) Point left front. (6) 
Point to distant right, palm down. (7) Point upward with 
right hand on "Jehovah." (8) Point left. (9) Holdout 
right hand, palm down. (10) Point right hand upward front 
at head level. (11) Close fingers and move arm slightly as if 
writing. (12) Move slowly as if making large letters. (13) 
Like 1st, then shudder. (14) Lift right hand and bring down 
to midline, palm down, in gesture of command. (15) Look 
at wall on right and shudder. (16) Lift right hand to half 
side midline, palm up. (17) Turn palm down and point up 
at right wall. (18) Shake head solemnly. (19) Point to 
wall. (20) Clasp hands in solemn fear. (21) Point left. (22) 
Shake head. (23) Like 19th, then lower hand to midline, 
palm up. (24) Point out to right side. (25) Look at wall. 
(26) Bring right arm upward at half side and lower slightly, 
as far as midline, in affirmation. (27) Point to king, palm 
up; turn palm down and point lower. (28) Sweep right arm 
across from left to right at midline. (29) Point to king on 
" he; " lift right arm to same position on right side to show 
the "balance," and raise left while lowering right. (30) 
Point down left. (31) Point upward left, then lower again. 
(32) Point right, palm up. (33) Lift left to level of right and 
hold both. 



■ 



GRADE VII. — Seventh Yeak in School, 
note. 

If pupils are unaccustomed to this work, begin with easier 
poems of preceding grades, and do not expect many move- 
ments in the quiet poems. A careful reading of Note to 
Teacher, page 291, is imperative in order to understand the 
purpose of these selections. 

THE FINDING OF THE LYRE 

By James Russell Lowell. 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., publishers.] 

There lay upon the ocean's shore (1) 

What once a tortoise served to cover; (2) 
A year and more, with rush and roar, (3) 

The surf had rolled it over, (4) 
Had played with it, and flung it by, (5) 

As wind and weather might decide it, (6) 
Then tossed it high, where sand-drifts dry (7) 

Cheap burial might provide it. (8) 

It rested there to bleach or tan, (1) 

The rains had soaked, the suns had burned it; (9) 
With many a ban the fisherman 

Had stumbled o'er and spurned it; (10) 
And there the fisher-girl would stay, (1) 

Conjecturing with her brother, (11) 
How in their play the poor estray (12) 

Might serve some use or other. 

So there it lay, through wet and dry, (1) 

As empty as the last new sonnet, (13) 
Till by and by came Mercury, (14) 

And, having mused upon it, (15) 
345 



346 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

'Why here," cried he, "the thing of things, (1) 

In shape, material, and dimension! (16) 
Give it but strings, and, lo, it sings, (17) 
A wonderful invention!" (18) 

So said, so done; the cords he strained, (19) 

And, as his fingers o'er them hovered, (20) 
The shell disdained a soul had gained, (21) 

The lyre had been discovered. (22) 
O empty world that round us lies, (23) 

Dead shell, of soul and thought forsaken, (24) 
Brought we but eyes like Mercury's (14) 

In thee what songs should waken! (25) 

(1) Point down to left, palm up. (2) Turn palm down and 
make slight side wise motions with hand. (3) Raise both arms 
slightly in front and carry swiftly -to left, and to right on 
" rush and roar." (4) Carry hands up and over like " surf." 
(5) Carry both to right, then to left. (6) Carry arms apart 
to mid-half sides, palms up. (7) Carry both arms slightly 
upward to left. (8) Turn palms down and lower slightly on- 
left side. (9) Turn palm down, lift to shoulder level and 
lower again; point upward right. (10) Slightly advance left 
foot, bend forward and slightly raise arms; on "spurned" 
make slight movement of arms toward left side. (11) Point 
right. (12) Rest left elbow upon right hand, and cheek 
upon left hand, as if thinking. (13) Raise right forearm to 
front midline, palm up. (14) Point to right half side, palm 
down. (15) Droop head as if musing. (16) Turn palm 
down, then up, then show "dimension" with both hands. 

(17) Motion of stretching strings; then raise hands in sur- 
prise on " lo ! " lower to half sides midline, palms up. 

(18) Raise forearms slightly and lower to same position. (19) 
Motions of stretching cords. (20) Motions of playing. (21) 
From 1st position turn palm up. (22) Raise forearm slightly 
and lower again. (23) Carry both arms from front midline 
to sides, palms up. (24) Bring to front midline; turn palms 
down and carry downward toward sides. (25) Both arms 
held at half sides, midline, palms up. 



ACTION POEMS. 347 

THE BELFRY OF BRUGES. 
By Henry Wadswokth Longfellow. 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., publishers.] 

In the market-place of Bruges stands the belfry old and brown; (1) 
Thrice consumed and thrice rebuilded, still it watches o'er the town. (2) 
As the Summer morn was breaking, (3) on that lofty tower I stood, (1) 
And the world threw off the darkness, like the weeds of widowhood. (4) 
Thick with towns (5) and hamlets studded, (6) and with streams and 

vapors gray, (7) 
Like a shield embossed with silver, (8) round and vast the landscape lay. 

(9) 
At my feet the city slumbered. (10) From its chimneys here and 

there, (11) 
Wreaths of snow-white smoke, ascending, (12) vanished, ghost-like, into 

air. (13) 
Not a sound rose from the city (14) at that early morning hour, (15) 
But I heard a heart of iron beating in the ancient tower. (16) 
From their nests beneath the rafters (17) sang the swallows wild and 

high; 
And the world beneath me sleeping (18) seemed more distant than the 

sky. (19) 
Then most musical and solemn, bringing back the olden times, (20) 
With their strange, unearthly changes rang the melancholy chimes, (21) 
Like the psalms from some old cloister, when the nuns sing in the choir; 

(22) 
And the great bell tolled among them, (23) like the chanting of a friar. 

(24) 
Visions of the days departed, shadowy phantoms filled my brain; (25) 
They who live in history only seemed to walk the earth again; (26) 

* * * V ****** * 

I beheld the pageants splendid (27) that adorned those days of old; 
Stately dames, (28) like queens attended, (29) knights who bore the 

Fleece of Gold. (30) 
Lombard and Venetian merchants (31) with deep-laden argosies; (32) 
Ministers from twenty nations; more than royal pomp and ease. (33) 

*********** 
Then the sound of drums aroused me. (34) The awakened city's roar (35) 



348 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Chased the phantoms I had summoned back into their graves once more. 

(36) 
Hours had passed away like minutes; (37) and, before I was aware, (38) 
Lo! the shadow of the belfry crossed the sun-illumined square. (39) 

Another quiet poem which requires that the objects be 
held strongly in mind during its recitation. 

(1) Point upward- right. (2) Raise arms at midline front 
and carry out to sides, (3) Point straight forward. (4) Arms 
raised front above head and lowered to sides with gentle 
sweep. (5) Point forward with left hand, palm down. (6) 
Point to left. (7) Point with right hand. (8) Bring both 
hands forward, palms front. (9) Carry arms toward sides, 
turning palms down. (10) Point downward front with both 
hands. (11) Point forward and to side with left hand, palm 
down. (12) Upward movement in circles with left. (13) 
Higher movement to side. (14) Both arms raised slowly in 
front. (15) Lower to midline at half sides, palms up. (16) 
Turn palms down and carry arms downward toward front. 
(17) Point downward left. (18) Both arms carried outward 
at midline, palms front. (19) Carry both arms upward, 
pointing to sky. (20) Lift left forearm to mid-front line and 
carry to half side, turning palm up. (21) Turn palm slowly 
down and lower slightly. (22) Lift right forearm at front 
midline and carry out to half side, palm up. (23) Turn palm 
down. (24) Droop head. (25) Both hands lifted to sides of 
head. (26) Slowly lower arms to half sides midline, 
palms down. (27) Carry extended left arm slowly from low 
front to half side, palm down. (28) Stand erect, tipping head 
proudly back. (29) Carry arms out to sides at midline, 
palms up, and bend from hips. (30) Point to right, palm up. 
(31) Point forward with both hands, palms down. (32) 
Lower arms slightly. (33) Carry arms upward and over to 
sides, palms uj). (34) Aroused manner, and motions of 
striking drum. (35) Turn palms front. (36) Turn palms 
down and carry arms toward sides. (37) Bring hands again 
to head. (38) Lower arms in front, palms front. (39) Point 
upward right, then down to square. 



ACTION POEMS. 349 

A GEEYPOKT LEGEND, 1797. 

By Bjset Haktb. 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., publishers. J 

They ran through the streets of the seaport town, (1) 

They peered from the decks of the ships where they lay; (2) 
The cold sea- fog that came whitening down (3) 
Was never so cold or white as they. (4) 

"Ho, Starbuck, and Pickney, and Tenterden! (5) 
Run for your shallops, gather your men, (5) 
Scatter your boats on the lower bay." (6) 

Good cause for fear! in the thick midday (7) 
The hulk that lay by the rotten pier, (8) 
Filled with children in happy play, (9) 

Parted its moorings and drifted clear. (10) 
Drifted clear beyond reach or call, — (11) 
Thirteen children there were in all, — ■ (12) 
All adrift in the lower bay! (13) 

Said a hard-faced skipper, "God help us all! 

She will not float till the morning tide!" (14) 
Said his wife, "My darling will hear my call, (15) 
Whether in sea or heaven she bide." (16) 

And she lifted a quavering voice and high, (17) 
Wild and strange as a sea-bird's cry, 
Till they shuddered and wondered at her side. (18) 

The fog drove down on each laboring crew, (19) 

Veiled each from each and the sky and shore; (20) 
There was not a sound but the breath they drew, (21) 
And the lap of water and creak of oar; (22) 

And they felt the breath of the downs fresh blown 
O'er leagues of clover and cold gray stone, (23) 
But not from the lips that had gone before. (24) 

They come no more. (25) But they tell the tale 

That when fogs are thick on the harbor reef, (26) 
The mackerel-fishers shorten sail, (27) 

For the signal they know will bring relief,- — 
For the voices of children, still at play (28) 
In a phantom hulk that drifts alway (29) 
Through channels whose waters never fail. (30) 



350 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

It is but a foolish shipman's tale, 

A theme for a poet's idle page, (31) 
But still when the mists of doubt prevail, 

And we lie becalmed by the shores of Age, (32) 
We hear from the misty, troubled shore, (33) 
The voice of the children gone before, (34) 
Drawing the soul to its anchorage. (35) 

(1) Extend arms straight forward, palms down. (2) Lean 
forward and shade eyes as if peering through fog. (3) Lower 
arms gently from front head level. (4) Turn palms front at 
low line. (5) Right hand to mouth, without interfering with 
sound. (6) Extend arm toward right side, palm down. (7) 
Right forearm lowered from shoulder level to midline, hand 
sidewise. (8) Extend arm front, palm down, pointing down 
to "hulk." (9) Turn palm up. (10) Slow sweep of arm to 
side. (11) Raise forearm to head level and lower again to 
former position. (12) Both arms extended at front midline, 
palms up. (13) Sweep to right half side, palms down. (14) 
Swiftly raise extended right arm to shoulder level at half side, 
palm down. (15) Left hand on heart. (16) Point outward 
and upward witli right hand. (17) Both hands to mouth as if 
calling. (18) Shudder. (19) Lower arms gently from high 
line to below shoulder level ; close fists, bring elbows back 
and tip trunk back as if rowing. (20) Extend left "arm point- 
ing to one, then right pointing to another; point up with 
right ; ahead with left. (21) Lower arms and lean slightly 
forward listening. (22) Point downward right; give rowing 
motion. (23) Point out to left. (24) Point forward with 
right. (25) Hold arms out at midline, palms up. (26) Raise 
arms to head level and lower slightly, palms down. (27) 
Motions of shortening sail. (28) Lean forward, listening. 
(29) Point front, then drift to right, palm down. (30) Lower 
to low line, palm up. (31) Rnise left forearm from front to 
half side, palm up. (32) Arms extended at low line, palms 
down. (33) Point front, palm down. (34) Turn palm up. 
(35) Raise left arm and carry both straight forward. 



ACTION POEMS. 351 

CHAKGE OF THE LIGHT BRIGADE. 

By Alfred Tennyson. 

Half a league, half a league, (1) 

Half a league onward, (2) 
All in the valley of death (3) 

Rode the six hundred. 
"Forward, the Light Brigade! (4) 
Charge for the guns!" he said: (5) 
Into the valley of death (6) 
Rode the six hundred. 

"Forward the Light Brigade!" (4) 

Was there a man dismayed? 

Not though the soldiers knew (6) 

Some one had blundered! 
Theirs not to make reply ; (7) 
Theirs not to reason why ; (8) 
Theirs but to do and die ; (8) 
Into the valley of death (6) 

Rode the six hundred. 

Cannon to right of them, (9) 
Cannon to left of them, (10) 
Cannon in front of them (11) 

Volleyed and thundered: 
Stormed at with shot and shell, 
Boldly they rode and well; (12) 
Into the jaws of death, (13) 
Into the mouth of Hell, (14) 

Rode the six hundred. 

Flashed all their sabers bare, (15) 
Flashed as they turned in air, (15) 
Sabring the gunners there, (16) 
Charging an army, while (12) 

All the world wondered! (17) 
Plunged in the battery-smoke: (12) 
Right through the line they broke: (18) 
Cossack and Russian 
Reeled from the saber-stroke, (19) 



353 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

Shattered arid sundered. 
Then they rode back! but not— 
Not the six hundred. (20) 

Cannon to right of them, (9) 
Cannon to left of them, (10) 
Cannon behind them (21) 

Volleyed and thundered: 
Stormed at with shot and shell, (22) 
While horse and hero fell, (23) 
They that had fought so well 
Came through the jaws of death (24) 
Back from the mouth of Hell, (25) 
All that was left of them — 

Left of six hundred. (26) 

When can their glory fade? 

the wild charge they made! (27) 

All the world wondered. (28) 
Honor the charge they made! (29) 
Honor the Light Brigade — (29) 

Noble six hundred! (30) 

All the sights and sounds of the battlefield must be held 
vividly in mind. Picture the heroic soldiers rushing on to 
their death. 

(1) Raise right arm to midline in front, palm down ; move 
slightly to right. (2) Move farther to right. (3) Raise 
slightly and lower, pointing to floor ; hold during next line. 
(4) Raise right forearm to head level and bring quickly down 
to midline, hand sidewise, in gesture of command. (5) 
omaller movement in same manner. (6) Lean slightly for- 
ward and tell earnestly. (7) Raise right forearm to front 
midline, palm up. (8) Raise sidewise to shoulder level and 
lower again slowly. (9) Point right. (10) Point left. (11) 
Point front with both hands, palms down. (12) Extend arms 
straight front. (13) Lower slightly and turn palms up. (14) 
Raise forearms and lower again, hands sidewise. (15) Swift 
upward curve of right arm. (16) Carry right arm swiftly 
down. (17) Turn palms up and carry toward sides. (18) 



ACTION POEMS. 353 

Slight upward and downward movement of forearm, 
(19) Draw arms back and transfer weight to backward foot, 
inclining trunk backward. (20) Raise left forearm and lower 
to midline, palm up. (21) Carry arms slightly backward. 
(22) Raise right forearm and lower to front midline, hand 
sidewise. (23) Raise and lower again. (24) Carry left arm 
backward. (25) Bring arm slowly forward again. (26) 
Raise forearm slightly and lower to midline, palm up. (27) 
Raise extended arms in front to head level and lower to mid- 
line, palms down. (28) Carry arms to sides, turning palms 
up. (29) Raise right arm above head and give circular sweep 
as in cheering. (30) Lower extended arm in front, palm up. 

THE CHASE. 
By Sik Walter Scott. 

The stag at eve had drunk his fill, 

Where danced the moon on Monan's rill, (1) 

And deep his midnight lair had made 

In lone Glenartney's hazel shade; (2) 

But when the sun his beacon red 

Had kindled on Benvoirlich's head, (3) 

The deep-mouthed bloodhound's heavy bay 

Resounded up the rocky way, (4) 

And faint, from farther distance borne, 

Were heard the clanging hoof and horn. (5) 

As chief, who hears his warder call, 

"To arms! the foemen storm the wall," (6) 

The antlered monarch of the waste (7) 

Sprang from his heathery couch in haste; (8) 

But ere his fleet career he took, 

The dewdrops from his flanks he shook; (9) 

Like creasted leader proud and high 

Tossed his beamed frontlet to the sky; (10) 

A moment gazed adown the dale, (11) 

A moment snuffed the tainted gale, (12) 

A moment listened to the cry, (13) 

That thickened as the chase drew nigh ; (14) 

Then, as the headmost foes appeared, (15) 



354 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

With one brave bound the copse he cleared, (16) 
And, stretching forward free and far, (17) 
Sought the wild heaths of Uam-Var. (18) 

Yelled on the view the opening pack; (19) 
Rock, glen, and cavern paid them back; (20) 
To many a mingled sound at once (21) 
The awakened mountain gave response. (22) 
A hundred dogs bayed deep and strong, (23) 
Clattered a hundred steeds along, (24) 
Their peal the merry horns rang out, (25) 
A hundred voices joined the shout; (26) 
With hark and whoop and wild halloo, (27) 
No rest Benvoirlich"s echoes knew. (3) 
Far from the tumult fled the roe, (28) 
Close in her covert cowered the doe, (29) 
The falcon, from her cairn on high, (3) 
Cast on the rout a wondering eye, (30) 
Till far beyond her piercing ken (28) 
The hurricane had swept the glen. (31) 
Faint, and more faint, its failing din (32) 
Returned from cavern, cliff, and linn, (33) 
And silence settled, wide and still, (34) 
On the lone wood and mighty hill. (35) 

This selection is taken from the first canto of " The Lady 
of the Lake." Study meaning of unfamiliar words. 

(1) Point to rill in front with left hand, palm down, wav- 
ing hand slightly for moonlight on waves. (2) Point front 
with right hand. (3) Point upward at half side with right. 
(4) Point lower down mountain. (5) Point directly out t*. 
right side. (6) Excited manner and quick movement of right 
arm in front upward, then down to midline. (7) Extend 
arm, pointing front. (8) Lift both forearms quickly in front 
to shoulder level. (9) Shake hands slightly down at sides. 
(10) Toss head. (11) Look right side. (12) Lift chin. (13) 
Listen. (14) Point right. (15) Sweep right arm slightly 
front. (16) Bounding movement with both arms. (17) 
Carry extended arms toward left. (18) Lower right and. 
point to distance with left. (19) Point right, palm down„ 



ACTION POEMS. 355 

(20) Point left, hold while pointing right, left again. (21) 
Hold arms at half sides and turn palms up. (22) Point 
higher right. (23) Point lower. (24) Carry extended arms 
from right side to left with undulating movement. (25) 
Hold horn to mouth. (26) Arms carried upward and out- 
ward from front to half side shoulder level. (27) Lower 
arms and hold an instant at sides, palms down, give quick 
upward movement, then wave right arm, showing excite- 
ment. (28) Point to distant left, palm down. (29) Point 
downward in front with left. (30) Lower right to shoulder 
level and at same time raise left. (31) Sweep both arms to 
left. (32) Hold hands, palms down at sides, listening. (33) 
Point down left, up right and down right. (34) Lift both 
arms high and float slowly down to midline. (35) Turn 
left, palm up, and look left, then look and point upward 
right. 

THE PROSPEROUS VOYAGE. 

By Johann von Goethe. 

The fogs disappear, (1) 

The heavens are bright, (2) 

And Aeolus frees (3) 

From their prison the winds. (4) 

They whistle and roar, (5) 

Alert is the sailor. (6) 

Come, comrades, be quick ! (7)| 

The billows divide, 

The distance draws near ; (8) 

Land, land I descry. (9) 

(1) Raise both hands front till they touch at head level, and 
carry outward to sides with palms front. (2) Raise, point- 
ing to skies. (3) Point to distance at left half side. (4) 
Sweep both hands with palms down, across from left to right. 
(5) Extend arms to left, make circular movement and sweep 
across to right. (6) Stand in alert attitude. (7) Raise right 
arm at side and bring forearm quickly forward. (8) Point to 
distant front with left hand, palm down. (9) Bring left hand 
to forehead, shading eyes. 



356 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

THE HURRICANE. 

By William Cullen Bryant. 
[By permission of D. Appleton & Co., publishers.] 

Lord of the winds! I feel thee nigh, (1) 
I know thy breath in the burning sky! (2) 
And I wait with a thrill in every vein, (3) 
lor the coming of the hurricane! (3) 

*********** 

He is come! he is come! do ye not behold (4) 

His ample robes on the wind unrolled? (5) 

Giant of air! we bid thee hail! — (1) 

How his gray skirts toss in the whirling gale; (6) 

How his huge and writhing arms are bent (7) 

To clasp the zone of the firmament, 

And fold at length, in their dark embrace, (8) 

From mountain to mountain the visible space. (9) 

Darker — still darker! — the whirlwinds bear (10) 

The dust of the plains to the middle air; (11) 

And hark to the crashing, long and loud, (12) 

Of the chariot of God in the thunder-cloud! (12) 

You may trace its path by the flashes that start (13) 

From the rapid wheels where'er they dart, 

As the fire-bolts leap to the world below, (14) 

And flood the skies with a lurid glow. (15) 

What roar is that? — 'tis the rain that breaks (16) 

In torrents away from the airy lakes, (17) 

Heavily poured on the shuddering ground, (18) 

And shedding a nameless horror round. (19) 

Ah! well-known woods, and mountains, and skies, (20) 

With the very clouds! — ye are lost to my eyes. (21) 

I seek ye vainly, and see in your place (22) 

The shadowy tempest that sweeps thi-ough space, (23) 

A whirling ocean that fills the wall (24) 

Of the crystal heaven, and buries all. (25) 

And I, cut off from the world, remain (26) 

Alone with the terrible hurricane. (27) 

(1) Raise arms high at half sides, palms up. (2) Drop right 
arm to side and turn left palm front, pointing up. (3) Hands 



ACTION POEMS. 357 

clasped excitedly. (4) Unclasp hands, and hold down at 
sides, palms down, in eager attitude. (5) Raise arms high in 
front and give sweeping movement outward. (6) Waving 
motion. (7) Lower arms a little and bend elbows slightly ; 
hold during next line. (8) Bring arms nearer to chest. (9) 
Point upward to left and right. (10) Look to left and right. 
(11) Make upward spirals with both hands. (12). Stand in 
listening attitude. (13) Point upward right and make zigzag 
lines in air. (14) Quick downward movement with right 
hand. (15) Raise both arms in front, and give outward 
sweeps with arms. (16) Point right. (17) Lower hand 
swiftly to midline, palm down. (18) Downward movement 
with both arms from midline. (19) Bring arms slightly up- 
ward and sweep outward. (20) Point to left, to right, and 
upward. (21) Point higher with right hand and bring both 
toward each other as if shutting out view. (22) Look 
earnestly around. (23) Sweeping movement with both arms 
from left to right. (24) Circular movement w T ith both arms 
high. (25) Point upward with both hands; turn palms down 
and sweep arms downward. (26) Point to self with both 
hands, carry arms to sides, palms front. (27) Lower arms 
and hold at half sides, palms up. 



GRADE VIII.— Eighth Year in School. 

NOTE. 

If pupils have not had this work in former years, give 
them the most stirring poems in preceding grade. Bodily 
response will come only from the mind kindled with a glow- 
ing idea. A careful reading of Note to Teacher, page 291, 
is imperative in order to understand the purpose of these 
selections and notes. 

SUMMER STORM. 
By James Russell Lowell. 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., publishers.] 

Untremulous in the river clear, (1) 
Toward the sky's image, hangs the imaged bridge; (2) 

So still the air that I can hear (3) 
The slender clarion of the unseen midge; (3) 

Out of the stillness, with a gathering creep, 
Like the rising wind in leaves, which now decreases, (4) 
Now lulls, now swells, and all the while increases, (5) 

The huddling trample of a drove of sheep (6) 
Tilts the loose planks, and then as gradually ceases (7) 

In dust on the other side; life's emblem deep (8) 
A confused noise between two silences, (9) 
Finding at last in dust precarious peace. (10) 

On the wide marsh, the purple-blossomed grasses (11) 
Soak up the sunshine; sleeps the brimming tide, (12) 

Save when the wedge-shaped wake in silence passes 
Of some slow water-rat whose sinuous glide (13) 
Wavers the long green sedge's shade from side to side; (14) 

But up the west, like a rock-shivered surge, (15) 

Climbs a great cloud, edged with sun-whitened spray; (16) 

Huge whirls of foam boil toppling o'er its verge, (17) 
And falling still it seems, and yet it climbs alway. (18) 
358 



ACTION POEMS. \ 359 

Suddenly all the sky is hid (19) 

As with the shutting of a lid, (19) 
One by one great drops are falling (20) 

Doubtful and slow, (20) 
Down the pane they are crookedly crawling, (21) 

And the wind breathes low; (22) 
Slowly the circles widen on the river, (23) 

Widen and mingle, one and all; (24) 
Here and there the slender flowers shiver, (25) 

Struck by an icy raindrop's fall. (26) 

Now on the hills I hear the thunder mutter, 

The wind is gathering in the west; (27) 
The upturned leaves first whiten and flutter, (28) 

Then droop to a fitful rest; 
Up from the stream with a sluggish flap (29) 

Struggles the gull and floats away; (30) 
Nearer and nearer rolls the thunder-clap — (31) 

We shall not see the sun go down to-day: (32) 
Now leaps the wind on the sleepy marsh, (33) 

And tramples the grass with terrified feet, (34) 
The startled river turns leaden and harsh. (35) 

You can hear the quick heart of the tempest beat. 

Look! Look! that vivid flash! (36) 
And instantly follows the rattling thunder, 
As if some cloud-crag, split asunder, (37) 

Fell, splintering with a ruinous crash, (38) 
On the Earth which crouches in silence under; (39) 

And now a solid gray wall of rain (40) 
Shuts off the landscape mile by mile; (41) 

For a breath's space I see the blue wood again, (42) 
And, ere the next heart-beat, the wind-hurled pile, (43) 
That seemed but now a league aloof, (44) 
Bursts crackling o'er the sun-parched roof; (45) 

Against the windows the storm comes dashing, (46) 
Through tattered foliage the hail tears crashing, (47) 

The blue lightning flashes, (48) 

The rapid hail clashes, (49) 
The white waves are tumbling, (50) 

And, in one baffled roar,. 
Like the toothless sea mumbling (51) 



360 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

A rock-bristled shore, 
The thunder is rumbling (52) 
And crashing and crumbling, — (53) 

Will silence return nevermore? (54) 

Hush! Still as death, (55) 

The tempest holds his breath 
As from a sudden will; 
The rain stops short, but from the eaves (56) 
X"ou see it drop, and hear it from the leaves, (57), 
All is so bodingly still; 

Again, now, now, again (58) 
Plashes- the rain in heavy gouts, (58) 

The crinkled lightning (59) 

Seems ever bright'ning, (59) 
And loud and long 
Again the thunder shouts (60) 

His battle song, — 

One quivering flash, (61) 

One wildering crash, (62) 
Followed by silence, dead and dull, (63) 

As if the cloud, let go, (64) 

Leapt bodily below (65) 
To whelm the earth in one mad overthrow, (66) 

And then a total lull. (67) 

Remember that these movements are not arbitrary; 
others may be quite as correct if the pictures are seen differ- 
ently. 

(1) Point to right side front, palm up. (2) Turn right palm 
down and point upward to sky, then downward to image; 
raise hand slightly pointing to bridge, then down again to 
image. (3) Incline head slightly in listening attitude. (4) 
Point upward left ; lower hand on "decrease^." (5) Raise 
hand on "swells." (6) Point left, palm down. (7) Move 
hand slightly downward on "tilts" and point slowly for- 
ward to "the other side." (8) Raise forearms to midline, 
palms up on " emblem." (9) Point to one side, then other. 
(10) Point both hands to floor. (11) Carry both arms from 
mid-center out to half sides, palms up. (12) Turn palms 



ACTION POEMS. 361 

down. (13) Point left, (11) Wave hand slightly from side 
to side. (15) Point right, palm down. (16) Point higher to 
right. (IT) Short downward curve. (18) Lower right and 
raise again. (19) Raise arms at sides, palms down, and carry 
upward and over till forefingers meet in front above head 
level. (20) Lower arms slowly in front to shoulder level, 
starting right before left. (21) Lower with zigzag move- 
ment. (22) Extend arms at mid- front, palms down. (23) 
Make small circles. (24) Make larger circles. (25) Point to 
right and left and move hands slightly on "shiver." (26) 
Quick upward and downward movement of hands. (27) 
Point right. (28) Raise arms; turn palms up; turndown, 
fluttering sidewise ; then droop from wrist in next line. (29) 
Point downward left, and move hand up and down from 
wrist. (30) Raise hand to shoulder level, then float away to 
side. (31) Look upward right. (32) Point front. (33) 
Raise arms to mid-front, palms down. (34) Quick down- 
ward movement with hands. (35) Point to right. (36) Point 
front. (37) Raise both hands together in front to head level, 
palms down, and carry swiftly apart. (38) Carry downward 
at half sides. (39) Hold with palms down, bending trunk 
forward. (40) Raise arms to shoulder level in front and hold 
palms front, fingers pointing upward. (41) Slowly carry 
hands to sides on same level. (42) Drop right hand and point 
ahead with left. (43) Raise arms at sides and touch hands 
just above front head level. (44) Lower slightly and point to 
distant front. (45) Lower quickly in front. (46) Carry left 
arm away from body at shoulder level, palm outward. (47) 
Point upward at right half side, lowering quickly to shoulder 
level. (48) Zigzag motions with left hand, looking upward. 
(49) Lower quickly. (50) Point downward left. (51) Side- 
wise curving motions with both hands low in front. (52) 
Point upward right. (53) Move hand slightly. (54) Press 
hands excitedly together low in front. (55) Hold hands at 
low half sides and lean slightly forward. (56) Point up to 
eaves with right hand. (57) Lower hand slightly ; point up- 
ward to leaves with left hand. (58) Lift hands to head level 
in front and lower suddenly on "plashes." (59) Zigzag 



362 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

motions with left hand. (60) Point upward right. (61) 
Large zigzag motions in front. (62) Bring hands together at 
shoulder level. (63) Drop to 55th position. (64) Point up- 
ward with both hands, palms out. (65) Lower quickly. (<dQ) 
Carry out to sides, then toward front in large upward curves. 
(67) Lower to 55th position. 



KIDING DOWN. 
By INoka Perky. 

[By permission of the author and Houghton, Mifflin & Co.] 

Oh, did you see him riding down, 
And riding down, while all the town (1) 
Came out to see, came out to see, (2) 
And all the bells rang mad with glee? (3) 

Oh, did you hear those bells ring out, (4) 
The bells ring out, the people shout, (5) 
And did you hear that cheer on cheer (6) 
That over all the bells rang clear? (6) 

And did you see the waving flags, (7) 

The fluttering flags, the tattered flags, (8) 

Red, white, and blue, shot through and through, (9) 

Baptized with battles' deadly dew? (10) 

And did you hear the drum's gay beat, (11) 
The drum's gay beat, the bugles sweet, (12) 
The cymbals clash, (13) the cannon's crash (14) 
That rent the sky with sound and flash? (15) 

And did you see me waiting there, (16) 
Just waiting there and watching there, — 
One little lass, amid the mass 
That pressed to see the hero pass? (17) 

And did you see him smiling down, (18) 
And smiling down, as riding down 
With slowest pace, with stately grace, (19) 
He caught the vision of a face, — (20) 



ACTION POEMS. 863 

My face uplifted, red and white, (21) 
Turned red and white with sheer delight, (22) 
To meet the eyes, the smiling eyes, (23) 
Outflashing in their swift surprise? 

Oh, did you see how swift it came, (24) 
How swift it came like sudden flame, 
That smile to me, to only me, (25) 
The little lass who blushed to see? (26) 

And at the windows all along, (27) 

Oh, all along, a lovely throng (27) 

Of faces fair, beyond compare, 

Beamed out upon him riding there! (28) 

Each face was like a radiant gem, (29) 
A sparkling gem; and yet for them 
No swift smile came, like sudden flame, (30) 
No arrowy glance took certain aim. (31) 

He turned away from all their grace; (32) 
From all that grace of perfect face, 
He turned to me, to only me, (25) 
The little lass who blushed to see. (26) 

(1) Arms raised in front to midline and carried out to 
sides, palms up, for "all the town." (2) Brought straight 
forward. (3) Raised high and waved from side to side. (4) 
Extended front at shoulder level, palms up. (5) Like 4th, 
then lowered at half sides to shoulder level, palms up. (6) 
Wave right arm above head. (7) Both hands raised at half 
sides to head level and gently waved to and fro. (8) Hands 
waved up and down from wrists, then held still, palms 
facing. (9) Slight downward movement of hands, palms 
down. (10) Stronger downward movement of hands to waist 
level. (11) Motions of beating drum. (12) Of holding bugle. 
(13) Clashing cymbals. (14) Swift movement of right arm to 
right side, palm down. (15) Both arms lifted high in front 
and moved swiftly to sides. (16) Hands clasped down front 
in shy attitude; held during next two lines. (17) Hands 
dropped to sides, body inclined forward. (18) Point to left 



S64 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

front, arm extended, palm down. (19) Sweep arm slowly 
front; head held high. (20) Slight movement of head as if 
catching glimpse of some one. (21) Lift face to left, standing 
with clasped hands. (22) Turn face front to audieuce. (23) 
Lift again to left. (24) Right forearm raised in front to waist- 
line, palm up. (25) Clasp hands and hold against left side of 
chest, palm down. (26) Drop clasped hands down in front, 
and droop head slightly. (27) Right arm at shoulder level, 
sweeping slowly from front to side, palm down. (28) Point 
to left front at shoulder level. (29) Point to right front at 
shoulder level. (30) Shake head slightly. (31) Left arm 
raised at half side to head level, forefinger straight, palm 
down ; then swiftly lowered to front waist-line. (32) Right 
arm at shoulder level, sweeping from front to side, with 
palm out. 

THE ORCHESTRA. 
By M. A. deWolfe Howe, Jr. 

[From Youth's Companion, by permission.] 

Upon the mountain's morning side (1) 

The players, all in feathered coats, 
On treetops swing, in thickets hide, (2) 

And sound preliminary notes. 

The violinists here and there (3) 

Tune all their many strings unseen; (4) 
Long, sloping tones are in the air, (4) 

With pizzicato bits between. (4) 

Hark, (5) 'tis a flute's roulade so near (4) 

That revels gay and unafraid! 
And there! (6) the clarinet rings clear (4) 

Its mellow trill from yonder glade. (6) 

The gentle tappings of a drum (4) 

Sound where the beeches thinner grow; (7) 

Nearer a humorist is come (8) 
Upon his droll bassoon to blow. (4) 



ACTION POEMS. 365 

And now a 'cello from afar (4) 

Breathes out its human, dim appeal — (4) 

A voice as from a distant star (9) 

Where mortals work their woe and weal. 

Then down a sylvan aisle I gaze, (10) 

And to my musing sense it seems 
A leader mounts a stump, and sways (11) 

His baton like a man of dreams. (12) 

And here behold a marvel wrought! (13) 

For marshalled in a concord sweet (14) 
The blending fragments all are brought (15) 

To tune and harmony complete. (16) 

Is it a masterpiece that men 

Have heard before — and found it good? 
Is this the Eheinland o'er again? (17) 

Am I with Siegfried in the wood? (18) 

Nay — for this priceless hour, 'tis mine 

To share with nature's audience (19) 
A symphony too rare and fine (20) 

For skill of human instruments. (21) 

Leader, what music hast thou stirred! (22)- 

Players, still heed him every one! (23) 
And God be thanked for every bird (24) 

That sings beneath the summer sun! (25) 

The different musical instruments must be well understood 
in order that the various motions of holding and playing may- 
be correctly given. 

(1) Point to right. (2) Point high; low. (3) Point to 
front and side. (4) Motions of playing. (5) Listen. (6) 
Point to left. (7) Point right. (8) Point front with right! 
(9) Point upward and outward to left. (10) Extend right 
arm slowly in front, pointing down aisle. (11) Raise right 
hand. (12) Swing baton. (13) Raise arms at half sides and 
lower to midline in affirmation. (14) Carry arms out to sides. 
(15) Carry arms slowly toward front. (16) Hold arms front, 
palms up. (17) Hold left arm at half side midline, palm up. 



366 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

(18) Hold left and raise right to same position on right side. 

(19) Raise arras front to midline and carry to half side, turn- 
ing palms up. (20) Turn palms down and bend slightly for- 
ward. (21) Extend arms at front midline, palms up. (22) 
Point up to leader with right hand, palm inward. (23) Hold 
right and raise left to same position on left side, looking left. 
(24) Hold and look upward in front. (25) Lower arms to 
midline and hold with palm up. 

THE COMBAT. 

By Sir Walter Scott. 

He whistled shrill, 
And he was answered from the hill; 
Wild as the scream of the curlew, 
From crag to crag the signal flew. (1) 
Instant, through copse and heath, arose (2) 
Bonnets and spears and bended bows; (3), 
On right, on left, above, below, (4) 
Sprang up at once the lurking foe; (5) 
From shingles gray their lances start, (6) 
The bracken bush sends forth the dart, (7), 
The rushes and the willow wand (8) 
Are bristling into axe and brand, 
And every tuft of broom gives life (9) 
To plaided warrior armed for strife. (10) 
That whistle garrisoned the glen 
At once with full five hundred men, (11) 
As if the' yawning hill to heaven (12) 
A subterranean host had given. (13) 
Watching their leader's beck and will, 
All silent there they stood and still. (11) 
Like the loose crags whose threatening mass (14) 
Lay tottering o'er the hollow pass, (15) 
As if an infant's touch could urge (14) 
Their headlong passage down the verge, (16) 
With step and weapon forward flung, (17) 
Upon the mountain-side they hung. (17) 
The mountaineer cast glance of pride 
Along Benledi's living side, (18) 



ACTION POEMS. 367 

Then fixed his eye and sable brow (19) 
Full on Fitz- James: "How say'st thou now? 
These are Clan Alpine's warriors true; (11) 
And, Saxon, — I am Roderick Dhu!" (20) 

Fitz-James was brave; though to his heart (21) 

The life-blood thrilled with sudden start, 

He manned himself with dauntless air, c 22 ) 

Returned the Chief his haughty stare, (22) 

His back against a rock he bore, (23) 

And firmly placed his foot before: — 

"Come one, come all ! this rock shall fly 

From its firm base as soon as I." 

Sir Roderick marked, and in his eyes 

Respect was mingled with surprise, 

And the stern joy which warriors feel 

In foemen worthy of their steel. (24) 

Short space he stood — then waved his hand: (25) 

Down sank the disappearing band; (26) 

Each warrior vanished where he stood, (27) 

In broom or bracken, heath or wood; (28) 

Sank brand and spear and bended bow, 

In osiers pale and copses low; (29) 

It seemed as if their mother Earth (30) 

Had swallowed up her warlike birth. (31) 

The wind's last breath had tossed in air (32) 

Pennon and plaid and plumage fair, — (33) 

The next but swept a lone hill-side, (34) 

Where heath and fern were waving wide; (35) 

The sun's last glance was glinted back (36) 

From spear and glaive, from targe and jack, — (37) 

The next all unreflected, shone (38) 

On bracken green and cold gray stone. (39) 

This selection is taken from the fifth canto of " The Lady of 
the Lake. " Become familiar with the story, study meaning of 
unfamiliar words, etc. 

(1) Point high to right, then left. (2) Point lower on 
each side. (3) Point ahead to bonnets ; hold spear in right 
hand ; hold bowready to fire. (4) Point right ; left ; higher 
to both sides, palms down ; lower. (5) Lift both arms sud- 



368 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

denly. (6) Point downward to left, then raise arm quickly 
to show lance. (7) Point downward right, then move arm 
slightly forward. (8) Point downward left, then front, then 
raise arm quickly. (9) Point downward right. (10) Turn 
palm upward, pointing to warrior, then close fist and bring 
quickly up to chest. (11) Carry arms up from front to half 
sides, midline, turning palms up. (12) Turn palms down 
and lift arms upward to heaven. (13) Lower arms to 11th 
position. (14) Point upward left. (15) Move arm slightly 
forward, turning till palm is toward side. (16) Begin 15th 
and continue downward front. (17) Stand with one foot 
forward, holding weapon ready to fire. (18) Glance along 
mountain side. (19) Look at Fitz James at right. (20) Point 
to self with left hand, then carry it downward front. (22) 
Put closed hand quickly on heart. (22) Stand erect and gaze 
at chief. (23) Put one foot forward, lean slightly backward 
and fold arms on chest ; hold during next two lines. (24) 
Carry left arm forward at midline, palm up. (25) Wave 
right hand with gesture of command. (26) Raise both arms 
to midline, and lower again. (27) Raise both arms to mid- 
line, then sweep slightly to sides. (28) Lower arms and hold 
with palms down. (29) Point low to left and right. (30) 
Carry arms up from front to half sides, midline, turning 
palms up. (31) Carry arms over forward and downward, 
turning palms down. (32) Raise left hand to midline, then 
toss toward side. (33) Lower slightly. (34) Sweep left arm 
from front to side at shoulder level. (35) Lower slightly. 

(36) Point upward right; carry arm downward on "glinted." 

(37) Point downward right and left. (38) Raise arms slightly 
with slow movement. (39) Lower, turning palms upward, 
and hold at half sides. 

A MUSICAL INSTRUMENT. 
By Elizabeth Barrett Browning. 

What was he doing, the great god Pan, 
Down in the reeds by the river? (1) 
Spreading ruin and scattering ban, (2) 



ACTION POEMS. 369 

Splashing and paddling with hoofs of a goat, (3) 
And breaking the golden lilies afloat (1) 
With the dragon-fly on the river? (4) 

He tore out a reed, the great god Pan, (5) 
From the deep cool bed of the river, (6) 
And hacked and hewed as a great god can (7) 
With his hard, bleak steel at the patient reed, (8) 
Till there was not a sign of the leaf indeed (9) 
To prove it fresh from the river. (10) 

He cut it short, did the great god Pan, (11) 

(How tall it stood in the river!) (12) 
Then drew the pith like the heart of a man, (13) 
Steadily from the outside ring, 
And notched the poor, dry, empty thing (14) 
In holes as he sat by the river. (15) 

"This is the way," laughed the great god Pan, (16) 

(Laughed while he* sat by the river!) (1) 
"The only way, since gods began 

To make sweet music, they could succeed." 
Then dropping his mouth to a hole in the reed, (17) 
He blew in power by the river. 

Sweet, sweet sweet, O Pan, (18) 

Piercing sweet by the river! (19) 
Blinding sweet, O great god Pan! (18) 
The sun on the hill forgot to die, (20) 
And the lilies revived, and the dragon-fly (6) 
Came back to dream on the river. (21) 

Yet half a beast is the great god Pan, (22) 

To laugh as he sits by the river, (23) 
Making a poet out of a man. (10) 

The true gods sigh for the cost and pain — (24) 

For the reed which grows nevermore again (25) 

As a reed with the reeds in the river. (1) 

(1) Point out to left front. (2) Sweep hands from front 
midline to sides; repeat. (3) Lower arms suddenly; re- 
peat. (4) Turn palm up. (5) Tear up reed with both hands ; 



370 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

hold arras at midline, palms up. (6) Point downward to 
left. (7) Quick movement with right hand. (8) Point to 
the reed. (9) Carry arm upward and outward, palm down. 
(10) Hold front at midline with palm up. (11) Measure 
length with hands. (12) Measure height with left hand. (13) 
Draw out pith. (14) Motions of making the holes. (15) 
Point downward left. (16) Pleased expression. (17) Hold 
reed to mouth. (18) Clasp hands. (19) Carry left arm out, 
pointing to river with palm up. (20) Point upward right. 
(21) Sweep arm front. (22) Point to left, palm up. ^23) 
Turn palm down. (24) Sadly. (25) Hold arms at midline, 
half sides, palms up. 

THE EVENING WIND. 

By William Cullen Bryant. 

[By permission of D. Appleton & Co.] 

Spirit that breathest through my lattice, thou (1) 

That eool'st the twilight of the sultry day, (2) 
Gratefully flows thy freshness round my brow; (3) 

Thou hast been out upon the deep at play, (4) 
Riding all day the wild blue waves till now, (5) 

Roughening their crests, and scattering high their spray, (6) 
And swelling the white sail. I welcome thee (7) 
To the scorched land, thou wanderer of the sea! (8) 

Nor I alone; a thousand bosoms round (9) 

Inhale thee in the fulness of delight; 
And languid forms rise up, and pulses bound (10) 

Livelier at coming of the wind of night; (11) 
And, languishing to hear thy grateful sound, (12) 

Lies the vast inland stretched beyond the sight. (13) 
Go forth into the gathering shade; go forth, (14) 
God's blessing breathed upon the fainting earth! (15) 

Go, rock the little wood-bird in his nest, (16) 

Curl the still waters, bright with stars, and rouse (17) 

The wide old wood from his majestic rest, (18) 
Summoning from the innumerable boughs (19) 



ACTION POEMS. 371 

The strange, deep harmonies that haunt his breast; (20) 

Pleasant shall be thy way where meekly bows (21) 
The shutting flower, and darkling waters pass, (22) 
And where the o'ershadowing branches sweep the grass. (23) 

The faint old man shall lean his silver head (24) 
To feel thee; thou shalt kiss the child asleep, (25) 

And dry the moistened curls that overspread (26) 
His temples, while his breathing grows more deep; 

And they who stand about the sick man's bed, (27) 
Shall joy to listen to thy distant sweep, (28) 

And softly part his curtains to allow (29) 

Thy visit, grateful to his burning brow. (1) 

Go — but the circle of eternal change, (30) 

Which is the life of nature, shall restore, 
With sounds and scents from all thy mighty range, (31) 

Thee to thy birthplace of the deep once more; (32) 
Sweet odors in the sea-air, sweet and strange, 

Shall tell the homesick mariner of the shore; (33) 
And listening to thy murmur, he shall deem (34) 
He hears the rustling leaf and running stream. (35) 

(1) Hold both hands out front at midline, palms up. (2) 
Turn palms down. (3) Turn palms up and float hands up 
nearly to brow. (4) Turn palms down, float left arm to side 
and right down to midline at half right side, palm down and 
fingers extended. (5) Waving motion to right. (6) Waving 
motion front; upward movement for "scattering." (7) 
liaise left arm to level of right, and move both slightly to 
sides for "swelling." (8) Lower arms to front midline, 
palms up. (9) Indicate "I'' with left hand; carry it out- 
ward at midline to left side, right arm out to right ; hold 
during next line, expanding chest with full breath. (10) 
Turn palms down, relaxing chest and arms; on "rise up" 
raise arms and chest. (11) Energetic little movement of 
hands on "livelier." (12) Drop arms. (13) Sweeping 
movement of arms from front midline to sides, palms down. 
(14) Arms extended front at midline, palms up. (15) Arms 
raised high in front, and floated slowly downward, palms 



372 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

down. (16) Raise right arm and move hand from side to 
side. (17) Lower to midline and make waving motion. (18) 
Point to left. (19) Point higher. (20) Turn palm up. (21) 
Point down to right on ''bows." (22) Point down front. 
(23) Point upward to branches, then sweep downward. (24) 
Droop head. (25) Point down to left. (26) Circular move- 
ment of fingers on "curls." (27) Point right. (28) Joyful 
expression, attitude of listening, sweep left arm outward. (29) 
Draw curtains apart with both arms. (39) Hold left arm 
out front at midline, palm up. (31) Raise both arms to 1st 
position and carry outward to sides. (32) Return from sides 
to front, turn palms down, and move arms slightly down- 
ward. (33) Point to left ; to right. (31) Incline head as if 
listening. (35) Point upward right; point down. 

THE LAUNCH OF THE SHIP. 
Fkom Longfellow's " Building of the Ship." 

[By special permission of Houghton, Mifflin & Co , publishers.] 

"Build me straight, worthy master! 

Stanch and strong, a goodly vessel, (1) 
That shall laugh at all disaster, (2) 

And with wave and whirlwind wrestle!" (3) 

The merchant's word 

Delighted the master heard; (4) 

For his heart was in his work, and the heart (5) 

Giveth grace unto every art. 
*********** 

And with a voice that was full of glee, 

He answered, "Ere long we will launch (G) 

A vessel as goodly, and strong, and stanch (7) 

As ever weathered a wintry sea!" (1) 
* * * * * * * * * * » 

All is finished! and at length (8) 

Has come the bridal day 

Of beauty and of strength. (9) 

To-day the vessel shall be launched! (10) 



ACTION POEMS. 373 

With fleecy clouds the sky is blanched; (11) 

And o'er the bay, (12) 

Slowly, in all his splendors dight, (13) 

The great sun rises to behold the sight. (14) 

The ocean old, (15) 

Centuries old, 

Strong as youth, and as uncontrolled, (16) 

Paces restless to and fro, (17) 

Up and down the sands of gold. (17) 

His beating heart is not at rest; (18) 

And far and wide, (19) 

With ceaseless flow, (20) 

His beard of snow 

Heaves with the heaving of his breast. (21) 

He waits impatient for his bride. (22) 

There she stands, (23) 

With her foot upon the sands, (24) 

Decked with flags and streamers gay, (25) 

In honor of her marriage day, (26) 

Her snow-white signals fluttering, blending, (27) 

Round her like a veil descending, (28) 

Ready to be 

The bride of the gray old sea. (26) 
********•» a 

Then the master, (29) 

With a gesture of command, (30) 

Waved his hand; 

And at the word, 

Loud and sudden there was heard, 

All around them and below, (31) 

The sound of hammers blow on blow, (32) 

Knocking away the shores and spurs. (33) 

And see, she stirs! (34) 

She starts — she moves — she seems to feel 

The thrill of life along her keel, 

And, spurning with her foot the ground. 

With one exulting, joyous bound, (35) 

She leaps into the ocean's arms! 

And lo! from the assembled crowd (1) 
There rose a shout, prolonged and loud, (36) 



874 GRADED PHYSICAL EXERCISES. 

That to the ocean seemed to say, — 

"Take her, O bridegroom, old and gray! (37) 

Take her to thy protecting arms, 

With all her youth and all her charms!" 

How beautiful she is! how fair 
She lies within those arms that press (37) 
Her form with many a soft caress (38) 
Of tenderness and watchful care ! 
Sail forth into the sea, O ship! (39) 
Through wind and wave, right onward steer! 
The moistened eye, the trembling lip, (40) 
Are not the signs of doubt or fear, (41) 

Thou, too, sail on, O ship of State! (42) 

Sail on, O Union, strong and great! (43) 

Humanity with all its fears, (44) 

With all the hopes of future years, (26) 

Is hanging breathless on thy fate ! 

We know what Master laid thy keel, (45) 

What Workmen wrought thy ribs of steel, (46) 

Who made each mast, and sail, and rope, (47) 

What anvils rang, what hammers beat, (48) 

In what a forge and what a heat (49) 

Were shaped the anchors of thy hope! (26) 

Fear not each sudden sound and shock, 

'Tis of the wave and not the rock; (50) 

'Tis but the flapping of the sail, (51) 

And not a rent made by the gale! (52) 

In spite of rock and tempest roar, (53) 

In spite of false lights on the shore, (54) 

Sail on, nor fear to breast the sea! (55) 

Our hearts, our hopes, are all with thee, (26) 

Our hearts, our hopes, our prayers, our tears, (56) 

Our faith triumphant o'er our fears (57) 

Are all with thee — are all with thee! (26) 

(1) Raise arms at half sides and lower to midline, turning 
palms up. (2) Careless upward movement. (3) Arms car- 
ried strongly downward, palms down. (47) Delighted man- 
ner. (5) Left hand carried out to side at midline, palm up. 



ACTION POEMS. 375 

(6) Eight hand carried out to side, palm up. (7) Emphatic 
up and down movements. of arm. (8) Raise arms front to 
midline and carry out to half sides, with palms up. (9) Point 
left and right. (10) Raise and lower forearms slightly, turn- 
ing palms up. (11) Point upward with both hands. (12) 
Lower arms to front shoulder level, palms down. (13) Raise 
arms slowly. (14) Bend elbows slightly and turn finger-tips 
toward each other to show the great sun ; then lower to front 
midline, palms up. (15) Point left, palm up. (16) Close 
fists. (17) Sweep extended arms from side to side. (18) 
Point left, palm down. (19) Point farther to left and out to 
right. (20) Sideward movements with hands. (21) Raise 
and lower arms slightly, hands passive. (22) Eager air. (23) 
Point right, palm up. (24) Turn palm down. (25) Point 
upward with right, giving sideward movements for floating 
streamers. (26) Both arms extended at midline, palms up. 
(27) Point upward with both hands and give fluttering move- 
ments. (28) Float both hands down to sides. (29) Point 
front with right hand. (30) Raise right forearm and lower 
to midline, palm down. (31) Arms carried at midline from 
front to sides, palms up, then lowered slightly, with palms 
down. (32) Motions of hammering. (33) Sweep right arm 
from front to side at midline. (34) Point front, then move 
hand slightly for each movement of ship. (35) Bounding 
motion forward, ending with arms extended at shoulder level, 
palms up. (36) Raise arms above head level. (37) Arms 
extended at front midline, palms up ; hold during next two 
lines. (38) Turn forearms parallel to chest, palms in. (39) 
Extend arms again, palms down. (40) Point right, then left. 
(41) Turn palms up and hold. (42) Raise right hand to 
waist-line, then sweep forward. (43) Turn palm up. (44) 
Clasp hands. (45) Point right, palm down. (46) Point 
farther right. (47) Point upward to each part. (48) Motions 
of hammering. (49) Point right, (50) Point front with left 
hand. (51) Raise left and flap hand. (52) Hold arm up. 
(53) Point front with right hand. (54) Point far to right 
side. (55) Sweeping motion from chest forward. (56) Carry 
arms slightly to sides and move forearms slightly up and down. 
(57) Raise forearms. 



INDEX 



Action Poems. page 

Ariel's Songs, William Shakespeare 307 

Belfry of Bruges, The, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow 347 

Best, E. H. Thomas 311 

Bud-Babies, Bertha Louise Colburn 293 

Charge of the Light Brigade, Alfred Tennyson 351 

Chase, The, Sir Walter Scott 353 

Combat, The, Sir Walter Seott 366 

Coming Storm, The, Lilliput Levee 308 

Eagle, The, Alfred Tennyson 322 

Evening Wind, The, William Cullen Bryant 370 

Finding of the Lyre, The, James Russell Lowell 345 

Found, Johann von Goethe 332 

Fourth of July, The, Bertha Louise Colburn 296 

Frogs, Bertha Louise Colburn 294 

Gathering Lilies, Bertha Louise Colburn 313 

Gladness of Nature, The, William Cullen Bryant 303 

Great Surprise, A, A. H. B 293 

Greyport Legend, A, Bret Harte 349 

Hiawatha's Hunting, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow 301 

Hurricane, The, William Cullen Bryant 356 

In the Wood, Adelaide A. Procter 326 

Jack-in- the-Pulpit, Lucy Larcom 328 

Kitten and the Falling Leaves, The, William Wordsworth 330 

Launch of the Ship, The, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow 372 

Leaflets, The, Kate L. Brown 306 

Like a Cradle, Saxe Holm 309 

Meg Merrilies, John Keats 321 

Mosquitoes, The, Bertha Louise Colburn 298 

Musical Instrument, A, Elizabeth Barrett Browning 368 

Now and Then 340 

Orchestra, The, M. A. de Wolfe Howe, Jr 364 

Owl, The, Alfred Tennyson 305 

Planting of the Apple-Tree, The, William Cullen Bryant 309 

Prosperous Voyage, The, Johann von Goethe 355 

Puritan Patience 323 

Biding Down, Nora Perry 362 

Rising in 1776, The, T. B. Read ,,,,,,,,,,, 336 

376 



INDEX 377 

PAGE 

Romance of the Swan's Nest, The, Elizabeth Barrett Browning. . 324 

Sheridan's Ride, Thomas Buchanan Read 318 

Song of the Sower, The, William Cullen Bryant 333 

Squirrel's Arithmetic, The, Annie Douglas Bell 295 

Summer Storm, James Russell Lowell 358 

Swinging on a Birch- Tree, Lucy Larcom 315 

Ten Little Tin Soldiers, Lilla Thomas Elder 297 

Three Ways, Mary Mapes Dodge 292 

Treasure Diggers, The, Gottfried August Burger 331 

Vision of Belshazzar, The, Lord Byron 343 

Weather Vane, The, Mary Mapes Dodge 294 

Winter, William Shakespeare. 317 

Arm and Hand. 

arm twisting at shoulder level with alternate fist closing and 

opening 115 

arm twisting with alternate fist closing and opening Ill 

clock winding 53 

finger bending 79 

finger bending backward 85 

floating and stretching, fist closing and arm twisting 122 

floating and stretching with alternate fist closing and opening. . 144 

ladder climbing 85 

pendulum swing 48 

positions 204, 206 

pushing down front and back with clasped hands 98 

pushing downward and upward with clasped hands 100 

pushing down with clasped hands 89 

pushing forward with clasped hands and arms stretching to sides. 163 
pushing forward with clasped hands; arms stretching; fist 

closing and arm twisting 182 

rubbing 73 

stretching sidewise 54 

stretching sidewise with palm up 79 

swinging across chest. 72 

twisting at shoulder level with alternate fist closing and opening. 115 

twisting with alternate fist closing and opening Ill 

Arm Swinging. 

inward circling 119 

outward circling 101 

raising with swinging in circles 152 

raising with swinging up and down 135 



378 INDEX 

PAGE 

side to side 47 

sidewise up and down 37 

twirling inward and carrying up and down 190 

twirling outward and carrying up and down '. 187 

twirling outward and inward 171 

up and down 83 

Bean-Bags 200, 254, 260 

Breathing 37 

Chest. 

expanding and contracting 157 

lifting and sinking 176' 

Commands, How to Give 203 

Courtesy 238 

Defiance 206 

Dejection 207 

Direction Drill 196 

Dress. 

forward 204 

from middle : 228 

left 220- 

right 220 

Face. 

about 213 

from marching backward 231, 236 

from marching forward 231, 236 

from marching . sideward 226 

from marking time 220, 236 

half 230 

halting, from marching 236, 237 

left 211 

march 230 

march sideward 227 

mark time 221 

right 212 

Feet. 

close 204 

drill 33 

forward placing 233 

open 204 

sidewise placing 206, 210, 229 



INDEX 379 

PAGE 

sidewise placing with jump 215, 222 

together placing 206, 210 

Finger Bending. 

backward 85 

independently 56 

stretching 79 

under thumb 46 

Fingers Had a Party 63 

Floating Exercises. 

above shoulder level 147 

above shoulder level with opposite movements 150 

at shoulder level with one arm 128 

at sides 71 

at sides and above shoulder level 81 

both arms above shoulder level 38 

from front to sides at shoulder level 99, 101 

front 49 

front and above shoulder level 94 

front, both arms 53 

low outward curves with both arms 134 

upward and downward 76 

upward and downward, front, sides , 117 

upward front, downward sides 75 

Followstep. 

alternate 220 

alternate, and bend knees 221 

alternate, with arm positions 222 

alternate, with touchsteps 228, 229, 230 

arm positions 213 

bending knees 213, 216 

rising on toes 213, 216 

simple 204, 205 

touchsteps 214, 215 

Games. 

Advance and Retreat 256 

Alice says, "Do This" 243 

Back Hand Bean Bag 254 

Ball Puss 257 

Big Wall Ball 259 

Birds 242 



880 INDEX 

PAGE 

Bird Tag 261 

Blind Child 254 

Builder, The 253 

Busy Day, A 249 

Carry 'Kerchief 261 

Castle 254 

Castle Gates 247 

Cat and Mice 254 

Coach and Pair, A 248 

Crossing the Brook 243 

Day and Night 247 

Deer Race 253 

Frogs in Pond 255 

Governor's Reception 261 

Hat Tag 255 

Helpers, The 250 

Hop Tag 258 

Igty Higty 247 

Indian Prisoner 257 

I've a Stitch in My Side 252 

Jack Frost 242 

Jig a Jig, Jig 245 

Left Hand Ball 260 

Little Plants 245 

Marigolds 245 

Merry Elves 251 

Paper Tag 258 

Prancing Ponies 252 

Racket Ball 261 

Right and Left 256 

Round We Go 243 

Snatch Bean Bag 260 

Sousa's Band 255 

Strong Pull 259 

Strong Side 258 

Swapping Tag 252 

Ten Little Children 243 

Trades, The 257 

Wash the Lady's Clothes 246 

Weaving 259 

We're All Nodding 246 



INDEX 381 

PAGE 

Wolf 249 

Graix-Soweng '. 201 

Halt 205 

Hand Clapping. 

alternating right and left 50 

left above right 48 

marching 195, 201 

right above left 43 

Heels. 

marching on 209 

raise 206 

Hips — Firm 206 

Hop and Skip. 

four, alternate 229 

hands on hip 200 

left and right 210 

sidewise 229 

simple 197 

Hopping. 

alternate 209 

alternate with touchsteps 233, 240 

hands on hips 200 

in place 214 

left foot 208 

marching and crosstouch 233 

one foot 201, 202 

right foot 208 

sidewise 216 

sidewise alternate 222 

simple 195 

stride twirl 240 

touchsteps and twirl 234 

Illustrations (see page 9). 

Introduction 13 

Jumping. 

backward 221 

forward 219 

forward with step 235 

forward with turning 232 

from platform 193 



382 INDEX 

PAGE 

hitting heels in air 214 

in place 211, 222 

over box 197 

over brook , 195 

over candle 194 

reaching 198 

turning 228, 229 

vaulting . '. 202 

with step and turning 238 

Knee. 

bending 202, 208, 235 

heel raising 209 

marching 210 

Leg. 

foot circling 183 

foot turning to side 130 

heel and toe raising Ill 

heel and toe raising with stepping 116 

knee bending and leg circling or stretching 156, 157 

pawing 71 

stepping and knee bending 138 

stepping backward 83 

stepping forward 74 

stepping to side 78 

stretching and circling 102 

stretching and touching toe 100 

stretching forward, sideward, backward 41 

stretching front, half side, side, back 93 

Makching and Tactics. 

arms at sides 193 

arms folded behind back 199 

arms on chest 199 

attention 204 

backward 217 

backward from forward 231 

backward from marking time 218 

backward from sideward 225 

bean-bags on head 200 

courtesy 238 

crossing feet 202 



INDEX 383 

PAGE 

facing 236, 237 

fingers on shoulders. 197 

fingers touching over head 195 

forward 204, 205 

forward from backward 217 

forward from sideward 225 

fundamental foot position 203 

grain-sowing 201 

hand clapping 195, 201 

hands clasped behind head 194 

hands on hips 193 

hands over head t 201 

heels ; 199, 209 

hopping 228 

knee bending 202, 210 

mowing movement 202 

right hand on hip 200 

rising on toes 208 

serpentine 191 

sideward 195, 224 

sideward from backward 225 

sideward from forward 225 

sideward from marking time 225 

skipping 228 

tiptoe 195, 209 

Makk Time 205, 219, 221, 225, 236 

Minute Plays. 

Apple Tree, The 269 

Boat-Ride, The 274 

Brook, The 275 

' Cake, The „ 281 

Camel, The 283 

Chestnutting 268 

Desert, The -. 283 

Hawk, The 273 

Jack in the Box 265 

Jack in the Pulpit 278 

Kitty White and Kitty Gray 279 

Making Maple Sugar 287 

Mice, The 265 

Orioles, The , 264 



384 INDEX 

PAGE 

Potatoes 269 

Pumpkin, The 284 

Rabbit, The 263 

Raining 264 

Rover and tlie Sheep 272 

See-Saw 268 

Snail, The 277 

Snowing 266 

Squirrel, The 272 

Two Little Sparrows 266 

Mowing 58 

Neck. 

bending backward and forward, twisting to sides and bending 

forward 69 

bending backward with twisting 144 

bending forward and backward : 44 

bending forward, twisting to one side, bending backward 165 

bending forward, twisting to one side, bending backward, twist- 
ing 188 

bending forward with twisting 129 

bending front, sides, back 58 

bending sideward 46 

head circling 95 

twisting to half side and bending 81 

twisting with bending backward at half side 112 

Note to Teachers. 

action poems 291 



games 



242 



general 24 

marching 191, 203 

minute plays 263 

Outline of Exercises 26-31 

Picking up Fruit 42 

Pivot 207 

Poising. 

feet together 52 

feet together, rising on toes . 61 

feet together, rising on toes and holding position 70 

forward to backward foot 40 

forward with heel raising 77 



INDEX 385 

PAGE 

leg circling ; 132 

leg swinging forward and back , 102 

leg swinging forward with heel raising, backward with sinking. . 149 

leg swinging in circle and poising forward and back 145 

rising on toes of one foot 116 

rising on toes of one foot and holding position 121 

rising on toes, rocking forward and back without lowering heels. 105 

rising on toes, rocking, lowering heels 97 

rocking from side to side 82 

side to side 45 

swinging free leg forward and back with heel of strong foot 

raised 167 

swinging free leg in circle; poising and rising on strong foot. . . . 162 
swinging free leg in circle; poising, rising and holding on strong 

foot 173 

swinging free leg in circle while standing on toes 187 

swinging free leg in circle with rising on toes and lowering heels.. 185 

Position Exercises. 

arms stretching and pushing downward at back 173 

arms stretching and pushing upward 155 

arms stretching at sides, palms up 120 

arms stretching, clasping hands behind head 136 

arms stretching sidewise 35 

arms stretching upward 60 

pushing downward at back 104 

pushing downward in front 86 

Reaching. 

at sides; trunk twisting; bending; reaching downward......... 151 

both hands to floor at half side 133 

both hands to floor without bending knees 118 

downward at side 95 

downward at side, arm over head 98 

upward 56 

upward and backward 181 

upward and bending downward 65 

upward and forward 186 

upward, outward at side 169 

Respiratory. 

arm circling 150 

arms stretching forward, outward, and downward 168 

arms stretching upward and pushing downward at sides 114 



386 INDEX 

PAGE 

arms stretching upward and pushing downward 96 

arms stretching upward front, downward sides 131 

arms stretching upward front, hands clasping behind head, arms 

stretching downward sides 185 

pulling 55 

pulling from above 77 

pushing downward at sides 66 

pushing downward front 42 

Rising Drill 34 

Rowing 69 

Running. 

arms waving 193 

halting 208 

in place 210 

jumping 199, 201 

raising foot behind : 199 

reaching 202 

simple 193 

vaulting 200, 201, 202 

Salutation 205 

Sitting Drill 32 

Skipping. 

alternate 209 

alternate with touchsteps 232, 240 

left foot 206 

right foot 207 

sidewise 202, 215 

sidewise alternate 221 

simple 194 

stride twirl 240 

touchsteps and twirl 234 

Snowballing 75 

Snow-Shoveling 80 

Spacing 35 

Supplication 204 

Toes. 

marching on 209 

rising on 213 

rising on and bending knees 216 

rising on with follow 220 

rising on with touch 219 



INDEX 387 

PAGE 

Tom Thumb 80 

touchstep. 

alternate 231 

alternate follow 228 

bend knees 218, 237, 238 

crosstoueh 217 

follow 214 

hopping 233 

hopping and cross-step twirl 234 

rise on toes 219 

salutation 224, 235, 238 

simple 211 

skipping 232 

skipping and cross-step twirl 234 

skipping and stride twirl 240 

Touchstep, Back. 

alternate follow 228 

alternate with salutation 235 

back crosstoueh 217 

bend knee 218, 237, 238 

follow 214 

hopping 233 

hopping and twirl ' 234 

salutation '. 225 

simple 211 

skipping 232, 240 

skipping and twirl 234 

Touchstep, Back Ckoss. 

back touch 217 

bend knees 219, 238 

follow 215, 229 

hopping 233, 240 

hopping and twirl 234 

rise on toes 219, 240 

salutation 225, 235 

simple 212 

skipping 232, 240 

skipping and twirl 234 

Touchstep, Cross. 

alternate 231 

bend knees 219, 238 



388 INDEX 

PAGE 

follow 215, 229 

hopping ; 233 

hopping and twirl 234 

rise on toes 219, 240 

salutation 225, 235 

simple 212 

skipping 232 

skipping and twirl ; ; 234 

touch 217 

Touchstep, Double. 

bend knees 226 

follow 230 

hopping 233 

hopping and twirl 234 

rise on toes 227 

simple 214 

skipping 232 

skipping and twirl 234 

Touchstep, Double Cross. 

bend knees 226 

follow 215, 230 

hopping 233 

hopping with twirl 234 

rise on toes 227 

simple 213 

skipping ... 232 

skipping with twirl 234 

Trunk. 

bending and circling " 164 

bending and circling, hands clasped behind head 182 

bending backward at half side 127 

bending forward and backward . 50 

bending forward and backward, hands clasped behind head.... 146 
bending forward, backward and to sides, hands clasped behind 

head 148 

bending sideward 54 

twisting 73 

twisting with bending backward 113 

twisting with bending backward at half side 130 

twisting with bending to side 89 



INDEX 



389 



PAGE 

Twirl, Ckoss-step 232, 234 

Twirl, Half Cross-step 232 

Twirl, Stride 236, 240 

Vaulting. 

one hand 197 

running 200, 202 

twice 198 

Wood-Chopping , 51 







f/ 



> 












'"V 

G ^ 



**. 











:.jf % &% 























w-r^y ^ 




.V 









«*' 











LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



029 714 114 4 



HMBh 



$5is«9S 



__flHBH 
ihoSh 



Hi 



Hn»|HuMHB 

BJjBjlffiBll 



Bwfltt 



bIh$&h1 






HE. 



K 



